1 /* MIPS-specific support for ELF
2 Copyright (C) 1993-2014 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
4 Most of the information added by Ian Lance Taylor, Cygnus Support,
6 N32/64 ABI support added by Mark Mitchell, CodeSourcery, LLC.
7 <mark@codesourcery.com>
8 Traditional MIPS targets support added by Koundinya.K, Dansk Data
9 Elektronik & Operations Research Group. <kk@ddeorg.soft.net>
11 This file is part of BFD, the Binary File Descriptor library.
13 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
14 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
15 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
16 (at your option) any later version.
18 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
19 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
20 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
21 GNU General Public License for more details.
23 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
24 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
25 Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
26 MA 02110-1301, USA. */
29 /* This file handles functionality common to the different MIPS ABI's. */
34 #include "libiberty.h"
36 #include "elfxx-mips.h"
38 #include "elf-vxworks.h"
40 /* Get the ECOFF swapping routines. */
42 #include "coff/symconst.h"
43 #include "coff/ecoff.h"
44 #include "coff/mips.h"
48 /* Types of TLS GOT entry. */
49 enum mips_got_tls_type
{
56 /* This structure is used to hold information about one GOT entry.
57 There are four types of entry:
59 (1) an absolute address
60 requires: abfd == NULL
63 (2) a SYMBOL + OFFSET address, where SYMBOL is local to an input bfd
64 requires: abfd != NULL, symndx >= 0, tls_type != GOT_TLS_LDM
65 fields: abfd, symndx, d.addend, tls_type
67 (3) a SYMBOL address, where SYMBOL is not local to an input bfd
68 requires: abfd != NULL, symndx == -1
72 requires: abfd != NULL, symndx == 0, tls_type == GOT_TLS_LDM
73 fields: none; there's only one of these per GOT. */
76 /* One input bfd that needs the GOT entry. */
78 /* The index of the symbol, as stored in the relocation r_info, if
79 we have a local symbol; -1 otherwise. */
83 /* If abfd == NULL, an address that must be stored in the got. */
85 /* If abfd != NULL && symndx != -1, the addend of the relocation
86 that should be added to the symbol value. */
88 /* If abfd != NULL && symndx == -1, the hash table entry
89 corresponding to a symbol in the GOT. The symbol's entry
90 is in the local area if h->global_got_area is GGA_NONE,
91 otherwise it is in the global area. */
92 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
95 /* The TLS type of this GOT entry. An LDM GOT entry will be a local
96 symbol entry with r_symndx == 0. */
97 unsigned char tls_type
;
99 /* True if we have filled in the GOT contents for a TLS entry,
100 and created the associated relocations. */
101 unsigned char tls_initialized
;
103 /* The offset from the beginning of the .got section to the entry
104 corresponding to this symbol+addend. If it's a global symbol
105 whose offset is yet to be decided, it's going to be -1. */
109 /* This structure represents a GOT page reference from an input bfd.
110 Each instance represents a symbol + ADDEND, where the representation
111 of the symbol depends on whether it is local to the input bfd.
112 If it is, then SYMNDX >= 0, and the symbol has index SYMNDX in U.ABFD.
113 Otherwise, SYMNDX < 0 and U.H points to the symbol's hash table entry.
115 Page references with SYMNDX >= 0 always become page references
116 in the output. Page references with SYMNDX < 0 only become page
117 references if the symbol binds locally; in other cases, the page
118 reference decays to a global GOT reference. */
119 struct mips_got_page_ref
124 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
130 /* This structure describes a range of addends: [MIN_ADDEND, MAX_ADDEND].
131 The structures form a non-overlapping list that is sorted by increasing
133 struct mips_got_page_range
135 struct mips_got_page_range
*next
;
136 bfd_signed_vma min_addend
;
137 bfd_signed_vma max_addend
;
140 /* This structure describes the range of addends that are applied to page
141 relocations against a given section. */
142 struct mips_got_page_entry
144 /* The section that these entries are based on. */
146 /* The ranges for this page entry. */
147 struct mips_got_page_range
*ranges
;
148 /* The maximum number of page entries needed for RANGES. */
152 /* This structure is used to hold .got information when linking. */
156 /* The number of global .got entries. */
157 unsigned int global_gotno
;
158 /* The number of global .got entries that are in the GGA_RELOC_ONLY area. */
159 unsigned int reloc_only_gotno
;
160 /* The number of .got slots used for TLS. */
161 unsigned int tls_gotno
;
162 /* The first unused TLS .got entry. Used only during
163 mips_elf_initialize_tls_index. */
164 unsigned int tls_assigned_gotno
;
165 /* The number of local .got entries, eventually including page entries. */
166 unsigned int local_gotno
;
167 /* The maximum number of page entries needed. */
168 unsigned int page_gotno
;
169 /* The number of relocations needed for the GOT entries. */
171 /* The first unused local .got entry. */
172 unsigned int assigned_low_gotno
;
173 /* The last unused local .got entry. */
174 unsigned int assigned_high_gotno
;
175 /* A hash table holding members of the got. */
176 struct htab
*got_entries
;
177 /* A hash table holding mips_got_page_ref structures. */
178 struct htab
*got_page_refs
;
179 /* A hash table of mips_got_page_entry structures. */
180 struct htab
*got_page_entries
;
181 /* In multi-got links, a pointer to the next got (err, rather, most
182 of the time, it points to the previous got). */
183 struct mips_got_info
*next
;
186 /* Structure passed when merging bfds' gots. */
188 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
190 /* The output bfd. */
192 /* The link information. */
193 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
194 /* A pointer to the primary got, i.e., the one that's going to get
195 the implicit relocations from DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO and
197 struct mips_got_info
*primary
;
198 /* A non-primary got we're trying to merge with other input bfd's
200 struct mips_got_info
*current
;
201 /* The maximum number of got entries that can be addressed with a
203 unsigned int max_count
;
204 /* The maximum number of page entries needed by each got. */
205 unsigned int max_pages
;
206 /* The total number of global entries which will live in the
207 primary got and be automatically relocated. This includes
208 those not referenced by the primary GOT but included in
210 unsigned int global_count
;
213 /* A structure used to pass information to htab_traverse callbacks
214 when laying out the GOT. */
216 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
218 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
219 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
223 struct _mips_elf_section_data
225 struct bfd_elf_section_data elf
;
232 #define mips_elf_section_data(sec) \
233 ((struct _mips_elf_section_data *) elf_section_data (sec))
235 #define is_mips_elf(bfd) \
236 (bfd_get_flavour (bfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour \
237 && elf_tdata (bfd) != NULL \
238 && elf_object_id (bfd) == MIPS_ELF_DATA)
240 /* The ABI says that every symbol used by dynamic relocations must have
241 a global GOT entry. Among other things, this provides the dynamic
242 linker with a free, directly-indexed cache. The GOT can therefore
243 contain symbols that are not referenced by GOT relocations themselves
244 (in other words, it may have symbols that are not referenced by things
245 like R_MIPS_GOT16 and R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE).
247 GOT relocations are less likely to overflow if we put the associated
248 GOT entries towards the beginning. We therefore divide the global
249 GOT entries into two areas: "normal" and "reloc-only". Entries in
250 the first area can be used for both dynamic relocations and GP-relative
251 accesses, while those in the "reloc-only" area are for dynamic
254 These GGA_* ("Global GOT Area") values are organised so that lower
255 values are more general than higher values. Also, non-GGA_NONE
256 values are ordered by the position of the area in the GOT. */
258 #define GGA_RELOC_ONLY 1
261 /* Information about a non-PIC interface to a PIC function. There are
262 two ways of creating these interfaces. The first is to add:
265 addiu $25,$25,%lo(func)
267 immediately before a PIC function "func". The second is to add:
271 addiu $25,$25,%lo(func)
273 to a separate trampoline section.
275 Stubs of the first kind go in a new section immediately before the
276 target function. Stubs of the second kind go in a single section
277 pointed to by the hash table's "strampoline" field. */
278 struct mips_elf_la25_stub
{
279 /* The generated section that contains this stub. */
280 asection
*stub_section
;
282 /* The offset of the stub from the start of STUB_SECTION. */
285 /* One symbol for the original function. Its location is available
286 in H->root.root.u.def. */
287 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
290 /* Macros for populating a mips_elf_la25_stub. */
292 #define LA25_LUI(VAL) (0x3c190000 | (VAL)) /* lui t9,VAL */
293 #define LA25_J(VAL) (0x08000000 | (((VAL) >> 2) & 0x3ffffff)) /* j VAL */
294 #define LA25_ADDIU(VAL) (0x27390000 | (VAL)) /* addiu t9,t9,VAL */
295 #define LA25_LUI_MICROMIPS(VAL) \
296 (0x41b90000 | (VAL)) /* lui t9,VAL */
297 #define LA25_J_MICROMIPS(VAL) \
298 (0xd4000000 | (((VAL) >> 1) & 0x3ffffff)) /* j VAL */
299 #define LA25_ADDIU_MICROMIPS(VAL) \
300 (0x33390000 | (VAL)) /* addiu t9,t9,VAL */
302 /* This structure is passed to mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f when sorting
303 the dynamic symbols. */
305 struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data
307 /* The symbol in the global GOT with the lowest dynamic symbol table
309 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*low
;
310 /* The least dynamic symbol table index corresponding to a non-TLS
311 symbol with a GOT entry. */
312 long min_got_dynindx
;
313 /* The greatest dynamic symbol table index corresponding to a symbol
314 with a GOT entry that is not referenced (e.g., a dynamic symbol
315 with dynamic relocations pointing to it from non-primary GOTs). */
316 long max_unref_got_dynindx
;
317 /* The greatest dynamic symbol table index not corresponding to a
318 symbol without a GOT entry. */
319 long max_non_got_dynindx
;
322 /* We make up to two PLT entries if needed, one for standard MIPS code
323 and one for compressed code, either a MIPS16 or microMIPS one. We
324 keep a separate record of traditional lazy-binding stubs, for easier
329 /* Traditional SVR4 stub offset, or -1 if none. */
332 /* Standard PLT entry offset, or -1 if none. */
335 /* Compressed PLT entry offset, or -1 if none. */
338 /* The corresponding .got.plt index, or -1 if none. */
339 bfd_vma gotplt_index
;
341 /* Whether we need a standard PLT entry. */
342 unsigned int need_mips
: 1;
344 /* Whether we need a compressed PLT entry. */
345 unsigned int need_comp
: 1;
348 /* The MIPS ELF linker needs additional information for each symbol in
349 the global hash table. */
351 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
353 struct elf_link_hash_entry root
;
355 /* External symbol information. */
358 /* The la25 stub we have created for ths symbol, if any. */
359 struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*la25_stub
;
361 /* Number of R_MIPS_32, R_MIPS_REL32, or R_MIPS_64 relocs against
363 unsigned int possibly_dynamic_relocs
;
365 /* If there is a stub that 32 bit functions should use to call this
366 16 bit function, this points to the section containing the stub. */
369 /* If there is a stub that 16 bit functions should use to call this
370 32 bit function, this points to the section containing the stub. */
373 /* This is like the call_stub field, but it is used if the function
374 being called returns a floating point value. */
375 asection
*call_fp_stub
;
377 /* The highest GGA_* value that satisfies all references to this symbol. */
378 unsigned int global_got_area
: 2;
380 /* True if all GOT relocations against this symbol are for calls. This is
381 a looser condition than no_fn_stub below, because there may be other
382 non-call non-GOT relocations against the symbol. */
383 unsigned int got_only_for_calls
: 1;
385 /* True if one of the relocations described by possibly_dynamic_relocs
386 is against a readonly section. */
387 unsigned int readonly_reloc
: 1;
389 /* True if there is a relocation against this symbol that must be
390 resolved by the static linker (in other words, if the relocation
391 cannot possibly be made dynamic). */
392 unsigned int has_static_relocs
: 1;
394 /* True if we must not create a .MIPS.stubs entry for this symbol.
395 This is set, for example, if there are relocations related to
396 taking the function's address, i.e. any but R_MIPS_CALL*16 ones.
397 See "MIPS ABI Supplement, 3rd Edition", p. 4-20. */
398 unsigned int no_fn_stub
: 1;
400 /* Whether we need the fn_stub; this is true if this symbol appears
401 in any relocs other than a 16 bit call. */
402 unsigned int need_fn_stub
: 1;
404 /* True if this symbol is referenced by branch relocations from
405 any non-PIC input file. This is used to determine whether an
406 la25 stub is required. */
407 unsigned int has_nonpic_branches
: 1;
409 /* Does this symbol need a traditional MIPS lazy-binding stub
410 (as opposed to a PLT entry)? */
411 unsigned int needs_lazy_stub
: 1;
413 /* Does this symbol resolve to a PLT entry? */
414 unsigned int use_plt_entry
: 1;
417 /* MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
419 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
421 struct elf_link_hash_table root
;
423 /* The number of .rtproc entries. */
424 bfd_size_type procedure_count
;
426 /* The size of the .compact_rel section (if SGI_COMPAT). */
427 bfd_size_type compact_rel_size
;
429 /* This flag indicates that the value of DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP dynamic entry
430 is set to the address of __rld_obj_head as in IRIX5 and IRIX6. */
431 bfd_boolean use_rld_obj_head
;
433 /* The __rld_map or __rld_obj_head symbol. */
434 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*rld_symbol
;
436 /* This is set if we see any mips16 stub sections. */
437 bfd_boolean mips16_stubs_seen
;
439 /* True if we can generate copy relocs and PLTs. */
440 bfd_boolean use_plts_and_copy_relocs
;
442 /* True if we can only use 32-bit microMIPS instructions. */
445 /* True if we're generating code for VxWorks. */
446 bfd_boolean is_vxworks
;
448 /* True if we already reported the small-data section overflow. */
449 bfd_boolean small_data_overflow_reported
;
451 /* Shortcuts to some dynamic sections, or NULL if they are not
462 /* The master GOT information. */
463 struct mips_got_info
*got_info
;
465 /* The global symbol in the GOT with the lowest index in the dynamic
467 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*global_gotsym
;
469 /* The size of the PLT header in bytes. */
470 bfd_vma plt_header_size
;
472 /* The size of a standard PLT entry in bytes. */
473 bfd_vma plt_mips_entry_size
;
475 /* The size of a compressed PLT entry in bytes. */
476 bfd_vma plt_comp_entry_size
;
478 /* The offset of the next standard PLT entry to create. */
479 bfd_vma plt_mips_offset
;
481 /* The offset of the next compressed PLT entry to create. */
482 bfd_vma plt_comp_offset
;
484 /* The index of the next .got.plt entry to create. */
485 bfd_vma plt_got_index
;
487 /* The number of functions that need a lazy-binding stub. */
488 bfd_vma lazy_stub_count
;
490 /* The size of a function stub entry in bytes. */
491 bfd_vma function_stub_size
;
493 /* The number of reserved entries at the beginning of the GOT. */
494 unsigned int reserved_gotno
;
496 /* The section used for mips_elf_la25_stub trampolines.
497 See the comment above that structure for details. */
498 asection
*strampoline
;
500 /* A table of mips_elf_la25_stubs, indexed by (input_section, offset)
504 /* A function FN (NAME, IS, OS) that creates a new input section
505 called NAME and links it to output section OS. If IS is nonnull,
506 the new section should go immediately before it, otherwise it
507 should go at the (current) beginning of OS.
509 The function returns the new section on success, otherwise it
511 asection
*(*add_stub_section
) (const char *, asection
*, asection
*);
513 /* Small local sym cache. */
514 struct sym_cache sym_cache
;
516 /* Is the PLT header compressed? */
517 unsigned int plt_header_is_comp
: 1;
520 /* Get the MIPS ELF linker hash table from a link_info structure. */
522 #define mips_elf_hash_table(p) \
523 (elf_hash_table_id ((struct elf_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) \
524 == MIPS_ELF_DATA ? ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_table *) ((p)->hash)) : NULL)
526 /* A structure used to communicate with htab_traverse callbacks. */
527 struct mips_htab_traverse_info
529 /* The usual link-wide information. */
530 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
533 /* Starts off FALSE and is set to TRUE if the link should be aborted. */
537 /* MIPS ELF private object data. */
539 struct mips_elf_obj_tdata
541 /* Generic ELF private object data. */
542 struct elf_obj_tdata root
;
544 /* Input BFD providing Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP attribute for output. */
547 /* Input BFD providing Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA attribute for output. */
550 /* The abiflags for this object. */
551 Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0 abiflags
;
552 bfd_boolean abiflags_valid
;
554 /* The GOT requirements of input bfds. */
555 struct mips_got_info
*got
;
557 /* Used by _bfd_mips_elf_find_nearest_line. The structure could be
558 included directly in this one, but there's no point to wasting
559 the memory just for the infrequently called find_nearest_line. */
560 struct mips_elf_find_line
*find_line_info
;
562 /* An array of stub sections indexed by symbol number. */
563 asection
**local_stubs
;
564 asection
**local_call_stubs
;
566 /* The Irix 5 support uses two virtual sections, which represent
567 text/data symbols defined in dynamic objects. */
568 asymbol
*elf_data_symbol
;
569 asymbol
*elf_text_symbol
;
570 asection
*elf_data_section
;
571 asection
*elf_text_section
;
574 /* Get MIPS ELF private object data from BFD's tdata. */
576 #define mips_elf_tdata(bfd) \
577 ((struct mips_elf_obj_tdata *) (bfd)->tdata.any)
579 #define TLS_RELOC_P(r_type) \
580 (r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD32 \
581 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD64 \
582 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL32 \
583 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL64 \
584 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_GD \
585 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_LDM \
586 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_HI16 \
587 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_LO16 \
588 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL \
589 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL32 \
590 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL64 \
591 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16 \
592 || r_type == R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16 \
593 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_GD \
594 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM \
595 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_HI16 \
596 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_LO16 \
597 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL \
598 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_HI16 \
599 || r_type == R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_LO16 \
600 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD \
601 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM \
602 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_DTPREL_HI16 \
603 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_DTPREL_LO16 \
604 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL \
605 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16 \
606 || r_type == R_MICROMIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16)
608 /* Structure used to pass information to mips_elf_output_extsym. */
613 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
614 struct ecoff_debug_info
*debug
;
615 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*swap
;
619 /* The names of the runtime procedure table symbols used on IRIX5. */
621 static const char * const mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[] =
624 "_procedure_string_table",
625 "_procedure_table_size",
629 /* These structures are used to generate the .compact_rel section on
634 unsigned long id1
; /* Always one? */
635 unsigned long num
; /* Number of compact relocation entries. */
636 unsigned long id2
; /* Always two? */
637 unsigned long offset
; /* The file offset of the first relocation. */
638 unsigned long reserved0
; /* Zero? */
639 unsigned long reserved1
; /* Zero? */
648 bfd_byte reserved0
[4];
649 bfd_byte reserved1
[4];
650 } Elf32_External_compact_rel
;
654 unsigned int ctype
: 1; /* 1: long 0: short format. See below. */
655 unsigned int rtype
: 4; /* Relocation types. See below. */
656 unsigned int dist2to
: 8;
657 unsigned int relvaddr
: 19; /* (VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry)/ 4 */
658 unsigned long konst
; /* KONST field. See below. */
659 unsigned long vaddr
; /* VADDR to be relocated. */
664 unsigned int ctype
: 1; /* 1: long 0: short format. See below. */
665 unsigned int rtype
: 4; /* Relocation types. See below. */
666 unsigned int dist2to
: 8;
667 unsigned int relvaddr
: 19; /* (VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry)/ 4 */
668 unsigned long konst
; /* KONST field. See below. */
676 } Elf32_External_crinfo
;
682 } Elf32_External_crinfo2
;
684 /* These are the constants used to swap the bitfields in a crinfo. */
686 #define CRINFO_CTYPE (0x1)
687 #define CRINFO_CTYPE_SH (31)
688 #define CRINFO_RTYPE (0xf)
689 #define CRINFO_RTYPE_SH (27)
690 #define CRINFO_DIST2TO (0xff)
691 #define CRINFO_DIST2TO_SH (19)
692 #define CRINFO_RELVADDR (0x7ffff)
693 #define CRINFO_RELVADDR_SH (0)
695 /* A compact relocation info has long (3 words) or short (2 words)
696 formats. A short format doesn't have VADDR field and relvaddr
697 fields contains ((VADDR - vaddr of the previous entry) >> 2). */
698 #define CRF_MIPS_LONG 1
699 #define CRF_MIPS_SHORT 0
701 /* There are 4 types of compact relocation at least. The value KONST
702 has different meaning for each type:
705 CT_MIPS_REL32 Address in data
706 CT_MIPS_WORD Address in word (XXX)
707 CT_MIPS_GPHI_LO GP - vaddr
708 CT_MIPS_JMPAD Address to jump
711 #define CRT_MIPS_REL32 0xa
712 #define CRT_MIPS_WORD 0xb
713 #define CRT_MIPS_GPHI_LO 0xc
714 #define CRT_MIPS_JMPAD 0xd
716 #define mips_elf_set_cr_format(x,format) ((x).ctype = (format))
717 #define mips_elf_set_cr_type(x,type) ((x).rtype = (type))
718 #define mips_elf_set_cr_dist2to(x,v) ((x).dist2to = (v))
719 #define mips_elf_set_cr_relvaddr(x,d) ((x).relvaddr = (d)<<2)
721 /* The structure of the runtime procedure descriptor created by the
722 loader for use by the static exception system. */
724 typedef struct runtime_pdr
{
725 bfd_vma adr
; /* Memory address of start of procedure. */
726 long regmask
; /* Save register mask. */
727 long regoffset
; /* Save register offset. */
728 long fregmask
; /* Save floating point register mask. */
729 long fregoffset
; /* Save floating point register offset. */
730 long frameoffset
; /* Frame size. */
731 short framereg
; /* Frame pointer register. */
732 short pcreg
; /* Offset or reg of return pc. */
733 long irpss
; /* Index into the runtime string table. */
735 struct exception_info
*exception_info
;/* Pointer to exception array. */
737 #define cbRPDR sizeof (RPDR)
738 #define rpdNil ((pRPDR) 0)
740 static struct mips_got_entry
*mips_elf_create_local_got_entry
741 (bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, bfd
*, bfd_vma
, unsigned long,
742 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*, int);
743 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f
744 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*, void *);
745 static bfd_vma mips_elf_high
747 static bfd_boolean mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation
748 (bfd
*, struct bfd_link_info
*, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*,
749 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*, asection
*, bfd_vma
,
750 bfd_vma
*, asection
*);
751 static bfd_vma mips_elf_adjust_gp
752 (bfd
*, struct mips_got_info
*, bfd
*);
754 /* This will be used when we sort the dynamic relocation records. */
755 static bfd
*reldyn_sorting_bfd
;
757 /* True if ABFD is for CPUs with load interlocking that include
758 non-MIPS1 CPUs and R3900. */
759 #define LOAD_INTERLOCKS_P(abfd) \
760 ( ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) != E_MIPS_ARCH_1) \
761 || ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_MACH) == E_MIPS_MACH_3900))
763 /* True if ABFD is for CPUs that are faster if JAL is converted to BAL.
764 This should be safe for all architectures. We enable this predicate
765 for RM9000 for now. */
766 #define JAL_TO_BAL_P(abfd) \
767 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_MACH) == E_MIPS_MACH_9000)
769 /* True if ABFD is for CPUs that are faster if JALR is converted to BAL.
770 This should be safe for all architectures. We enable this predicate for
772 #define JALR_TO_BAL_P(abfd) 1
774 /* True if ABFD is for CPUs that are faster if JR is converted to B.
775 This should be safe for all architectures. We enable this predicate for
777 #define JR_TO_B_P(abfd) 1
779 /* True if ABFD is a PIC object. */
780 #define PIC_OBJECT_P(abfd) \
781 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_PIC) != 0)
783 /* Nonzero if ABFD is using the O32 ABI. */
784 #define ABI_O32_P(abfd) \
785 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI) == E_MIPS_ABI_O32)
787 /* Nonzero if ABFD is using the N32 ABI. */
788 #define ABI_N32_P(abfd) \
789 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ABI2) != 0)
791 /* Nonzero if ABFD is using the N64 ABI. */
792 #define ABI_64_P(abfd) \
793 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->elfclass == ELFCLASS64)
795 /* Nonzero if ABFD is using NewABI conventions. */
796 #define NEWABI_P(abfd) (ABI_N32_P (abfd) || ABI_64_P (abfd))
798 /* Nonzero if ABFD has microMIPS code. */
799 #define MICROMIPS_P(abfd) \
800 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MICROMIPS) != 0)
802 /* Nonzero if ABFD is MIPS R6. */
803 #define MIPSR6_P(abfd) \
804 ((elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R6 \
805 || (elf_elfheader (abfd)->e_flags & EF_MIPS_ARCH) == E_MIPS_ARCH_64R6)
807 /* The IRIX compatibility level we are striving for. */
808 #define IRIX_COMPAT(abfd) \
809 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_mips_irix_compat (abfd))
811 /* Whether we are trying to be compatible with IRIX at all. */
812 #define SGI_COMPAT(abfd) \
813 (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd) != ict_none)
815 /* The name of the options section. */
816 #define MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME(abfd) \
817 (NEWABI_P (abfd) ? ".MIPS.options" : ".options")
819 /* True if NAME is the recognized name of any SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS section.
820 Some IRIX system files do not use MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME. */
821 #define MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P(NAME) \
822 (strcmp (NAME, ".MIPS.options") == 0 || strcmp (NAME, ".options") == 0)
824 /* True if NAME is the recognized name of any SHT_MIPS_ABIFLAGS section. */
825 #define MIPS_ELF_ABIFLAGS_SECTION_NAME_P(NAME) \
826 (strcmp (NAME, ".MIPS.abiflags") == 0)
828 /* Whether the section is readonly. */
829 #define MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION(sec) \
830 ((sec->flags & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY)) \
831 == (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY))
833 /* The name of the stub section. */
834 #define MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME(abfd) ".MIPS.stubs"
836 /* The size of an external REL relocation. */
837 #define MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE(abfd) \
838 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_rel)
840 /* The size of an external RELA relocation. */
841 #define MIPS_ELF_RELA_SIZE(abfd) \
842 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_rela)
844 /* The size of an external dynamic table entry. */
845 #define MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE(abfd) \
846 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_dyn)
848 /* The size of a GOT entry. */
849 #define MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE(abfd) \
850 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->arch_size / 8)
852 /* The size of the .rld_map section. */
853 #define MIPS_ELF_RLD_MAP_SIZE(abfd) \
854 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->arch_size / 8)
856 /* The size of a symbol-table entry. */
857 #define MIPS_ELF_SYM_SIZE(abfd) \
858 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->sizeof_sym)
860 /* The default alignment for sections, as a power of two. */
861 #define MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN(abfd) \
862 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->s->log_file_align)
864 /* Get word-sized data. */
865 #define MIPS_ELF_GET_WORD(abfd, ptr) \
866 (ABI_64_P (abfd) ? bfd_get_64 (abfd, ptr) : bfd_get_32 (abfd, ptr))
868 /* Put out word-sized data. */
869 #define MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD(abfd, val, ptr) \
871 ? bfd_put_64 (abfd, val, ptr) \
872 : bfd_put_32 (abfd, val, ptr))
874 /* The opcode for word-sized loads (LW or LD). */
875 #define MIPS_ELF_LOAD_WORD(abfd) \
876 (ABI_64_P (abfd) ? 0xdc000000 : 0x8c000000)
878 /* Add a dynamic symbol table-entry. */
879 #define MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY(info, tag, val) \
880 _bfd_elf_add_dynamic_entry (info, tag, val)
882 #define MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO(abfd, rtype, rela) \
883 (get_elf_backend_data (abfd)->elf_backend_mips_rtype_to_howto (rtype, rela))
885 /* The name of the dynamic relocation section. */
886 #define MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME(INFO) \
887 (mips_elf_hash_table (INFO)->is_vxworks ? ".rela.dyn" : ".rel.dyn")
889 /* In case we're on a 32-bit machine, construct a 64-bit "-1" value
890 from smaller values. Start with zero, widen, *then* decrement. */
891 #define MINUS_ONE (((bfd_vma)0) - 1)
892 #define MINUS_TWO (((bfd_vma)0) - 2)
894 /* The value to write into got[1] for SVR4 targets, to identify it is
895 a GNU object. The dynamic linker can then use got[1] to store the
897 #define MIPS_ELF_GNU_GOT1_MASK(abfd) \
898 ((bfd_vma) 1 << (ABI_64_P (abfd) ? 63 : 31))
900 /* The offset of $gp from the beginning of the .got section. */
901 #define ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET(INFO) \
902 (mips_elf_hash_table (INFO)->is_vxworks ? 0x0 : 0x7ff0)
904 /* The maximum size of the GOT for it to be addressable using 16-bit
906 #define MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE(INFO) (ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET (INFO) + 0x7fff)
908 /* Instructions which appear in a stub. */
909 #define STUB_LW(abfd) \
911 ? 0xdf998010 /* ld t9,0x8010(gp) */ \
912 : 0x8f998010)) /* lw t9,0x8010(gp) */
913 #define STUB_MOVE(abfd) \
915 ? 0x03e0782d /* daddu t7,ra */ \
916 : 0x03e07821)) /* addu t7,ra */
917 #define STUB_LUI(VAL) (0x3c180000 + (VAL)) /* lui t8,VAL */
918 #define STUB_JALR 0x0320f809 /* jalr t9,ra */
919 #define STUB_ORI(VAL) (0x37180000 + (VAL)) /* ori t8,t8,VAL */
920 #define STUB_LI16U(VAL) (0x34180000 + (VAL)) /* ori t8,zero,VAL unsigned */
921 #define STUB_LI16S(abfd, VAL) \
923 ? (0x64180000 + (VAL)) /* daddiu t8,zero,VAL sign extended */ \
924 : (0x24180000 + (VAL)))) /* addiu t8,zero,VAL sign extended */
926 /* Likewise for the microMIPS ASE. */
927 #define STUB_LW_MICROMIPS(abfd) \
929 ? 0xdf3c8010 /* ld t9,0x8010(gp) */ \
930 : 0xff3c8010) /* lw t9,0x8010(gp) */
931 #define STUB_MOVE_MICROMIPS 0x0dff /* move t7,ra */
932 #define STUB_MOVE32_MICROMIPS(abfd) \
934 ? 0x581f7950 /* daddu t7,ra,zero */ \
935 : 0x001f7950) /* addu t7,ra,zero */
936 #define STUB_LUI_MICROMIPS(VAL) \
937 (0x41b80000 + (VAL)) /* lui t8,VAL */
938 #define STUB_JALR_MICROMIPS 0x45d9 /* jalr t9 */
939 #define STUB_JALR32_MICROMIPS 0x03f90f3c /* jalr ra,t9 */
940 #define STUB_ORI_MICROMIPS(VAL) \
941 (0x53180000 + (VAL)) /* ori t8,t8,VAL */
942 #define STUB_LI16U_MICROMIPS(VAL) \
943 (0x53000000 + (VAL)) /* ori t8,zero,VAL unsigned */
944 #define STUB_LI16S_MICROMIPS(abfd, VAL) \
946 ? 0x5f000000 + (VAL) /* daddiu t8,zero,VAL sign extended */ \
947 : 0x33000000 + (VAL)) /* addiu t8,zero,VAL sign extended */
949 #define MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_NORMAL_SIZE 16
950 #define MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE 20
951 #define MICROMIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_NORMAL_SIZE 12
952 #define MICROMIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE 16
953 #define MICROMIPS_INSN32_FUNCTION_STUB_NORMAL_SIZE 16
954 #define MICROMIPS_INSN32_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE 20
956 /* The name of the dynamic interpreter. This is put in the .interp
959 #define ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER(abfd) \
960 (ABI_N32_P (abfd) ? "/usr/lib32/libc.so.1" \
961 : ABI_64_P (abfd) ? "/usr/lib64/libc.so.1" \
962 : "/usr/lib/libc.so.1")
965 #define MNAME(bfd,pre,pos) \
966 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? CONCAT4 (pre,64,_,pos) : CONCAT4 (pre,32,_,pos))
967 #define ELF_R_SYM(bfd, i) \
968 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_R_SYM (i) : ELF32_R_SYM (i))
969 #define ELF_R_TYPE(bfd, i) \
970 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_MIPS_R_TYPE (i) : ELF32_R_TYPE (i))
971 #define ELF_R_INFO(bfd, s, t) \
972 (ABI_64_P (bfd) ? ELF64_R_INFO (s, t) : ELF32_R_INFO (s, t))
974 #define MNAME(bfd,pre,pos) CONCAT4 (pre,32,_,pos)
975 #define ELF_R_SYM(bfd, i) \
977 #define ELF_R_TYPE(bfd, i) \
979 #define ELF_R_INFO(bfd, s, t) \
980 (ELF32_R_INFO (s, t))
983 /* The mips16 compiler uses a couple of special sections to handle
984 floating point arguments.
986 Section names that look like .mips16.fn.FNNAME contain stubs that
987 copy floating point arguments from the fp regs to the gp regs and
988 then jump to FNNAME. If any 32 bit function calls FNNAME, the
989 call should be redirected to the stub instead. If no 32 bit
990 function calls FNNAME, the stub should be discarded. We need to
991 consider any reference to the function, not just a call, because
992 if the address of the function is taken we will need the stub,
993 since the address might be passed to a 32 bit function.
995 Section names that look like .mips16.call.FNNAME contain stubs
996 that copy floating point arguments from the gp regs to the fp
997 regs and then jump to FNNAME. If FNNAME is a 32 bit function,
998 then any 16 bit function that calls FNNAME should be redirected
999 to the stub instead. If FNNAME is not a 32 bit function, the
1000 stub should be discarded.
1002 .mips16.call.fp.FNNAME sections are similar, but contain stubs
1003 which call FNNAME and then copy the return value from the fp regs
1004 to the gp regs. These stubs store the return value in $18 while
1005 calling FNNAME; any function which might call one of these stubs
1006 must arrange to save $18 around the call. (This case is not
1007 needed for 32 bit functions that call 16 bit functions, because
1008 16 bit functions always return floating point values in both
1011 Note that in all cases FNNAME might be defined statically.
1012 Therefore, FNNAME is not used literally. Instead, the relocation
1013 information will indicate which symbol the section is for.
1015 We record any stubs that we find in the symbol table. */
1017 #define FN_STUB ".mips16.fn."
1018 #define CALL_STUB ".mips16.call."
1019 #define CALL_FP_STUB ".mips16.call.fp."
1021 #define FN_STUB_P(name) CONST_STRNEQ (name, FN_STUB)
1022 #define CALL_STUB_P(name) CONST_STRNEQ (name, CALL_STUB)
1023 #define CALL_FP_STUB_P(name) CONST_STRNEQ (name, CALL_FP_STUB)
1025 /* The format of the first PLT entry in an O32 executable. */
1026 static const bfd_vma mips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
[] =
1028 0x3c1c0000, /* lui $28, %hi(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1029 0x8f990000, /* lw $25, %lo(&GOTPLT[0])($28) */
1030 0x279c0000, /* addiu $28, $28, %lo(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1031 0x031cc023, /* subu $24, $24, $28 */
1032 0x03e07821, /* move $15, $31 # 32-bit move (addu) */
1033 0x0018c082, /* srl $24, $24, 2 */
1034 0x0320f809, /* jalr $25 */
1035 0x2718fffe /* subu $24, $24, 2 */
1038 /* The format of the first PLT entry in an N32 executable. Different
1039 because gp ($28) is not available; we use t2 ($14) instead. */
1040 static const bfd_vma mips_n32_exec_plt0_entry
[] =
1042 0x3c0e0000, /* lui $14, %hi(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1043 0x8dd90000, /* lw $25, %lo(&GOTPLT[0])($14) */
1044 0x25ce0000, /* addiu $14, $14, %lo(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1045 0x030ec023, /* subu $24, $24, $14 */
1046 0x03e07821, /* move $15, $31 # 32-bit move (addu) */
1047 0x0018c082, /* srl $24, $24, 2 */
1048 0x0320f809, /* jalr $25 */
1049 0x2718fffe /* subu $24, $24, 2 */
1052 /* The format of the first PLT entry in an N64 executable. Different
1053 from N32 because of the increased size of GOT entries. */
1054 static const bfd_vma mips_n64_exec_plt0_entry
[] =
1056 0x3c0e0000, /* lui $14, %hi(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1057 0xddd90000, /* ld $25, %lo(&GOTPLT[0])($14) */
1058 0x25ce0000, /* addiu $14, $14, %lo(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1059 0x030ec023, /* subu $24, $24, $14 */
1060 0x03e0782d, /* move $15, $31 # 64-bit move (daddu) */
1061 0x0018c0c2, /* srl $24, $24, 3 */
1062 0x0320f809, /* jalr $25 */
1063 0x2718fffe /* subu $24, $24, 2 */
1066 /* The format of the microMIPS first PLT entry in an O32 executable.
1067 We rely on v0 ($2) rather than t8 ($24) to contain the address
1068 of the GOTPLT entry handled, so this stub may only be used when
1069 all the subsequent PLT entries are microMIPS code too.
1071 The trailing NOP is for alignment and correct disassembly only. */
1072 static const bfd_vma micromips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
[] =
1074 0x7980, 0x0000, /* addiupc $3, (&GOTPLT[0]) - . */
1075 0xff23, 0x0000, /* lw $25, 0($3) */
1076 0x0535, /* subu $2, $2, $3 */
1077 0x2525, /* srl $2, $2, 2 */
1078 0x3302, 0xfffe, /* subu $24, $2, 2 */
1079 0x0dff, /* move $15, $31 */
1080 0x45f9, /* jalrs $25 */
1081 0x0f83, /* move $28, $3 */
1085 /* The format of the microMIPS first PLT entry in an O32 executable
1086 in the insn32 mode. */
1087 static const bfd_vma micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt0_entry
[] =
1089 0x41bc, 0x0000, /* lui $28, %hi(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1090 0xff3c, 0x0000, /* lw $25, %lo(&GOTPLT[0])($28) */
1091 0x339c, 0x0000, /* addiu $28, $28, %lo(&GOTPLT[0]) */
1092 0x0398, 0xc1d0, /* subu $24, $24, $28 */
1093 0x001f, 0x7950, /* move $15, $31 */
1094 0x0318, 0x1040, /* srl $24, $24, 2 */
1095 0x03f9, 0x0f3c, /* jalr $25 */
1096 0x3318, 0xfffe /* subu $24, $24, 2 */
1099 /* The format of subsequent standard PLT entries. */
1100 static const bfd_vma mips_exec_plt_entry
[] =
1102 0x3c0f0000, /* lui $15, %hi(.got.plt entry) */
1103 0x01f90000, /* l[wd] $25, %lo(.got.plt entry)($15) */
1104 0x25f80000, /* addiu $24, $15, %lo(.got.plt entry) */
1105 0x03200008 /* jr $25 */
1108 /* In the following PLT entry the JR and ADDIU instructions will
1109 be swapped in _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol because
1110 LOAD_INTERLOCKS_P will be true for MIPS R6. */
1111 static const bfd_vma mipsr6_exec_plt_entry
[] =
1113 0x3c0f0000, /* lui $15, %hi(.got.plt entry) */
1114 0x01f90000, /* l[wd] $25, %lo(.got.plt entry)($15) */
1115 0x25f80000, /* addiu $24, $15, %lo(.got.plt entry) */
1116 0x03200009 /* jr $25 */
1119 /* The format of subsequent MIPS16 o32 PLT entries. We use v0 ($2)
1120 and v1 ($3) as temporaries because t8 ($24) and t9 ($25) are not
1121 directly addressable. */
1122 static const bfd_vma mips16_o32_exec_plt_entry
[] =
1124 0xb203, /* lw $2, 12($pc) */
1125 0x9a60, /* lw $3, 0($2) */
1126 0x651a, /* move $24, $2 */
1128 0x653b, /* move $25, $3 */
1130 0x0000, 0x0000 /* .word (.got.plt entry) */
1133 /* The format of subsequent microMIPS o32 PLT entries. We use v0 ($2)
1134 as a temporary because t8 ($24) is not addressable with ADDIUPC. */
1135 static const bfd_vma micromips_o32_exec_plt_entry
[] =
1137 0x7900, 0x0000, /* addiupc $2, (.got.plt entry) - . */
1138 0xff22, 0x0000, /* lw $25, 0($2) */
1139 0x4599, /* jr $25 */
1140 0x0f02 /* move $24, $2 */
1143 /* The format of subsequent microMIPS o32 PLT entries in the insn32 mode. */
1144 static const bfd_vma micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt_entry
[] =
1146 0x41af, 0x0000, /* lui $15, %hi(.got.plt entry) */
1147 0xff2f, 0x0000, /* lw $25, %lo(.got.plt entry)($15) */
1148 0x0019, 0x0f3c, /* jr $25 */
1149 0x330f, 0x0000 /* addiu $24, $15, %lo(.got.plt entry) */
1152 /* The format of the first PLT entry in a VxWorks executable. */
1153 static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_exec_plt0_entry
[] =
1155 0x3c190000, /* lui t9, %hi(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_) */
1156 0x27390000, /* addiu t9, t9, %lo(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_) */
1157 0x8f390008, /* lw t9, 8(t9) */
1158 0x00000000, /* nop */
1159 0x03200008, /* jr t9 */
1160 0x00000000 /* nop */
1163 /* The format of subsequent PLT entries. */
1164 static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_exec_plt_entry
[] =
1166 0x10000000, /* b .PLT_resolver */
1167 0x24180000, /* li t8, <pltindex> */
1168 0x3c190000, /* lui t9, %hi(<.got.plt slot>) */
1169 0x27390000, /* addiu t9, t9, %lo(<.got.plt slot>) */
1170 0x8f390000, /* lw t9, 0(t9) */
1171 0x00000000, /* nop */
1172 0x03200008, /* jr t9 */
1173 0x00000000 /* nop */
1176 /* The format of the first PLT entry in a VxWorks shared object. */
1177 static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry
[] =
1179 0x8f990008, /* lw t9, 8(gp) */
1180 0x00000000, /* nop */
1181 0x03200008, /* jr t9 */
1182 0x00000000, /* nop */
1183 0x00000000, /* nop */
1184 0x00000000 /* nop */
1187 /* The format of subsequent PLT entries. */
1188 static const bfd_vma mips_vxworks_shared_plt_entry
[] =
1190 0x10000000, /* b .PLT_resolver */
1191 0x24180000 /* li t8, <pltindex> */
1194 /* microMIPS 32-bit opcode helper installer. */
1197 bfd_put_micromips_32 (const bfd
*abfd
, bfd_vma opcode
, bfd_byte
*ptr
)
1199 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, (opcode
>> 16) & 0xffff, ptr
);
1200 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, opcode
& 0xffff, ptr
+ 2);
1203 /* microMIPS 32-bit opcode helper retriever. */
1206 bfd_get_micromips_32 (const bfd
*abfd
, const bfd_byte
*ptr
)
1208 return (bfd_get_16 (abfd
, ptr
) << 16) | bfd_get_16 (abfd
, ptr
+ 2);
1211 /* Look up an entry in a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
1213 #define mips_elf_link_hash_lookup(table, string, create, copy, follow) \
1214 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry *) \
1215 elf_link_hash_lookup (&(table)->root, (string), (create), \
1218 /* Traverse a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
1220 #define mips_elf_link_hash_traverse(table, func, info) \
1221 (elf_link_hash_traverse \
1223 (bfd_boolean (*) (struct elf_link_hash_entry *, void *)) (func), \
1226 /* Find the base offsets for thread-local storage in this object,
1227 for GD/LD and IE/LE respectively. */
1229 #define TP_OFFSET 0x7000
1230 #define DTP_OFFSET 0x8000
1233 dtprel_base (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
1235 /* If tls_sec is NULL, we should have signalled an error already. */
1236 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
== NULL
)
1238 return elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
->vma
+ DTP_OFFSET
;
1242 tprel_base (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
1244 /* If tls_sec is NULL, we should have signalled an error already. */
1245 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
== NULL
)
1247 return elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
->vma
+ TP_OFFSET
;
1250 /* Create an entry in a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
1252 static struct bfd_hash_entry
*
1253 mips_elf_link_hash_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry
*entry
,
1254 struct bfd_hash_table
*table
, const char *string
)
1256 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*ret
=
1257 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) entry
;
1259 /* Allocate the structure if it has not already been allocated by a
1262 ret
= bfd_hash_allocate (table
, sizeof (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
));
1264 return (struct bfd_hash_entry
*) ret
;
1266 /* Call the allocation method of the superclass. */
1267 ret
= ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
1268 _bfd_elf_link_hash_newfunc ((struct bfd_hash_entry
*) ret
,
1272 /* Set local fields. */
1273 memset (&ret
->esym
, 0, sizeof (EXTR
));
1274 /* We use -2 as a marker to indicate that the information has
1275 not been set. -1 means there is no associated ifd. */
1278 ret
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
= 0;
1279 ret
->fn_stub
= NULL
;
1280 ret
->call_stub
= NULL
;
1281 ret
->call_fp_stub
= NULL
;
1282 ret
->global_got_area
= GGA_NONE
;
1283 ret
->got_only_for_calls
= TRUE
;
1284 ret
->readonly_reloc
= FALSE
;
1285 ret
->has_static_relocs
= FALSE
;
1286 ret
->no_fn_stub
= FALSE
;
1287 ret
->need_fn_stub
= FALSE
;
1288 ret
->has_nonpic_branches
= FALSE
;
1289 ret
->needs_lazy_stub
= FALSE
;
1290 ret
->use_plt_entry
= FALSE
;
1293 return (struct bfd_hash_entry
*) ret
;
1296 /* Allocate MIPS ELF private object data. */
1299 _bfd_mips_elf_mkobject (bfd
*abfd
)
1301 return bfd_elf_allocate_object (abfd
, sizeof (struct mips_elf_obj_tdata
),
1306 _bfd_mips_elf_new_section_hook (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
1308 if (!sec
->used_by_bfd
)
1310 struct _mips_elf_section_data
*sdata
;
1311 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (*sdata
);
1313 sdata
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
1316 sec
->used_by_bfd
= sdata
;
1319 return _bfd_elf_new_section_hook (abfd
, sec
);
1322 /* Read ECOFF debugging information from a .mdebug section into a
1323 ecoff_debug_info structure. */
1326 _bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*section
,
1327 struct ecoff_debug_info
*debug
)
1330 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*swap
;
1333 swap
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
;
1334 memset (debug
, 0, sizeof (*debug
));
1336 ext_hdr
= bfd_malloc (swap
->external_hdr_size
);
1337 if (ext_hdr
== NULL
&& swap
->external_hdr_size
!= 0)
1340 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, section
, ext_hdr
, 0,
1341 swap
->external_hdr_size
))
1344 symhdr
= &debug
->symbolic_header
;
1345 (*swap
->swap_hdr_in
) (abfd
, ext_hdr
, symhdr
);
1347 /* The symbolic header contains absolute file offsets and sizes to
1349 #define READ(ptr, offset, count, size, type) \
1350 if (symhdr->count == 0) \
1351 debug->ptr = NULL; \
1354 bfd_size_type amt = (bfd_size_type) size * symhdr->count; \
1355 debug->ptr = bfd_malloc (amt); \
1356 if (debug->ptr == NULL) \
1357 goto error_return; \
1358 if (bfd_seek (abfd, symhdr->offset, SEEK_SET) != 0 \
1359 || bfd_bread (debug->ptr, amt, abfd) != amt) \
1360 goto error_return; \
1363 READ (line
, cbLineOffset
, cbLine
, sizeof (unsigned char), unsigned char *);
1364 READ (external_dnr
, cbDnOffset
, idnMax
, swap
->external_dnr_size
, void *);
1365 READ (external_pdr
, cbPdOffset
, ipdMax
, swap
->external_pdr_size
, void *);
1366 READ (external_sym
, cbSymOffset
, isymMax
, swap
->external_sym_size
, void *);
1367 READ (external_opt
, cbOptOffset
, ioptMax
, swap
->external_opt_size
, void *);
1368 READ (external_aux
, cbAuxOffset
, iauxMax
, sizeof (union aux_ext
),
1370 READ (ss
, cbSsOffset
, issMax
, sizeof (char), char *);
1371 READ (ssext
, cbSsExtOffset
, issExtMax
, sizeof (char), char *);
1372 READ (external_fdr
, cbFdOffset
, ifdMax
, swap
->external_fdr_size
, void *);
1373 READ (external_rfd
, cbRfdOffset
, crfd
, swap
->external_rfd_size
, void *);
1374 READ (external_ext
, cbExtOffset
, iextMax
, swap
->external_ext_size
, void *);
1382 if (ext_hdr
!= NULL
)
1384 if (debug
->line
!= NULL
)
1386 if (debug
->external_dnr
!= NULL
)
1387 free (debug
->external_dnr
);
1388 if (debug
->external_pdr
!= NULL
)
1389 free (debug
->external_pdr
);
1390 if (debug
->external_sym
!= NULL
)
1391 free (debug
->external_sym
);
1392 if (debug
->external_opt
!= NULL
)
1393 free (debug
->external_opt
);
1394 if (debug
->external_aux
!= NULL
)
1395 free (debug
->external_aux
);
1396 if (debug
->ss
!= NULL
)
1398 if (debug
->ssext
!= NULL
)
1399 free (debug
->ssext
);
1400 if (debug
->external_fdr
!= NULL
)
1401 free (debug
->external_fdr
);
1402 if (debug
->external_rfd
!= NULL
)
1403 free (debug
->external_rfd
);
1404 if (debug
->external_ext
!= NULL
)
1405 free (debug
->external_ext
);
1409 /* Swap RPDR (runtime procedure table entry) for output. */
1412 ecoff_swap_rpdr_out (bfd
*abfd
, const RPDR
*in
, struct rpdr_ext
*ex
)
1414 H_PUT_S32 (abfd
, in
->adr
, ex
->p_adr
);
1415 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->regmask
, ex
->p_regmask
);
1416 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->regoffset
, ex
->p_regoffset
);
1417 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->fregmask
, ex
->p_fregmask
);
1418 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->fregoffset
, ex
->p_fregoffset
);
1419 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->frameoffset
, ex
->p_frameoffset
);
1421 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, in
->framereg
, ex
->p_framereg
);
1422 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, in
->pcreg
, ex
->p_pcreg
);
1424 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->irpss
, ex
->p_irpss
);
1427 /* Create a runtime procedure table from the .mdebug section. */
1430 mips_elf_create_procedure_table (void *handle
, bfd
*abfd
,
1431 struct bfd_link_info
*info
, asection
*s
,
1432 struct ecoff_debug_info
*debug
)
1434 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*swap
;
1435 HDRR
*hdr
= &debug
->symbolic_header
;
1437 struct rpdr_ext
*erp
;
1439 struct pdr_ext
*epdr
;
1440 struct sym_ext
*esym
;
1444 bfd_size_type count
;
1445 unsigned long sindex
;
1449 const char *no_name_func
= _("static procedure (no name)");
1457 swap
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
;
1459 sindex
= strlen (no_name_func
) + 1;
1460 count
= hdr
->ipdMax
;
1463 size
= swap
->external_pdr_size
;
1465 epdr
= bfd_malloc (size
* count
);
1469 if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_pdr (handle
, (bfd_byte
*) epdr
))
1472 size
= sizeof (RPDR
);
1473 rp
= rpdr
= bfd_malloc (size
* count
);
1477 size
= sizeof (char *);
1478 sv
= bfd_malloc (size
* count
);
1482 count
= hdr
->isymMax
;
1483 size
= swap
->external_sym_size
;
1484 esym
= bfd_malloc (size
* count
);
1488 if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_sym (handle
, (bfd_byte
*) esym
))
1491 count
= hdr
->issMax
;
1492 ss
= bfd_malloc (count
);
1495 if (! _bfd_ecoff_get_accumulated_ss (handle
, (bfd_byte
*) ss
))
1498 count
= hdr
->ipdMax
;
1499 for (i
= 0; i
< (unsigned long) count
; i
++, rp
++)
1501 (*swap
->swap_pdr_in
) (abfd
, epdr
+ i
, &pdr
);
1502 (*swap
->swap_sym_in
) (abfd
, &esym
[pdr
.isym
], &sym
);
1503 rp
->adr
= sym
.value
;
1504 rp
->regmask
= pdr
.regmask
;
1505 rp
->regoffset
= pdr
.regoffset
;
1506 rp
->fregmask
= pdr
.fregmask
;
1507 rp
->fregoffset
= pdr
.fregoffset
;
1508 rp
->frameoffset
= pdr
.frameoffset
;
1509 rp
->framereg
= pdr
.framereg
;
1510 rp
->pcreg
= pdr
.pcreg
;
1512 sv
[i
] = ss
+ sym
.iss
;
1513 sindex
+= strlen (sv
[i
]) + 1;
1517 size
= sizeof (struct rpdr_ext
) * (count
+ 2) + sindex
;
1518 size
= BFD_ALIGN (size
, 16);
1519 rtproc
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, size
);
1522 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->procedure_count
= 0;
1526 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->procedure_count
= count
+ 2;
1529 memset (erp
, 0, sizeof (struct rpdr_ext
));
1531 str
= (char *) rtproc
+ sizeof (struct rpdr_ext
) * (count
+ 2);
1532 strcpy (str
, no_name_func
);
1533 str
+= strlen (no_name_func
) + 1;
1534 for (i
= 0; i
< count
; i
++)
1536 ecoff_swap_rpdr_out (abfd
, rpdr
+ i
, erp
+ i
);
1537 strcpy (str
, sv
[i
]);
1538 str
+= strlen (sv
[i
]) + 1;
1540 H_PUT_S32 (abfd
, -1, (erp
+ count
)->p_adr
);
1542 /* Set the size and contents of .rtproc section. */
1544 s
->contents
= rtproc
;
1546 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
1547 matters, but someday it might). */
1548 s
->map_head
.link_order
= NULL
;
1577 /* We're going to create a stub for H. Create a symbol for the stub's
1578 value and size, to help make the disassembly easier to read. */
1581 mips_elf_create_stub_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
1582 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
1583 const char *prefix
, asection
*s
, bfd_vma value
,
1586 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
1587 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*elfh
;
1590 if (ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (h
->root
.other
))
1593 /* Create a new symbol. */
1594 name
= ACONCAT ((prefix
, h
->root
.root
.root
.string
, NULL
));
1596 if (!_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol (info
, s
->owner
, name
,
1597 BSF_LOCAL
, s
, value
, NULL
,
1601 /* Make it a local function. */
1602 elfh
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
1603 elfh
->type
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, STT_FUNC
);
1605 elfh
->forced_local
= 1;
1609 /* We're about to redefine H. Create a symbol to represent H's
1610 current value and size, to help make the disassembly easier
1614 mips_elf_create_shadow_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
1615 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
1618 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
1619 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*elfh
;
1624 /* Read the symbol's value. */
1625 BFD_ASSERT (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
1626 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
);
1627 s
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
1628 value
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
;
1630 /* Create a new symbol. */
1631 name
= ACONCAT ((prefix
, h
->root
.root
.root
.string
, NULL
));
1633 if (!_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol (info
, s
->owner
, name
,
1634 BSF_LOCAL
, s
, value
, NULL
,
1638 /* Make it local and copy the other attributes from H. */
1639 elfh
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
1640 elfh
->type
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_LOCAL
, ELF_ST_TYPE (h
->root
.type
));
1641 elfh
->other
= h
->root
.other
;
1642 elfh
->size
= h
->root
.size
;
1643 elfh
->forced_local
= 1;
1647 /* Return TRUE if relocations in SECTION can refer directly to a MIPS16
1648 function rather than to a hard-float stub. */
1651 section_allows_mips16_refs_p (asection
*section
)
1655 name
= bfd_get_section_name (section
->owner
, section
);
1656 return (FN_STUB_P (name
)
1657 || CALL_STUB_P (name
)
1658 || CALL_FP_STUB_P (name
)
1659 || strcmp (name
, ".pdr") == 0);
1662 /* [RELOCS, RELEND) are the relocations against SEC, which is a MIPS16
1663 stub section of some kind. Return the R_SYMNDX of the target
1664 function, or 0 if we can't decide which function that is. */
1666 static unsigned long
1667 mips16_stub_symndx (const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
,
1668 asection
*sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
1669 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
,
1670 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relend
)
1672 int int_rels_per_ext_rel
= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
1673 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
;
1675 /* Trust the first R_MIPS_NONE relocation, if any, but not a subsequent
1676 one in a compound relocation. */
1677 for (rel
= relocs
; rel
< relend
; rel
+= int_rels_per_ext_rel
)
1678 if (ELF_R_TYPE (sec
->owner
, rel
->r_info
) == R_MIPS_NONE
)
1679 return ELF_R_SYM (sec
->owner
, rel
->r_info
);
1681 /* Otherwise trust the first relocation, whatever its kind. This is
1682 the traditional behavior. */
1683 if (relocs
< relend
)
1684 return ELF_R_SYM (sec
->owner
, relocs
->r_info
);
1689 /* Check the mips16 stubs for a particular symbol, and see if we can
1693 mips_elf_check_mips16_stubs (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
1694 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
1696 /* Dynamic symbols must use the standard call interface, in case other
1697 objects try to call them. */
1698 if (h
->fn_stub
!= NULL
1699 && h
->root
.dynindx
!= -1)
1701 mips_elf_create_shadow_symbol (info
, h
, ".mips16.");
1702 h
->need_fn_stub
= TRUE
;
1705 if (h
->fn_stub
!= NULL
1706 && ! h
->need_fn_stub
)
1708 /* We don't need the fn_stub; the only references to this symbol
1709 are 16 bit calls. Clobber the size to 0 to prevent it from
1710 being included in the link. */
1711 h
->fn_stub
->size
= 0;
1712 h
->fn_stub
->flags
&= ~SEC_RELOC
;
1713 h
->fn_stub
->reloc_count
= 0;
1714 h
->fn_stub
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
1717 if (h
->call_stub
!= NULL
1718 && ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (h
->root
.other
))
1720 /* We don't need the call_stub; this is a 16 bit function, so
1721 calls from other 16 bit functions are OK. Clobber the size
1722 to 0 to prevent it from being included in the link. */
1723 h
->call_stub
->size
= 0;
1724 h
->call_stub
->flags
&= ~SEC_RELOC
;
1725 h
->call_stub
->reloc_count
= 0;
1726 h
->call_stub
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
1729 if (h
->call_fp_stub
!= NULL
1730 && ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (h
->root
.other
))
1732 /* We don't need the call_stub; this is a 16 bit function, so
1733 calls from other 16 bit functions are OK. Clobber the size
1734 to 0 to prevent it from being included in the link. */
1735 h
->call_fp_stub
->size
= 0;
1736 h
->call_fp_stub
->flags
&= ~SEC_RELOC
;
1737 h
->call_fp_stub
->reloc_count
= 0;
1738 h
->call_fp_stub
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
1742 /* Hashtable callbacks for mips_elf_la25_stubs. */
1745 mips_elf_la25_stub_hash (const void *entry_
)
1747 const struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*entry
;
1749 entry
= (struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*) entry_
;
1750 return entry
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
->id
1751 + entry
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
;
1755 mips_elf_la25_stub_eq (const void *entry1_
, const void *entry2_
)
1757 const struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*entry1
, *entry2
;
1759 entry1
= (struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*) entry1_
;
1760 entry2
= (struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*) entry2_
;
1761 return ((entry1
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
1762 == entry2
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
)
1763 && (entry1
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
1764 == entry2
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
));
1767 /* Called by the linker to set up the la25 stub-creation code. FN is
1768 the linker's implementation of add_stub_function. Return true on
1772 _bfd_mips_elf_init_stubs (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
1773 asection
*(*fn
) (const char *, asection
*,
1776 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
1778 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
1782 htab
->add_stub_section
= fn
;
1783 htab
->la25_stubs
= htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_la25_stub_hash
,
1784 mips_elf_la25_stub_eq
, NULL
);
1785 if (htab
->la25_stubs
== NULL
)
1791 /* Return true if H is a locally-defined PIC function, in the sense
1792 that it or its fn_stub might need $25 to be valid on entry.
1793 Note that MIPS16 functions set up $gp using PC-relative instructions,
1794 so they themselves never need $25 to be valid. Only non-MIPS16
1795 entry points are of interest here. */
1798 mips_elf_local_pic_function_p (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
1800 return ((h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
1801 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
1802 && h
->root
.def_regular
1803 && !bfd_is_abs_section (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
)
1804 && (!ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (h
->root
.other
)
1805 || (h
->fn_stub
&& h
->need_fn_stub
))
1806 && (PIC_OBJECT_P (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
->owner
)
1807 || ELF_ST_IS_MIPS_PIC (h
->root
.other
)));
1810 /* Set *SEC to the input section that contains the target of STUB.
1811 Return the offset of the target from the start of that section. */
1814 mips_elf_get_la25_target (struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*stub
,
1817 if (ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (stub
->h
->root
.other
))
1819 BFD_ASSERT (stub
->h
->need_fn_stub
);
1820 *sec
= stub
->h
->fn_stub
;
1825 *sec
= stub
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
1826 return stub
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
;
1830 /* STUB describes an la25 stub that we have decided to implement
1831 by inserting an LUI/ADDIU pair before the target function.
1832 Create the section and redirect the function symbol to it. */
1835 mips_elf_add_la25_intro (struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*stub
,
1836 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
1838 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
1840 asection
*s
, *input_section
;
1843 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
1847 /* Create a unique name for the new section. */
1848 name
= bfd_malloc (11 + sizeof (".text.stub."));
1851 sprintf (name
, ".text.stub.%d", (int) htab_elements (htab
->la25_stubs
));
1853 /* Create the section. */
1854 mips_elf_get_la25_target (stub
, &input_section
);
1855 s
= htab
->add_stub_section (name
, input_section
,
1856 input_section
->output_section
);
1860 /* Make sure that any padding goes before the stub. */
1861 align
= input_section
->alignment_power
;
1862 if (!bfd_set_section_alignment (s
->owner
, s
, align
))
1865 s
->size
= (1 << align
) - 8;
1867 /* Create a symbol for the stub. */
1868 mips_elf_create_stub_symbol (info
, stub
->h
, ".pic.", s
, s
->size
, 8);
1869 stub
->stub_section
= s
;
1870 stub
->offset
= s
->size
;
1872 /* Allocate room for it. */
1877 /* STUB describes an la25 stub that we have decided to implement
1878 with a separate trampoline. Allocate room for it and redirect
1879 the function symbol to it. */
1882 mips_elf_add_la25_trampoline (struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*stub
,
1883 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
1885 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
1888 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
1892 /* Create a trampoline section, if we haven't already. */
1893 s
= htab
->strampoline
;
1896 asection
*input_section
= stub
->h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
1897 s
= htab
->add_stub_section (".text", NULL
,
1898 input_section
->output_section
);
1899 if (s
== NULL
|| !bfd_set_section_alignment (s
->owner
, s
, 4))
1901 htab
->strampoline
= s
;
1904 /* Create a symbol for the stub. */
1905 mips_elf_create_stub_symbol (info
, stub
->h
, ".pic.", s
, s
->size
, 16);
1906 stub
->stub_section
= s
;
1907 stub
->offset
= s
->size
;
1909 /* Allocate room for it. */
1914 /* H describes a symbol that needs an la25 stub. Make sure that an
1915 appropriate stub exists and point H at it. */
1918 mips_elf_add_la25_stub (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
1919 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
1921 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
1922 struct mips_elf_la25_stub search
, *stub
;
1923 bfd_boolean use_trampoline_p
;
1928 /* Describe the stub we want. */
1929 search
.stub_section
= NULL
;
1933 /* See if we've already created an equivalent stub. */
1934 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
1938 slot
= htab_find_slot (htab
->la25_stubs
, &search
, INSERT
);
1942 stub
= (struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*) *slot
;
1945 /* We can reuse the existing stub. */
1946 h
->la25_stub
= stub
;
1950 /* Create a permanent copy of ENTRY and add it to the hash table. */
1951 stub
= bfd_malloc (sizeof (search
));
1957 /* Prefer to use LUI/ADDIU stubs if the function is at the beginning
1958 of the section and if we would need no more than 2 nops. */
1959 value
= mips_elf_get_la25_target (stub
, &s
);
1960 use_trampoline_p
= (value
!= 0 || s
->alignment_power
> 4);
1962 h
->la25_stub
= stub
;
1963 return (use_trampoline_p
1964 ? mips_elf_add_la25_trampoline (stub
, info
)
1965 : mips_elf_add_la25_intro (stub
, info
));
1968 /* A mips_elf_link_hash_traverse callback that is called before sizing
1969 sections. DATA points to a mips_htab_traverse_info structure. */
1972 mips_elf_check_symbols (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
1974 struct mips_htab_traverse_info
*hti
;
1976 hti
= (struct mips_htab_traverse_info
*) data
;
1977 if (!hti
->info
->relocatable
)
1978 mips_elf_check_mips16_stubs (hti
->info
, h
);
1980 if (mips_elf_local_pic_function_p (h
))
1982 /* PR 12845: If H is in a section that has been garbage
1983 collected it will have its output section set to *ABS*. */
1984 if (bfd_is_abs_section (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
))
1987 /* H is a function that might need $25 to be valid on entry.
1988 If we're creating a non-PIC relocatable object, mark H as
1989 being PIC. If we're creating a non-relocatable object with
1990 non-PIC branches and jumps to H, make sure that H has an la25
1992 if (hti
->info
->relocatable
)
1994 if (!PIC_OBJECT_P (hti
->output_bfd
))
1995 h
->root
.other
= ELF_ST_SET_MIPS_PIC (h
->root
.other
);
1997 else if (h
->has_nonpic_branches
&& !mips_elf_add_la25_stub (hti
->info
, h
))
2006 /* R_MIPS16_26 is used for the mips16 jal and jalx instructions.
2007 Most mips16 instructions are 16 bits, but these instructions
2010 The format of these instructions is:
2012 +--------------+--------------------------------+
2013 | JALX | X| Imm 20:16 | Imm 25:21 |
2014 +--------------+--------------------------------+
2016 +-----------------------------------------------+
2018 JALX is the 5-bit value 00011. X is 0 for jal, 1 for jalx.
2019 Note that the immediate value in the first word is swapped.
2021 When producing a relocatable object file, R_MIPS16_26 is
2022 handled mostly like R_MIPS_26. In particular, the addend is
2023 stored as a straight 26-bit value in a 32-bit instruction.
2024 (gas makes life simpler for itself by never adjusting a
2025 R_MIPS16_26 reloc to be against a section, so the addend is
2026 always zero). However, the 32 bit instruction is stored as 2
2027 16-bit values, rather than a single 32-bit value. In a
2028 big-endian file, the result is the same; in a little-endian
2029 file, the two 16-bit halves of the 32 bit value are swapped.
2030 This is so that a disassembler can recognize the jal
2033 When doing a final link, R_MIPS16_26 is treated as a 32 bit
2034 instruction stored as two 16-bit values. The addend A is the
2035 contents of the targ26 field. The calculation is the same as
2036 R_MIPS_26. When storing the calculated value, reorder the
2037 immediate value as shown above, and don't forget to store the
2038 value as two 16-bit values.
2040 To put it in MIPS ABI terms, the relocation field is T-targ26-16,
2044 +--------+----------------------+
2048 +--------+----------------------+
2051 +----------+------+-------------+
2055 +----------+--------------------+
2056 where targ26-16 is sub1 followed by sub2 (i.e., the addend field A is
2057 ((sub1 << 16) | sub2)).
2059 When producing a relocatable object file, the calculation is
2060 (((A < 2) | ((P + 4) & 0xf0000000) + S) >> 2)
2061 When producing a fully linked file, the calculation is
2062 let R = (((A < 2) | ((P + 4) & 0xf0000000) + S) >> 2)
2063 ((R & 0x1f0000) << 5) | ((R & 0x3e00000) >> 5) | (R & 0xffff)
2065 The table below lists the other MIPS16 instruction relocations.
2066 Each one is calculated in the same way as the non-MIPS16 relocation
2067 given on the right, but using the extended MIPS16 layout of 16-bit
2070 R_MIPS16_GPREL R_MIPS_GPREL16
2071 R_MIPS16_GOT16 R_MIPS_GOT16
2072 R_MIPS16_CALL16 R_MIPS_CALL16
2073 R_MIPS16_HI16 R_MIPS_HI16
2074 R_MIPS16_LO16 R_MIPS_LO16
2076 A typical instruction will have a format like this:
2078 +--------------+--------------------------------+
2079 | EXTEND | Imm 10:5 | Imm 15:11 |
2080 +--------------+--------------------------------+
2081 | Major | rx | ry | Imm 4:0 |
2082 +--------------+--------------------------------+
2084 EXTEND is the five bit value 11110. Major is the instruction
2087 All we need to do here is shuffle the bits appropriately.
2088 As above, the two 16-bit halves must be swapped on a
2089 little-endian system. */
2091 static inline bfd_boolean
2092 mips16_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2097 case R_MIPS16_GPREL
:
2098 case R_MIPS16_GOT16
:
2099 case R_MIPS16_CALL16
:
2102 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GD
:
2103 case R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM
:
2104 case R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_HI16
:
2105 case R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_LO16
:
2106 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
2107 case R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_HI16
:
2108 case R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_LO16
:
2116 /* Check if a microMIPS reloc. */
2118 static inline bfd_boolean
2119 micromips_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2121 return r_type
>= R_MICROMIPS_min
&& r_type
< R_MICROMIPS_max
;
2124 /* Similar to MIPS16, the two 16-bit halves in microMIPS must be swapped
2125 on a little-endian system. This does not apply to R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
2126 and R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1 relocs that apply to 16-bit instructions. */
2128 static inline bfd_boolean
2129 micromips_reloc_shuffle_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2131 return (micromips_reloc_p (r_type
)
2132 && r_type
!= R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
2133 && r_type
!= R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1
);
2136 static inline bfd_boolean
2137 got16_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2139 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT16
2140 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_GOT16
2141 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_GOT16
);
2144 static inline bfd_boolean
2145 call16_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2147 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_CALL16
2148 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_CALL16
2149 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_CALL16
);
2152 static inline bfd_boolean
2153 got_disp_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2155 return r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
|| r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP
;
2158 static inline bfd_boolean
2159 got_page_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2161 return r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
|| r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE
;
2164 static inline bfd_boolean
2165 got_ofst_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2167 return r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT_OFST
|| r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_GOT_OFST
;
2170 static inline bfd_boolean
2171 got_hi16_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2173 return r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
|| r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16
;
2176 static inline bfd_boolean
2177 got_lo16_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2179 return r_type
== R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
|| r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16
;
2182 static inline bfd_boolean
2183 call_hi16_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2185 return r_type
== R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
|| r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16
;
2188 static inline bfd_boolean
2189 call_lo16_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2191 return r_type
== R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
|| r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16
;
2194 static inline bfd_boolean
2195 hi16_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2197 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_HI16
2198 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_HI16
2199 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_HI16
2200 || r_type
== R_MIPS_PCHI16
);
2203 static inline bfd_boolean
2204 lo16_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2206 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_LO16
2207 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_LO16
2208 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_LO16
2209 || r_type
== R_MIPS_PCLO16
);
2212 static inline bfd_boolean
2213 mips16_call_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2215 return r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
|| r_type
== R_MIPS16_CALL16
;
2218 static inline bfd_boolean
2219 jal_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2221 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_26
2222 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
2223 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
);
2226 static inline bfd_boolean
2227 aligned_pcrel_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2229 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_PC18_S3
2230 || r_type
== R_MIPS_PC19_S2
);
2233 static inline bfd_boolean
2234 micromips_branch_reloc_p (int r_type
)
2236 return (r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
2237 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
2238 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1
2239 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
);
2242 static inline bfd_boolean
2243 tls_gd_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2245 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_TLS_GD
2246 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_TLS_GD
2247 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD
);
2250 static inline bfd_boolean
2251 tls_ldm_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2253 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
2254 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM
2255 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM
);
2258 static inline bfd_boolean
2259 tls_gottprel_reloc_p (unsigned int r_type
)
2261 return (r_type
== R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
2262 || r_type
== R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL
2263 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
);
2267 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_unshuffle (bfd
*abfd
, int r_type
,
2268 bfd_boolean jal_shuffle
, bfd_byte
*data
)
2270 bfd_vma first
, second
, val
;
2272 if (!mips16_reloc_p (r_type
) && !micromips_reloc_shuffle_p (r_type
))
2275 /* Pick up the first and second halfwords of the instruction. */
2276 first
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, data
);
2277 second
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, data
+ 2);
2278 if (micromips_reloc_p (r_type
) || (r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
&& !jal_shuffle
))
2279 val
= first
<< 16 | second
;
2280 else if (r_type
!= R_MIPS16_26
)
2281 val
= (((first
& 0xf800) << 16) | ((second
& 0xffe0) << 11)
2282 | ((first
& 0x1f) << 11) | (first
& 0x7e0) | (second
& 0x1f));
2284 val
= (((first
& 0xfc00) << 16) | ((first
& 0x3e0) << 11)
2285 | ((first
& 0x1f) << 21) | second
);
2286 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, val
, data
);
2290 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_shuffle (bfd
*abfd
, int r_type
,
2291 bfd_boolean jal_shuffle
, bfd_byte
*data
)
2293 bfd_vma first
, second
, val
;
2295 if (!mips16_reloc_p (r_type
) && !micromips_reloc_shuffle_p (r_type
))
2298 val
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, data
);
2299 if (micromips_reloc_p (r_type
) || (r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
&& !jal_shuffle
))
2301 second
= val
& 0xffff;
2304 else if (r_type
!= R_MIPS16_26
)
2306 second
= ((val
>> 11) & 0xffe0) | (val
& 0x1f);
2307 first
= ((val
>> 16) & 0xf800) | ((val
>> 11) & 0x1f) | (val
& 0x7e0);
2311 second
= val
& 0xffff;
2312 first
= ((val
>> 16) & 0xfc00) | ((val
>> 11) & 0x3e0)
2313 | ((val
>> 21) & 0x1f);
2315 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, second
, data
+ 2);
2316 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, first
, data
);
2319 bfd_reloc_status_type
2320 _bfd_mips_elf_gprel16_with_gp (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*symbol
,
2321 arelent
*reloc_entry
, asection
*input_section
,
2322 bfd_boolean relocatable
, void *data
, bfd_vma gp
)
2326 bfd_reloc_status_type status
;
2328 if (bfd_is_com_section (symbol
->section
))
2331 relocation
= symbol
->value
;
2333 relocation
+= symbol
->section
->output_section
->vma
;
2334 relocation
+= symbol
->section
->output_offset
;
2336 if (reloc_entry
->address
> bfd_get_section_limit (abfd
, input_section
))
2337 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
2339 /* Set val to the offset into the section or symbol. */
2340 val
= reloc_entry
->addend
;
2342 _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (val
, 16);
2344 /* Adjust val for the final section location and GP value. If we
2345 are producing relocatable output, we don't want to do this for
2346 an external symbol. */
2348 || (symbol
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) != 0)
2349 val
+= relocation
- gp
;
2351 if (reloc_entry
->howto
->partial_inplace
)
2353 status
= _bfd_relocate_contents (reloc_entry
->howto
, abfd
, val
,
2355 + reloc_entry
->address
);
2356 if (status
!= bfd_reloc_ok
)
2360 reloc_entry
->addend
= val
;
2363 reloc_entry
->address
+= input_section
->output_offset
;
2365 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
2368 /* Used to store a REL high-part relocation such as R_MIPS_HI16 or
2369 R_MIPS_GOT16. REL is the relocation, INPUT_SECTION is the section
2370 that contains the relocation field and DATA points to the start of
2375 struct mips_hi16
*next
;
2377 asection
*input_section
;
2381 /* FIXME: This should not be a static variable. */
2383 static struct mips_hi16
*mips_hi16_list
;
2385 /* A howto special_function for REL *HI16 relocations. We can only
2386 calculate the correct value once we've seen the partnering
2387 *LO16 relocation, so just save the information for later.
2389 The ABI requires that the *LO16 immediately follow the *HI16.
2390 However, as a GNU extension, we permit an arbitrary number of
2391 *HI16s to be associated with a single *LO16. This significantly
2392 simplies the relocation handling in gcc. */
2394 bfd_reloc_status_type
2395 _bfd_mips_elf_hi16_reloc (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, arelent
*reloc_entry
,
2396 asymbol
*symbol ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, void *data
,
2397 asection
*input_section
, bfd
*output_bfd
,
2398 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
2400 struct mips_hi16
*n
;
2402 if (reloc_entry
->address
> bfd_get_section_limit (abfd
, input_section
))
2403 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
2405 n
= bfd_malloc (sizeof *n
);
2407 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
2409 n
->next
= mips_hi16_list
;
2411 n
->input_section
= input_section
;
2412 n
->rel
= *reloc_entry
;
2415 if (output_bfd
!= NULL
)
2416 reloc_entry
->address
+= input_section
->output_offset
;
2418 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
2421 /* A howto special_function for REL R_MIPS*_GOT16 relocations. This is just
2422 like any other 16-bit relocation when applied to global symbols, but is
2423 treated in the same as R_MIPS_HI16 when applied to local symbols. */
2425 bfd_reloc_status_type
2426 _bfd_mips_elf_got16_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*reloc_entry
, asymbol
*symbol
,
2427 void *data
, asection
*input_section
,
2428 bfd
*output_bfd
, char **error_message
)
2430 if ((symbol
->flags
& (BSF_GLOBAL
| BSF_WEAK
)) != 0
2431 || bfd_is_und_section (bfd_get_section (symbol
))
2432 || bfd_is_com_section (bfd_get_section (symbol
)))
2433 /* The relocation is against a global symbol. */
2434 return _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
2435 input_section
, output_bfd
,
2438 return _bfd_mips_elf_hi16_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
2439 input_section
, output_bfd
, error_message
);
2442 /* A howto special_function for REL *LO16 relocations. The *LO16 itself
2443 is a straightforward 16 bit inplace relocation, but we must deal with
2444 any partnering high-part relocations as well. */
2446 bfd_reloc_status_type
2447 _bfd_mips_elf_lo16_reloc (bfd
*abfd
, arelent
*reloc_entry
, asymbol
*symbol
,
2448 void *data
, asection
*input_section
,
2449 bfd
*output_bfd
, char **error_message
)
2452 bfd_byte
*location
= (bfd_byte
*) data
+ reloc_entry
->address
;
2454 if (reloc_entry
->address
> bfd_get_section_limit (abfd
, input_section
))
2455 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
2457 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_unshuffle (abfd
, reloc_entry
->howto
->type
, FALSE
,
2459 vallo
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, location
);
2460 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_shuffle (abfd
, reloc_entry
->howto
->type
, FALSE
,
2463 while (mips_hi16_list
!= NULL
)
2465 bfd_reloc_status_type ret
;
2466 struct mips_hi16
*hi
;
2468 hi
= mips_hi16_list
;
2470 /* R_MIPS*_GOT16 relocations are something of a special case. We
2471 want to install the addend in the same way as for a R_MIPS*_HI16
2472 relocation (with a rightshift of 16). However, since GOT16
2473 relocations can also be used with global symbols, their howto
2474 has a rightshift of 0. */
2475 if (hi
->rel
.howto
->type
== R_MIPS_GOT16
)
2476 hi
->rel
.howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd
, R_MIPS_HI16
, FALSE
);
2477 else if (hi
->rel
.howto
->type
== R_MIPS16_GOT16
)
2478 hi
->rel
.howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd
, R_MIPS16_HI16
, FALSE
);
2479 else if (hi
->rel
.howto
->type
== R_MICROMIPS_GOT16
)
2480 hi
->rel
.howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd
, R_MICROMIPS_HI16
, FALSE
);
2482 /* VALLO is a signed 16-bit number. Bias it by 0x8000 so that any
2483 carry or borrow will induce a change of +1 or -1 in the high part. */
2484 hi
->rel
.addend
+= (vallo
+ 0x8000) & 0xffff;
2486 ret
= _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, &hi
->rel
, symbol
, hi
->data
,
2487 hi
->input_section
, output_bfd
,
2489 if (ret
!= bfd_reloc_ok
)
2492 mips_hi16_list
= hi
->next
;
2496 return _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (abfd
, reloc_entry
, symbol
, data
,
2497 input_section
, output_bfd
,
2501 /* A generic howto special_function. This calculates and installs the
2502 relocation itself, thus avoiding the oft-discussed problems in
2503 bfd_perform_relocation and bfd_install_relocation. */
2505 bfd_reloc_status_type
2506 _bfd_mips_elf_generic_reloc (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, arelent
*reloc_entry
,
2507 asymbol
*symbol
, void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
2508 asection
*input_section
, bfd
*output_bfd
,
2509 char **error_message ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
2512 bfd_reloc_status_type status
;
2513 bfd_boolean relocatable
;
2515 relocatable
= (output_bfd
!= NULL
);
2517 if (reloc_entry
->address
> bfd_get_section_limit (abfd
, input_section
))
2518 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
2520 /* Build up the field adjustment in VAL. */
2522 if (!relocatable
|| (symbol
->flags
& BSF_SECTION_SYM
) != 0)
2524 /* Either we're calculating the final field value or we have a
2525 relocation against a section symbol. Add in the section's
2526 offset or address. */
2527 val
+= symbol
->section
->output_section
->vma
;
2528 val
+= symbol
->section
->output_offset
;
2533 /* We're calculating the final field value. Add in the symbol's value
2534 and, if pc-relative, subtract the address of the field itself. */
2535 val
+= symbol
->value
;
2536 if (reloc_entry
->howto
->pc_relative
)
2538 val
-= input_section
->output_section
->vma
;
2539 val
-= input_section
->output_offset
;
2540 val
-= reloc_entry
->address
;
2544 /* VAL is now the final adjustment. If we're keeping this relocation
2545 in the output file, and if the relocation uses a separate addend,
2546 we just need to add VAL to that addend. Otherwise we need to add
2547 VAL to the relocation field itself. */
2548 if (relocatable
&& !reloc_entry
->howto
->partial_inplace
)
2549 reloc_entry
->addend
+= val
;
2552 bfd_byte
*location
= (bfd_byte
*) data
+ reloc_entry
->address
;
2554 /* Add in the separate addend, if any. */
2555 val
+= reloc_entry
->addend
;
2557 /* Add VAL to the relocation field. */
2558 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_unshuffle (abfd
, reloc_entry
->howto
->type
, FALSE
,
2560 status
= _bfd_relocate_contents (reloc_entry
->howto
, abfd
, val
,
2562 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_shuffle (abfd
, reloc_entry
->howto
->type
, FALSE
,
2565 if (status
!= bfd_reloc_ok
)
2570 reloc_entry
->address
+= input_section
->output_offset
;
2572 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
2575 /* Swap an entry in a .gptab section. Note that these routines rely
2576 on the equivalence of the two elements of the union. */
2579 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_in (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_External_gptab
*ex
,
2582 in
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
);
2583 in
->gt_entry
.gt_bytes
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->gt_entry
.gt_bytes
);
2587 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_gptab
*in
,
2588 Elf32_External_gptab
*ex
)
2590 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
, ex
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
);
2591 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->gt_entry
.gt_bytes
, ex
->gt_entry
.gt_bytes
);
2595 bfd_elf32_swap_compact_rel_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_compact_rel
*in
,
2596 Elf32_External_compact_rel
*ex
)
2598 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->id1
, ex
->id1
);
2599 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->num
, ex
->num
);
2600 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->id2
, ex
->id2
);
2601 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->offset
, ex
->offset
);
2602 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->reserved0
, ex
->reserved0
);
2603 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->reserved1
, ex
->reserved1
);
2607 bfd_elf32_swap_crinfo_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_crinfo
*in
,
2608 Elf32_External_crinfo
*ex
)
2612 l
= (((in
->ctype
& CRINFO_CTYPE
) << CRINFO_CTYPE_SH
)
2613 | ((in
->rtype
& CRINFO_RTYPE
) << CRINFO_RTYPE_SH
)
2614 | ((in
->dist2to
& CRINFO_DIST2TO
) << CRINFO_DIST2TO_SH
)
2615 | ((in
->relvaddr
& CRINFO_RELVADDR
) << CRINFO_RELVADDR_SH
));
2616 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, l
, ex
->info
);
2617 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->konst
, ex
->konst
);
2618 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->vaddr
, ex
->vaddr
);
2621 /* A .reginfo section holds a single Elf32_RegInfo structure. These
2622 routines swap this structure in and out. They are used outside of
2623 BFD, so they are globally visible. */
2626 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_External_RegInfo
*ex
,
2629 in
->ri_gprmask
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_gprmask
);
2630 in
->ri_cprmask
[0] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[0]);
2631 in
->ri_cprmask
[1] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[1]);
2632 in
->ri_cprmask
[2] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[2]);
2633 in
->ri_cprmask
[3] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[3]);
2634 in
->ri_gp_value
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_gp_value
);
2638 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf32_RegInfo
*in
,
2639 Elf32_External_RegInfo
*ex
)
2641 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_gprmask
, ex
->ri_gprmask
);
2642 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[0], ex
->ri_cprmask
[0]);
2643 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[1], ex
->ri_cprmask
[1]);
2644 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[2], ex
->ri_cprmask
[2]);
2645 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[3], ex
->ri_cprmask
[3]);
2646 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_gp_value
, ex
->ri_gp_value
);
2649 /* In the 64 bit ABI, the .MIPS.options section holds register
2650 information in an Elf64_Reginfo structure. These routines swap
2651 them in and out. They are globally visible because they are used
2652 outside of BFD. These routines are here so that gas can call them
2653 without worrying about whether the 64 bit ABI has been included. */
2656 bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_in (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf64_External_RegInfo
*ex
,
2657 Elf64_Internal_RegInfo
*in
)
2659 in
->ri_gprmask
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_gprmask
);
2660 in
->ri_pad
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_pad
);
2661 in
->ri_cprmask
[0] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[0]);
2662 in
->ri_cprmask
[1] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[1]);
2663 in
->ri_cprmask
[2] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[2]);
2664 in
->ri_cprmask
[3] = H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ri_cprmask
[3]);
2665 in
->ri_gp_value
= H_GET_64 (abfd
, ex
->ri_gp_value
);
2669 bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf64_Internal_RegInfo
*in
,
2670 Elf64_External_RegInfo
*ex
)
2672 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_gprmask
, ex
->ri_gprmask
);
2673 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_pad
, ex
->ri_pad
);
2674 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[0], ex
->ri_cprmask
[0]);
2675 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[1], ex
->ri_cprmask
[1]);
2676 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[2], ex
->ri_cprmask
[2]);
2677 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ri_cprmask
[3], ex
->ri_cprmask
[3]);
2678 H_PUT_64 (abfd
, in
->ri_gp_value
, ex
->ri_gp_value
);
2681 /* Swap in an options header. */
2684 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf_External_Options
*ex
,
2685 Elf_Internal_Options
*in
)
2687 in
->kind
= H_GET_8 (abfd
, ex
->kind
);
2688 in
->size
= H_GET_8 (abfd
, ex
->size
);
2689 in
->section
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, ex
->section
);
2690 in
->info
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->info
);
2693 /* Swap out an options header. */
2696 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_out (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf_Internal_Options
*in
,
2697 Elf_External_Options
*ex
)
2699 H_PUT_8 (abfd
, in
->kind
, ex
->kind
);
2700 H_PUT_8 (abfd
, in
->size
, ex
->size
);
2701 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, in
->section
, ex
->section
);
2702 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->info
, ex
->info
);
2705 /* Swap in an abiflags structure. */
2708 bfd_mips_elf_swap_abiflags_v0_in (bfd
*abfd
,
2709 const Elf_External_ABIFlags_v0
*ex
,
2710 Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0
*in
)
2712 in
->version
= H_GET_16 (abfd
, ex
->version
);
2713 in
->isa_level
= H_GET_8 (abfd
, ex
->isa_level
);
2714 in
->isa_rev
= H_GET_8 (abfd
, ex
->isa_rev
);
2715 in
->gpr_size
= H_GET_8 (abfd
, ex
->gpr_size
);
2716 in
->cpr1_size
= H_GET_8 (abfd
, ex
->cpr1_size
);
2717 in
->cpr2_size
= H_GET_8 (abfd
, ex
->cpr2_size
);
2718 in
->fp_abi
= H_GET_8 (abfd
, ex
->fp_abi
);
2719 in
->isa_ext
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->isa_ext
);
2720 in
->ases
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->ases
);
2721 in
->flags1
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->flags1
);
2722 in
->flags2
= H_GET_32 (abfd
, ex
->flags2
);
2725 /* Swap out an abiflags structure. */
2728 bfd_mips_elf_swap_abiflags_v0_out (bfd
*abfd
,
2729 const Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0
*in
,
2730 Elf_External_ABIFlags_v0
*ex
)
2732 H_PUT_16 (abfd
, in
->version
, ex
->version
);
2733 H_PUT_8 (abfd
, in
->isa_level
, ex
->isa_level
);
2734 H_PUT_8 (abfd
, in
->isa_rev
, ex
->isa_rev
);
2735 H_PUT_8 (abfd
, in
->gpr_size
, ex
->gpr_size
);
2736 H_PUT_8 (abfd
, in
->cpr1_size
, ex
->cpr1_size
);
2737 H_PUT_8 (abfd
, in
->cpr2_size
, ex
->cpr2_size
);
2738 H_PUT_8 (abfd
, in
->fp_abi
, ex
->fp_abi
);
2739 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->isa_ext
, ex
->isa_ext
);
2740 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->ases
, ex
->ases
);
2741 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->flags1
, ex
->flags1
);
2742 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, in
->flags2
, ex
->flags2
);
2745 /* This function is called via qsort() to sort the dynamic relocation
2746 entries by increasing r_symndx value. */
2749 sort_dynamic_relocs (const void *arg1
, const void *arg2
)
2751 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc1
;
2752 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc2
;
2755 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (reldyn_sorting_bfd
, arg1
, &int_reloc1
);
2756 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_in (reldyn_sorting_bfd
, arg2
, &int_reloc2
);
2758 diff
= ELF32_R_SYM (int_reloc1
.r_info
) - ELF32_R_SYM (int_reloc2
.r_info
);
2762 if (int_reloc1
.r_offset
< int_reloc2
.r_offset
)
2764 if (int_reloc1
.r_offset
> int_reloc2
.r_offset
)
2769 /* Like sort_dynamic_relocs, but used for elf64 relocations. */
2772 sort_dynamic_relocs_64 (const void *arg1 ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
2773 const void *arg2 ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
2776 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc1
[3];
2777 Elf_Internal_Rela int_reloc2
[3];
2779 (*get_elf_backend_data (reldyn_sorting_bfd
)->s
->swap_reloc_in
)
2780 (reldyn_sorting_bfd
, arg1
, int_reloc1
);
2781 (*get_elf_backend_data (reldyn_sorting_bfd
)->s
->swap_reloc_in
)
2782 (reldyn_sorting_bfd
, arg2
, int_reloc2
);
2784 if (ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc1
[0].r_info
) < ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc2
[0].r_info
))
2786 if (ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc1
[0].r_info
) > ELF64_R_SYM (int_reloc2
[0].r_info
))
2789 if (int_reloc1
[0].r_offset
< int_reloc2
[0].r_offset
)
2791 if (int_reloc1
[0].r_offset
> int_reloc2
[0].r_offset
)
2800 /* This routine is used to write out ECOFF debugging external symbol
2801 information. It is called via mips_elf_link_hash_traverse. The
2802 ECOFF external symbol information must match the ELF external
2803 symbol information. Unfortunately, at this point we don't know
2804 whether a symbol is required by reloc information, so the two
2805 tables may wind up being different. We must sort out the external
2806 symbol information before we can set the final size of the .mdebug
2807 section, and we must set the size of the .mdebug section before we
2808 can relocate any sections, and we can't know which symbols are
2809 required by relocation until we relocate the sections.
2810 Fortunately, it is relatively unlikely that any symbol will be
2811 stripped but required by a reloc. In particular, it can not happen
2812 when generating a final executable. */
2815 mips_elf_output_extsym (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
2817 struct extsym_info
*einfo
= data
;
2819 asection
*sec
, *output_section
;
2821 if (h
->root
.indx
== -2)
2823 else if ((h
->root
.def_dynamic
2824 || h
->root
.ref_dynamic
2825 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_new
)
2826 && !h
->root
.def_regular
2827 && !h
->root
.ref_regular
)
2829 else if (einfo
->info
->strip
== strip_all
2830 || (einfo
->info
->strip
== strip_some
2831 && bfd_hash_lookup (einfo
->info
->keep_hash
,
2832 h
->root
.root
.root
.string
,
2833 FALSE
, FALSE
) == NULL
))
2841 if (h
->esym
.ifd
== -2)
2844 h
->esym
.cobol_main
= 0;
2845 h
->esym
.weakext
= 0;
2846 h
->esym
.reserved
= 0;
2847 h
->esym
.ifd
= ifdNil
;
2848 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
2849 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stGlobal
;
2851 if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefined
2852 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
2856 /* Use undefined class. Also, set class and type for some
2858 name
= h
->root
.root
.root
.string
;
2859 if (strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[0]) == 0
2860 || strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[1]) == 0)
2862 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scData
;
2863 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stLabel
;
2864 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
2866 else if (strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[2]) == 0)
2868 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scAbs
;
2869 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stLabel
;
2870 h
->esym
.asym
.value
=
2871 mips_elf_hash_table (einfo
->info
)->procedure_count
;
2873 else if (strcmp (name
, "_gp_disp") == 0 && ! NEWABI_P (einfo
->abfd
))
2875 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scAbs
;
2876 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stLabel
;
2877 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= elf_gp (einfo
->abfd
);
2880 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scUndefined
;
2882 else if (h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
2883 && h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
2884 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scAbs
;
2889 sec
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
2890 output_section
= sec
->output_section
;
2892 /* When making a shared library and symbol h is the one from
2893 the another shared library, OUTPUT_SECTION may be null. */
2894 if (output_section
== NULL
)
2895 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scUndefined
;
2898 name
= bfd_section_name (output_section
->owner
, output_section
);
2900 if (strcmp (name
, ".text") == 0)
2901 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scText
;
2902 else if (strcmp (name
, ".data") == 0)
2903 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scData
;
2904 else if (strcmp (name
, ".sdata") == 0)
2905 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scSData
;
2906 else if (strcmp (name
, ".rodata") == 0
2907 || strcmp (name
, ".rdata") == 0)
2908 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scRData
;
2909 else if (strcmp (name
, ".bss") == 0)
2910 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scBss
;
2911 else if (strcmp (name
, ".sbss") == 0)
2912 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scSBss
;
2913 else if (strcmp (name
, ".init") == 0)
2914 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scInit
;
2915 else if (strcmp (name
, ".fini") == 0)
2916 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scFini
;
2918 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scAbs
;
2922 h
->esym
.asym
.reserved
= 0;
2923 h
->esym
.asym
.index
= indexNil
;
2926 if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_common
)
2927 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= h
->root
.root
.u
.c
.size
;
2928 else if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
2929 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
2931 if (h
->esym
.asym
.sc
== scCommon
)
2932 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scBss
;
2933 else if (h
->esym
.asym
.sc
== scSCommon
)
2934 h
->esym
.asym
.sc
= scSBss
;
2936 sec
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
2937 output_section
= sec
->output_section
;
2938 if (output_section
!= NULL
)
2939 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
2940 + sec
->output_offset
2941 + output_section
->vma
);
2943 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
2947 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hd
= h
;
2949 while (hd
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
2950 hd
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
2952 if (hd
->needs_lazy_stub
)
2954 BFD_ASSERT (hd
->root
.plt
.plist
!= NULL
);
2955 BFD_ASSERT (hd
->root
.plt
.plist
->stub_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
);
2956 /* Set type and value for a symbol with a function stub. */
2957 h
->esym
.asym
.st
= stProc
;
2958 sec
= hd
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
2960 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
2963 output_section
= sec
->output_section
;
2964 if (output_section
!= NULL
)
2965 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= (hd
->root
.plt
.plist
->stub_offset
2966 + sec
->output_offset
2967 + output_section
->vma
);
2969 h
->esym
.asym
.value
= 0;
2974 if (! bfd_ecoff_debug_one_external (einfo
->abfd
, einfo
->debug
, einfo
->swap
,
2975 h
->root
.root
.root
.string
,
2978 einfo
->failed
= TRUE
;
2985 /* A comparison routine used to sort .gptab entries. */
2988 gptab_compare (const void *p1
, const void *p2
)
2990 const Elf32_gptab
*a1
= p1
;
2991 const Elf32_gptab
*a2
= p2
;
2993 return a1
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
- a2
->gt_entry
.gt_g_value
;
2996 /* Functions to manage the got entry hash table. */
2998 /* Use all 64 bits of a bfd_vma for the computation of a 32-bit
3001 static INLINE hashval_t
3002 mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (bfd_vma addr
)
3005 return addr
+ (addr
>> 32);
3012 mips_elf_got_entry_hash (const void *entry_
)
3014 const struct mips_got_entry
*entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)entry_
;
3016 return (entry
->symndx
3017 + ((entry
->tls_type
== GOT_TLS_LDM
) << 18)
3018 + (entry
->tls_type
== GOT_TLS_LDM
? 0
3019 : !entry
->abfd
? mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry
->d
.address
)
3020 : entry
->symndx
>= 0 ? (entry
->abfd
->id
3021 + mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (entry
->d
.addend
))
3022 : entry
->d
.h
->root
.root
.root
.hash
));
3026 mips_elf_got_entry_eq (const void *entry1
, const void *entry2
)
3028 const struct mips_got_entry
*e1
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)entry1
;
3029 const struct mips_got_entry
*e2
= (struct mips_got_entry
*)entry2
;
3031 return (e1
->symndx
== e2
->symndx
3032 && e1
->tls_type
== e2
->tls_type
3033 && (e1
->tls_type
== GOT_TLS_LDM
? TRUE
3034 : !e1
->abfd
? !e2
->abfd
&& e1
->d
.address
== e2
->d
.address
3035 : e1
->symndx
>= 0 ? (e1
->abfd
== e2
->abfd
3036 && e1
->d
.addend
== e2
->d
.addend
)
3037 : e2
->abfd
&& e1
->d
.h
== e2
->d
.h
));
3041 mips_got_page_ref_hash (const void *ref_
)
3043 const struct mips_got_page_ref
*ref
;
3045 ref
= (const struct mips_got_page_ref
*) ref_
;
3046 return ((ref
->symndx
>= 0
3047 ? (hashval_t
) (ref
->u
.abfd
->id
+ ref
->symndx
)
3048 : ref
->u
.h
->root
.root
.root
.hash
)
3049 + mips_elf_hash_bfd_vma (ref
->addend
));
3053 mips_got_page_ref_eq (const void *ref1_
, const void *ref2_
)
3055 const struct mips_got_page_ref
*ref1
, *ref2
;
3057 ref1
= (const struct mips_got_page_ref
*) ref1_
;
3058 ref2
= (const struct mips_got_page_ref
*) ref2_
;
3059 return (ref1
->symndx
== ref2
->symndx
3060 && (ref1
->symndx
< 0
3061 ? ref1
->u
.h
== ref2
->u
.h
3062 : ref1
->u
.abfd
== ref2
->u
.abfd
)
3063 && ref1
->addend
== ref2
->addend
);
3067 mips_got_page_entry_hash (const void *entry_
)
3069 const struct mips_got_page_entry
*entry
;
3071 entry
= (const struct mips_got_page_entry
*) entry_
;
3072 return entry
->sec
->id
;
3076 mips_got_page_entry_eq (const void *entry1_
, const void *entry2_
)
3078 const struct mips_got_page_entry
*entry1
, *entry2
;
3080 entry1
= (const struct mips_got_page_entry
*) entry1_
;
3081 entry2
= (const struct mips_got_page_entry
*) entry2_
;
3082 return entry1
->sec
== entry2
->sec
;
3085 /* Create and return a new mips_got_info structure. */
3087 static struct mips_got_info
*
3088 mips_elf_create_got_info (bfd
*abfd
)
3090 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
3092 g
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (struct mips_got_info
));
3096 g
->got_entries
= htab_try_create (1, mips_elf_got_entry_hash
,
3097 mips_elf_got_entry_eq
, NULL
);
3098 if (g
->got_entries
== NULL
)
3101 g
->got_page_refs
= htab_try_create (1, mips_got_page_ref_hash
,
3102 mips_got_page_ref_eq
, NULL
);
3103 if (g
->got_page_refs
== NULL
)
3109 /* Return the GOT info for input bfd ABFD, trying to create a new one if
3110 CREATE_P and if ABFD doesn't already have a GOT. */
3112 static struct mips_got_info
*
3113 mips_elf_bfd_got (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_boolean create_p
)
3115 struct mips_elf_obj_tdata
*tdata
;
3117 if (!is_mips_elf (abfd
))
3120 tdata
= mips_elf_tdata (abfd
);
3121 if (!tdata
->got
&& create_p
)
3122 tdata
->got
= mips_elf_create_got_info (abfd
);
3126 /* Record that ABFD should use output GOT G. */
3129 mips_elf_replace_bfd_got (bfd
*abfd
, struct mips_got_info
*g
)
3131 struct mips_elf_obj_tdata
*tdata
;
3133 BFD_ASSERT (is_mips_elf (abfd
));
3134 tdata
= mips_elf_tdata (abfd
);
3137 /* The GOT structure itself and the hash table entries are
3138 allocated to a bfd, but the hash tables aren't. */
3139 htab_delete (tdata
->got
->got_entries
);
3140 htab_delete (tdata
->got
->got_page_refs
);
3141 if (tdata
->got
->got_page_entries
)
3142 htab_delete (tdata
->got
->got_page_entries
);
3147 /* Return the dynamic relocation section. If it doesn't exist, try to
3148 create a new it if CREATE_P, otherwise return NULL. Also return NULL
3149 if creation fails. */
3152 mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, bfd_boolean create_p
)
3158 dname
= MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME (info
);
3159 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
3160 sreloc
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, dname
);
3161 if (sreloc
== NULL
&& create_p
)
3163 sreloc
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (dynobj
, dname
,
3168 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
3171 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj
, sreloc
,
3172 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (dynobj
)))
3178 /* Return the GOT_TLS_* type required by relocation type R_TYPE. */
3181 mips_elf_reloc_tls_type (unsigned int r_type
)
3183 if (tls_gd_reloc_p (r_type
))
3186 if (tls_ldm_reloc_p (r_type
))
3189 if (tls_gottprel_reloc_p (r_type
))
3192 return GOT_TLS_NONE
;
3195 /* Return the number of GOT slots needed for GOT TLS type TYPE. */
3198 mips_tls_got_entries (unsigned int type
)
3215 /* Count the number of relocations needed for a TLS GOT entry, with
3216 access types from TLS_TYPE, and symbol H (or a local symbol if H
3220 mips_tls_got_relocs (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, unsigned char tls_type
,
3221 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
3224 bfd_boolean need_relocs
= FALSE
;
3225 bfd_boolean dyn
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
;
3227 if (h
&& WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn
, info
->shared
, h
)
3228 && (!info
->shared
|| !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, h
)))
3231 if ((info
->shared
|| indx
!= 0)
3233 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) == STV_DEFAULT
3234 || h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
))
3243 return indx
!= 0 ? 2 : 1;
3249 return info
->shared
? 1 : 0;
3256 /* Add the number of GOT entries and TLS relocations required by ENTRY
3260 mips_elf_count_got_entry (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3261 struct mips_got_info
*g
,
3262 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
)
3264 if (entry
->tls_type
)
3266 g
->tls_gotno
+= mips_tls_got_entries (entry
->tls_type
);
3267 g
->relocs
+= mips_tls_got_relocs (info
, entry
->tls_type
,
3269 ? &entry
->d
.h
->root
: NULL
);
3271 else if (entry
->symndx
>= 0 || entry
->d
.h
->global_got_area
== GGA_NONE
)
3272 g
->local_gotno
+= 1;
3274 g
->global_gotno
+= 1;
3277 /* Output a simple dynamic relocation into SRELOC. */
3280 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation (bfd
*output_bfd
,
3282 unsigned long reloc_index
,
3287 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
[3];
3289 memset (rel
, 0, sizeof (rel
));
3291 rel
[0].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, indx
, r_type
);
3292 rel
[0].r_offset
= rel
[1].r_offset
= rel
[2].r_offset
= offset
;
3294 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
3296 (*get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
)->s
->swap_reloc_out
)
3297 (output_bfd
, &rel
[0],
3299 + reloc_index
* sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel
)));
3302 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out
3303 (output_bfd
, &rel
[0],
3305 + reloc_index
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel
)));
3308 /* Initialize a set of TLS GOT entries for one symbol. */
3311 mips_elf_initialize_tls_slots (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3312 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
,
3313 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
3316 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3318 asection
*sreloc
, *sgot
;
3319 bfd_vma got_offset
, got_offset2
;
3320 bfd_boolean need_relocs
= FALSE
;
3322 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3331 bfd_boolean dyn
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
;
3333 if (WILL_CALL_FINISH_DYNAMIC_SYMBOL (dyn
, info
->shared
, &h
->root
)
3334 && (!info
->shared
|| !SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &h
->root
)))
3335 indx
= h
->root
.dynindx
;
3338 if (entry
->tls_initialized
)
3341 if ((info
->shared
|| indx
!= 0)
3343 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->root
.other
) == STV_DEFAULT
3344 || h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
))
3347 /* MINUS_ONE means the symbol is not defined in this object. It may not
3348 be defined at all; assume that the value doesn't matter in that
3349 case. Otherwise complain if we would use the value. */
3350 BFD_ASSERT (value
!= MINUS_ONE
|| (indx
!= 0 && need_relocs
)
3351 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
);
3353 /* Emit necessary relocations. */
3354 sreloc
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
3355 got_offset
= entry
->gotidx
;
3357 switch (entry
->tls_type
)
3360 /* General Dynamic. */
3361 got_offset2
= got_offset
+ MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
);
3365 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
3366 (abfd
, sreloc
, sreloc
->reloc_count
++, indx
,
3367 ABI_64_P (abfd
) ? R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD64
: R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD32
,
3368 sgot
->output_offset
+ sgot
->output_section
->vma
+ got_offset
);
3371 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
3372 (abfd
, sreloc
, sreloc
->reloc_count
++, indx
,
3373 ABI_64_P (abfd
) ? R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL64
: R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL32
,
3374 sgot
->output_offset
+ sgot
->output_section
->vma
+ got_offset2
);
3376 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, value
- dtprel_base (info
),
3377 sgot
->contents
+ got_offset2
);
3381 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, 1,
3382 sgot
->contents
+ got_offset
);
3383 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, value
- dtprel_base (info
),
3384 sgot
->contents
+ got_offset2
);
3389 /* Initial Exec model. */
3393 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, value
- elf_hash_table (info
)->tls_sec
->vma
,
3394 sgot
->contents
+ got_offset
);
3396 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, 0,
3397 sgot
->contents
+ got_offset
);
3399 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
3400 (abfd
, sreloc
, sreloc
->reloc_count
++, indx
,
3401 ABI_64_P (abfd
) ? R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL64
: R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL32
,
3402 sgot
->output_offset
+ sgot
->output_section
->vma
+ got_offset
);
3405 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, value
- tprel_base (info
),
3406 sgot
->contents
+ got_offset
);
3410 /* The initial offset is zero, and the LD offsets will include the
3411 bias by DTP_OFFSET. */
3412 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, 0,
3413 sgot
->contents
+ got_offset
3414 + MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
));
3417 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, 1,
3418 sgot
->contents
+ got_offset
);
3420 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation
3421 (abfd
, sreloc
, sreloc
->reloc_count
++, indx
,
3422 ABI_64_P (abfd
) ? R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD64
: R_MIPS_TLS_DTPMOD32
,
3423 sgot
->output_offset
+ sgot
->output_section
->vma
+ got_offset
);
3430 entry
->tls_initialized
= TRUE
;
3433 /* Return the offset from _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ of the .got.plt entry
3434 for global symbol H. .got.plt comes before the GOT, so the offset
3435 will be negative. */
3438 mips_elf_gotplt_index (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3439 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
3441 bfd_vma got_address
, got_value
;
3442 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3444 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3445 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3447 BFD_ASSERT (h
->plt
.plist
!= NULL
);
3448 BFD_ASSERT (h
->plt
.plist
->gotplt_index
!= MINUS_ONE
);
3450 /* Calculate the address of the associated .got.plt entry. */
3451 got_address
= (htab
->sgotplt
->output_section
->vma
3452 + htab
->sgotplt
->output_offset
3453 + (h
->plt
.plist
->gotplt_index
3454 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (info
->output_bfd
)));
3456 /* Calculate the value of _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
3457 got_value
= (htab
->root
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
3458 + htab
->root
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
3459 + htab
->root
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.value
);
3461 return got_address
- got_value
;
3464 /* Return the GOT offset for address VALUE. If there is not yet a GOT
3465 entry for this value, create one. If R_SYMNDX refers to a TLS symbol,
3466 create a TLS GOT entry instead. Return -1 if no satisfactory GOT
3467 offset can be found. */
3470 mips_elf_local_got_index (bfd
*abfd
, bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3471 bfd_vma value
, unsigned long r_symndx
,
3472 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, int r_type
)
3474 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3475 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
3477 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3478 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3480 entry
= mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd
, info
, ibfd
, value
,
3481 r_symndx
, h
, r_type
);
3485 if (entry
->tls_type
)
3486 mips_elf_initialize_tls_slots (abfd
, info
, entry
, h
, value
);
3487 return entry
->gotidx
;
3490 /* Return the GOT index of global symbol H in the primary GOT. */
3493 mips_elf_primary_global_got_index (bfd
*obfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3494 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
3496 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3497 long global_got_dynindx
;
3498 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
3501 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3502 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3504 global_got_dynindx
= 0;
3505 if (htab
->global_gotsym
!= NULL
)
3506 global_got_dynindx
= htab
->global_gotsym
->dynindx
;
3508 /* Once we determine the global GOT entry with the lowest dynamic
3509 symbol table index, we must put all dynamic symbols with greater
3510 indices into the primary GOT. That makes it easy to calculate the
3512 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
>= global_got_dynindx
);
3513 g
= mips_elf_bfd_got (obfd
, FALSE
);
3514 got_index
= ((h
->dynindx
- global_got_dynindx
+ g
->local_gotno
)
3515 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (obfd
));
3516 BFD_ASSERT (got_index
< htab
->sgot
->size
);
3521 /* Return the GOT index for the global symbol indicated by H, which is
3522 referenced by a relocation of type R_TYPE in IBFD. */
3525 mips_elf_global_got_index (bfd
*obfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
, bfd
*ibfd
,
3526 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, int r_type
)
3528 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3529 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
3530 struct mips_got_entry lookup
, *entry
;
3533 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3534 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3536 g
= mips_elf_bfd_got (ibfd
, FALSE
);
3539 lookup
.tls_type
= mips_elf_reloc_tls_type (r_type
);
3540 if (!lookup
.tls_type
&& g
== mips_elf_bfd_got (obfd
, FALSE
))
3541 return mips_elf_primary_global_got_index (obfd
, info
, h
);
3545 lookup
.d
.h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
3546 entry
= htab_find (g
->got_entries
, &lookup
);
3549 gotidx
= entry
->gotidx
;
3550 BFD_ASSERT (gotidx
> 0 && gotidx
< htab
->sgot
->size
);
3552 if (lookup
.tls_type
)
3554 bfd_vma value
= MINUS_ONE
;
3556 if ((h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
3557 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
3558 && h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
)
3559 value
= (h
->root
.u
.def
.value
3560 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
3561 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
);
3563 mips_elf_initialize_tls_slots (obfd
, info
, entry
, lookup
.d
.h
, value
);
3568 /* Find a GOT page entry that points to within 32KB of VALUE. These
3569 entries are supposed to be placed at small offsets in the GOT, i.e.,
3570 within 32KB of GP. Return the index of the GOT entry, or -1 if no
3571 entry could be created. If OFFSETP is nonnull, use it to return the
3572 offset of the GOT entry from VALUE. */
3575 mips_elf_got_page (bfd
*abfd
, bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3576 bfd_vma value
, bfd_vma
*offsetp
)
3578 bfd_vma page
, got_index
;
3579 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
3581 page
= (value
+ 0x8000) & ~(bfd_vma
) 0xffff;
3582 entry
= mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd
, info
, ibfd
, page
, 0,
3583 NULL
, R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
);
3588 got_index
= entry
->gotidx
;
3591 *offsetp
= value
- entry
->d
.address
;
3596 /* Find a local GOT entry for an R_MIPS*_GOT16 relocation against VALUE.
3597 EXTERNAL is true if the relocation was originally against a global
3598 symbol that binds locally. */
3601 mips_elf_got16_entry (bfd
*abfd
, bfd
*ibfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3602 bfd_vma value
, bfd_boolean external
)
3604 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
3606 /* GOT16 relocations against local symbols are followed by a LO16
3607 relocation; those against global symbols are not. Thus if the
3608 symbol was originally local, the GOT16 relocation should load the
3609 equivalent of %hi(VALUE), otherwise it should load VALUE itself. */
3611 value
= mips_elf_high (value
) << 16;
3613 /* It doesn't matter whether the original relocation was R_MIPS_GOT16,
3614 R_MIPS16_GOT16, R_MIPS_CALL16, etc. The format of the entry is the
3615 same in all cases. */
3616 entry
= mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (abfd
, info
, ibfd
, value
, 0,
3617 NULL
, R_MIPS_GOT16
);
3619 return entry
->gotidx
;
3624 /* Returns the offset for the entry at the INDEXth position
3628 mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, bfd
*output_bfd
,
3629 bfd
*input_bfd
, bfd_vma got_index
)
3631 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3635 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3636 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3639 gp
= _bfd_get_gp_value (output_bfd
)
3640 + mips_elf_adjust_gp (output_bfd
, htab
->got_info
, input_bfd
);
3642 return sgot
->output_section
->vma
+ sgot
->output_offset
+ got_index
- gp
;
3645 /* Create and return a local GOT entry for VALUE, which was calculated
3646 from a symbol belonging to INPUT_SECTON. Return NULL if it could not
3647 be created. If R_SYMNDX refers to a TLS symbol, create a TLS entry
3650 static struct mips_got_entry
*
3651 mips_elf_create_local_got_entry (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3652 bfd
*ibfd
, bfd_vma value
,
3653 unsigned long r_symndx
,
3654 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
3657 struct mips_got_entry lookup
, *entry
;
3659 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
3660 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3663 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3664 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3666 g
= mips_elf_bfd_got (ibfd
, FALSE
);
3669 g
= mips_elf_bfd_got (abfd
, FALSE
);
3670 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
3673 /* This function shouldn't be called for symbols that live in the global
3675 BFD_ASSERT (h
== NULL
|| h
->global_got_area
== GGA_NONE
);
3677 lookup
.tls_type
= mips_elf_reloc_tls_type (r_type
);
3678 if (lookup
.tls_type
)
3681 if (tls_ldm_reloc_p (r_type
))
3684 lookup
.d
.addend
= 0;
3688 lookup
.symndx
= r_symndx
;
3689 lookup
.d
.addend
= 0;
3697 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) htab_find (g
->got_entries
, &lookup
);
3700 gotidx
= entry
->gotidx
;
3701 BFD_ASSERT (gotidx
> 0 && gotidx
< htab
->sgot
->size
);
3708 lookup
.d
.address
= value
;
3709 loc
= htab_find_slot (g
->got_entries
, &lookup
, INSERT
);
3713 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *loc
;
3717 if (g
->assigned_low_gotno
> g
->assigned_high_gotno
)
3719 /* We didn't allocate enough space in the GOT. */
3720 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
3721 (_("not enough GOT space for local GOT entries"));
3722 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
3726 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (*entry
));
3730 if (got16_reloc_p (r_type
)
3731 || call16_reloc_p (r_type
)
3732 || got_page_reloc_p (r_type
)
3733 || got_disp_reloc_p (r_type
))
3734 lookup
.gotidx
= MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
) * g
->assigned_low_gotno
++;
3736 lookup
.gotidx
= MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
) * g
->assigned_high_gotno
--;
3741 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (abfd
, value
, htab
->sgot
->contents
+ entry
->gotidx
);
3743 /* These GOT entries need a dynamic relocation on VxWorks. */
3744 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
3746 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel
;
3749 bfd_vma got_address
;
3751 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
3752 got_address
= (htab
->sgot
->output_section
->vma
3753 + htab
->sgot
->output_offset
3756 rloc
= s
->contents
+ (s
->reloc_count
++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
3757 outrel
.r_offset
= got_address
;
3758 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (STN_UNDEF
, R_MIPS_32
);
3759 outrel
.r_addend
= value
;
3760 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (abfd
, &outrel
, rloc
);
3766 /* Return the number of dynamic section symbols required by OUTPUT_BFD.
3767 The number might be exact or a worst-case estimate, depending on how
3768 much information is available to elf_backend_omit_section_dynsym at
3769 the current linking stage. */
3771 static bfd_size_type
3772 count_section_dynsyms (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3774 bfd_size_type count
;
3777 if (info
->shared
|| elf_hash_table (info
)->is_relocatable_executable
)
3780 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
3782 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
3783 for (p
= output_bfd
->sections
; p
; p
= p
->next
)
3784 if ((p
->flags
& SEC_EXCLUDE
) == 0
3785 && (p
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0
3786 && !(*bed
->elf_backend_omit_section_dynsym
) (output_bfd
, info
, p
))
3792 /* Sort the dynamic symbol table so that symbols that need GOT entries
3793 appear towards the end. */
3796 mips_elf_sort_hash_table (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
3798 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3799 struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data hsd
;
3800 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
3802 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
== 0)
3805 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3806 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3813 hsd
.max_unref_got_dynindx
3814 = hsd
.min_got_dynindx
3815 = (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
- g
->reloc_only_gotno
);
3816 hsd
.max_non_got_dynindx
= count_section_dynsyms (abfd
, info
) + 1;
3817 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (((struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*)
3818 elf_hash_table (info
)),
3819 mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f
,
3822 /* There should have been enough room in the symbol table to
3823 accommodate both the GOT and non-GOT symbols. */
3824 BFD_ASSERT (hsd
.max_non_got_dynindx
<= hsd
.min_got_dynindx
);
3825 BFD_ASSERT ((unsigned long) hsd
.max_unref_got_dynindx
3826 == elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
);
3827 BFD_ASSERT (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
- hsd
.min_got_dynindx
3828 == g
->global_gotno
);
3830 /* Now we know which dynamic symbol has the lowest dynamic symbol
3831 table index in the GOT. */
3832 htab
->global_gotsym
= hsd
.low
;
3837 /* If H needs a GOT entry, assign it the highest available dynamic
3838 index. Otherwise, assign it the lowest available dynamic
3842 mips_elf_sort_hash_table_f (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
3844 struct mips_elf_hash_sort_data
*hsd
= data
;
3846 /* Symbols without dynamic symbol table entries aren't interesting
3848 if (h
->root
.dynindx
== -1)
3851 switch (h
->global_got_area
)
3854 h
->root
.dynindx
= hsd
->max_non_got_dynindx
++;
3858 h
->root
.dynindx
= --hsd
->min_got_dynindx
;
3859 hsd
->low
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
3862 case GGA_RELOC_ONLY
:
3863 if (hsd
->max_unref_got_dynindx
== hsd
->min_got_dynindx
)
3864 hsd
->low
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
3865 h
->root
.dynindx
= hsd
->max_unref_got_dynindx
++;
3872 /* Record that input bfd ABFD requires a GOT entry like *LOOKUP
3873 (which is owned by the caller and shouldn't be added to the
3874 hash table directly). */
3877 mips_elf_record_got_entry (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, bfd
*abfd
,
3878 struct mips_got_entry
*lookup
)
3880 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3881 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
3882 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
3883 void **loc
, **bfd_loc
;
3885 /* Make sure there's a slot for this entry in the master GOT. */
3886 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3888 loc
= htab_find_slot (g
->got_entries
, lookup
, INSERT
);
3892 /* Populate the entry if it isn't already. */
3893 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *loc
;
3896 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (*entry
));
3900 lookup
->tls_initialized
= FALSE
;
3901 lookup
->gotidx
= -1;
3906 /* Reuse the same GOT entry for the BFD's GOT. */
3907 g
= mips_elf_bfd_got (abfd
, TRUE
);
3911 bfd_loc
= htab_find_slot (g
->got_entries
, lookup
, INSERT
);
3920 /* ABFD has a GOT relocation of type R_TYPE against H. Reserve a GOT
3921 entry for it. FOR_CALL is true if the caller is only interested in
3922 using the GOT entry for calls. */
3925 mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
3926 bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
3927 bfd_boolean for_call
, int r_type
)
3929 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3930 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
;
3931 struct mips_got_entry entry
;
3932 unsigned char tls_type
;
3934 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3935 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3937 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
3939 hmips
->got_only_for_calls
= FALSE
;
3941 /* A global symbol in the GOT must also be in the dynamic symbol
3943 if (h
->dynindx
== -1)
3945 switch (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
))
3949 _bfd_elf_link_hash_hide_symbol (info
, h
, TRUE
);
3952 if (!bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
3956 tls_type
= mips_elf_reloc_tls_type (r_type
);
3957 if (tls_type
== GOT_TLS_NONE
&& hmips
->global_got_area
> GGA_NORMAL
)
3958 hmips
->global_got_area
= GGA_NORMAL
;
3962 entry
.d
.h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
3963 entry
.tls_type
= tls_type
;
3964 return mips_elf_record_got_entry (info
, abfd
, &entry
);
3967 /* ABFD has a GOT relocation of type R_TYPE against symbol SYMNDX + ADDEND,
3968 where SYMNDX is a local symbol. Reserve a GOT entry for it. */
3971 mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol (bfd
*abfd
, long symndx
, bfd_vma addend
,
3972 struct bfd_link_info
*info
, int r_type
)
3974 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
3975 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
3976 struct mips_got_entry entry
;
3978 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
3979 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
3982 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
3985 entry
.symndx
= symndx
;
3986 entry
.d
.addend
= addend
;
3987 entry
.tls_type
= mips_elf_reloc_tls_type (r_type
);
3988 return mips_elf_record_got_entry (info
, abfd
, &entry
);
3991 /* Record that ABFD has a page relocation against SYMNDX + ADDEND.
3992 H is the symbol's hash table entry, or null if SYMNDX is local
3996 mips_elf_record_got_page_ref (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, bfd
*abfd
,
3997 long symndx
, struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
3998 bfd_signed_vma addend
)
4000 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4001 struct mips_got_info
*g1
, *g2
;
4002 struct mips_got_page_ref lookup
, *entry
;
4003 void **loc
, **bfd_loc
;
4005 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
4006 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
4008 g1
= htab
->got_info
;
4009 BFD_ASSERT (g1
!= NULL
);
4014 lookup
.u
.h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
4018 lookup
.symndx
= symndx
;
4019 lookup
.u
.abfd
= abfd
;
4021 lookup
.addend
= addend
;
4022 loc
= htab_find_slot (g1
->got_page_refs
, &lookup
, INSERT
);
4026 entry
= (struct mips_got_page_ref
*) *loc
;
4029 entry
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, sizeof (*entry
));
4037 /* Add the same entry to the BFD's GOT. */
4038 g2
= mips_elf_bfd_got (abfd
, TRUE
);
4042 bfd_loc
= htab_find_slot (g2
->got_page_refs
, &lookup
, INSERT
);
4052 /* Add room for N relocations to the .rel(a).dyn section in ABFD. */
4055 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4059 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4061 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
4062 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
4064 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
4065 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
4067 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
4068 s
->size
+= n
* MIPS_ELF_RELA_SIZE (abfd
);
4073 /* Make room for a null element. */
4074 s
->size
+= MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (abfd
);
4077 s
->size
+= n
* MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (abfd
);
4081 /* A htab_traverse callback for GOT entries, with DATA pointing to a
4082 mips_elf_traverse_got_arg structure. Count the number of GOT
4083 entries and TLS relocs. Set DATA->value to true if we need
4084 to resolve indirect or warning symbols and then recreate the GOT. */
4087 mips_elf_check_recreate_got (void **entryp
, void *data
)
4089 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
4090 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*arg
;
4092 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *entryp
;
4093 arg
= (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*) data
;
4094 if (entry
->abfd
!= NULL
&& entry
->symndx
== -1)
4096 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4099 if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
4100 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
4106 mips_elf_count_got_entry (arg
->info
, arg
->g
, entry
);
4110 /* A htab_traverse callback for GOT entries, with DATA pointing to a
4111 mips_elf_traverse_got_arg structure. Add all entries to DATA->g,
4112 converting entries for indirect and warning symbols into entries
4113 for the target symbol. Set DATA->g to null on error. */
4116 mips_elf_recreate_got (void **entryp
, void *data
)
4118 struct mips_got_entry new_entry
, *entry
;
4119 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*arg
;
4122 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *entryp
;
4123 arg
= (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*) data
;
4124 if (entry
->abfd
!= NULL
4125 && entry
->symndx
== -1
4126 && (entry
->d
.h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
4127 || entry
->d
.h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
))
4129 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4136 BFD_ASSERT (h
->global_got_area
== GGA_NONE
);
4137 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
4139 while (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
4140 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
);
4143 slot
= htab_find_slot (arg
->g
->got_entries
, entry
, INSERT
);
4151 if (entry
== &new_entry
)
4153 entry
= bfd_alloc (entry
->abfd
, sizeof (*entry
));
4162 mips_elf_count_got_entry (arg
->info
, arg
->g
, entry
);
4167 /* Return the maximum number of GOT page entries required for RANGE. */
4170 mips_elf_pages_for_range (const struct mips_got_page_range
*range
)
4172 return (range
->max_addend
- range
->min_addend
+ 0x1ffff) >> 16;
4175 /* Record that G requires a page entry that can reach SEC + ADDEND. */
4178 mips_elf_record_got_page_entry (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*arg
,
4179 asection
*sec
, bfd_signed_vma addend
)
4181 struct mips_got_info
*g
= arg
->g
;
4182 struct mips_got_page_entry lookup
, *entry
;
4183 struct mips_got_page_range
**range_ptr
, *range
;
4184 bfd_vma old_pages
, new_pages
;
4187 /* Find the mips_got_page_entry hash table entry for this section. */
4189 loc
= htab_find_slot (g
->got_page_entries
, &lookup
, INSERT
);
4193 /* Create a mips_got_page_entry if this is the first time we've
4194 seen the section. */
4195 entry
= (struct mips_got_page_entry
*) *loc
;
4198 entry
= bfd_zalloc (arg
->info
->output_bfd
, sizeof (*entry
));
4206 /* Skip over ranges whose maximum extent cannot share a page entry
4208 range_ptr
= &entry
->ranges
;
4209 while (*range_ptr
&& addend
> (*range_ptr
)->max_addend
+ 0xffff)
4210 range_ptr
= &(*range_ptr
)->next
;
4212 /* If we scanned to the end of the list, or found a range whose
4213 minimum extent cannot share a page entry with ADDEND, create
4214 a new singleton range. */
4216 if (!range
|| addend
< range
->min_addend
- 0xffff)
4218 range
= bfd_zalloc (arg
->info
->output_bfd
, sizeof (*range
));
4222 range
->next
= *range_ptr
;
4223 range
->min_addend
= addend
;
4224 range
->max_addend
= addend
;
4232 /* Remember how many pages the old range contributed. */
4233 old_pages
= mips_elf_pages_for_range (range
);
4235 /* Update the ranges. */
4236 if (addend
< range
->min_addend
)
4237 range
->min_addend
= addend
;
4238 else if (addend
> range
->max_addend
)
4240 if (range
->next
&& addend
>= range
->next
->min_addend
- 0xffff)
4242 old_pages
+= mips_elf_pages_for_range (range
->next
);
4243 range
->max_addend
= range
->next
->max_addend
;
4244 range
->next
= range
->next
->next
;
4247 range
->max_addend
= addend
;
4250 /* Record any change in the total estimate. */
4251 new_pages
= mips_elf_pages_for_range (range
);
4252 if (old_pages
!= new_pages
)
4254 entry
->num_pages
+= new_pages
- old_pages
;
4255 g
->page_gotno
+= new_pages
- old_pages
;
4261 /* A htab_traverse callback for which *REFP points to a mips_got_page_ref
4262 and for which DATA points to a mips_elf_traverse_got_arg. Work out
4263 whether the page reference described by *REFP needs a GOT page entry,
4264 and record that entry in DATA->g if so. Set DATA->g to null on failure. */
4267 mips_elf_resolve_got_page_ref (void **refp
, void *data
)
4269 struct mips_got_page_ref
*ref
;
4270 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*arg
;
4271 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4275 ref
= (struct mips_got_page_ref
*) *refp
;
4276 arg
= (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*) data
;
4277 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (arg
->info
);
4279 if (ref
->symndx
< 0)
4281 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
4283 /* Global GOT_PAGEs decay to GOT_DISP and so don't need page entries. */
4285 if (!SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (arg
->info
, &h
->root
))
4288 /* Ignore undefined symbols; we'll issue an error later if
4290 if (!((h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
4291 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
4292 && h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
))
4295 sec
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
4296 addend
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
+ ref
->addend
;
4300 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
4302 /* Read in the symbol. */
4303 isym
= bfd_sym_from_r_symndx (&htab
->sym_cache
, ref
->u
.abfd
,
4311 /* Get the associated input section. */
4312 sec
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (ref
->u
.abfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
4319 /* If this is a mergable section, work out the section and offset
4320 of the merged data. For section symbols, the addend specifies
4321 of the offset _of_ the first byte in the data, otherwise it
4322 specifies the offset _from_ the first byte. */
4323 if (sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
)
4327 secinfo
= elf_section_data (sec
)->sec_info
;
4328 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (isym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
)
4329 addend
= _bfd_merged_section_offset (ref
->u
.abfd
, &sec
, secinfo
,
4330 isym
->st_value
+ ref
->addend
);
4332 addend
= _bfd_merged_section_offset (ref
->u
.abfd
, &sec
, secinfo
,
4333 isym
->st_value
) + ref
->addend
;
4336 addend
= isym
->st_value
+ ref
->addend
;
4338 if (!mips_elf_record_got_page_entry (arg
, sec
, addend
))
4346 /* If any entries in G->got_entries are for indirect or warning symbols,
4347 replace them with entries for the target symbol. Convert g->got_page_refs
4348 into got_page_entry structures and estimate the number of page entries
4349 that they require. */
4352 mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4353 struct mips_got_info
*g
)
4355 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg tga
;
4356 struct mips_got_info oldg
;
4363 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_check_recreate_got
, &tga
);
4367 g
->got_entries
= htab_create (htab_size (oldg
.got_entries
),
4368 mips_elf_got_entry_hash
,
4369 mips_elf_got_entry_eq
, NULL
);
4370 if (!g
->got_entries
)
4373 htab_traverse (oldg
.got_entries
, mips_elf_recreate_got
, &tga
);
4377 htab_delete (oldg
.got_entries
);
4380 g
->got_page_entries
= htab_try_create (1, mips_got_page_entry_hash
,
4381 mips_got_page_entry_eq
, NULL
);
4382 if (g
->got_page_entries
== NULL
)
4387 htab_traverse (g
->got_page_refs
, mips_elf_resolve_got_page_ref
, &tga
);
4392 /* Return true if a GOT entry for H should live in the local rather than
4396 mips_use_local_got_p (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4397 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
4399 /* Symbols that aren't in the dynamic symbol table must live in the
4400 local GOT. This includes symbols that are completely undefined
4401 and which therefore don't bind locally. We'll report undefined
4402 symbols later if appropriate. */
4403 if (h
->root
.dynindx
== -1)
4406 /* Symbols that bind locally can (and in the case of forced-local
4407 symbols, must) live in the local GOT. */
4408 if (h
->got_only_for_calls
4409 ? SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, &h
->root
)
4410 : SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &h
->root
))
4413 /* If this is an executable that must provide a definition of the symbol,
4414 either though PLTs or copy relocations, then that address should go in
4415 the local rather than global GOT. */
4416 if (info
->executable
&& h
->has_static_relocs
)
4422 /* A mips_elf_link_hash_traverse callback for which DATA points to the
4423 link_info structure. Decide whether the hash entry needs an entry in
4424 the global part of the primary GOT, setting global_got_area accordingly.
4425 Count the number of global symbols that are in the primary GOT only
4426 because they have relocations against them (reloc_only_gotno). */
4429 mips_elf_count_got_symbols (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
4431 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
4432 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4433 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
4435 info
= (struct bfd_link_info
*) data
;
4436 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
4438 if (h
->global_got_area
!= GGA_NONE
)
4440 /* Make a final decision about whether the symbol belongs in the
4441 local or global GOT. */
4442 if (mips_use_local_got_p (info
, h
))
4443 /* The symbol belongs in the local GOT. We no longer need this
4444 entry if it was only used for relocations; those relocations
4445 will be against the null or section symbol instead of H. */
4446 h
->global_got_area
= GGA_NONE
;
4447 else if (htab
->is_vxworks
4448 && h
->got_only_for_calls
4449 && h
->root
.plt
.plist
->mips_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
)
4450 /* On VxWorks, calls can refer directly to the .got.plt entry;
4451 they don't need entries in the regular GOT. .got.plt entries
4452 will be allocated by _bfd_mips_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol. */
4453 h
->global_got_area
= GGA_NONE
;
4454 else if (h
->global_got_area
== GGA_RELOC_ONLY
)
4456 g
->reloc_only_gotno
++;
4463 /* A htab_traverse callback for GOT entries. Add each one to the GOT
4464 given in mips_elf_traverse_got_arg DATA. Clear DATA->G on error. */
4467 mips_elf_add_got_entry (void **entryp
, void *data
)
4469 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
4470 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*arg
;
4473 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *entryp
;
4474 arg
= (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*) data
;
4475 slot
= htab_find_slot (arg
->g
->got_entries
, entry
, INSERT
);
4484 mips_elf_count_got_entry (arg
->info
, arg
->g
, entry
);
4489 /* A htab_traverse callback for GOT page entries. Add each one to the GOT
4490 given in mips_elf_traverse_got_arg DATA. Clear DATA->G on error. */
4493 mips_elf_add_got_page_entry (void **entryp
, void *data
)
4495 struct mips_got_page_entry
*entry
;
4496 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*arg
;
4499 entry
= (struct mips_got_page_entry
*) *entryp
;
4500 arg
= (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*) data
;
4501 slot
= htab_find_slot (arg
->g
->got_page_entries
, entry
, INSERT
);
4510 arg
->g
->page_gotno
+= entry
->num_pages
;
4515 /* Consider merging FROM, which is ABFD's GOT, into TO. Return -1 if
4516 this would lead to overflow, 1 if they were merged successfully,
4517 and 0 if a merge failed due to lack of memory. (These values are chosen
4518 so that nonnegative return values can be returned by a htab_traverse
4522 mips_elf_merge_got_with (bfd
*abfd
, struct mips_got_info
*from
,
4523 struct mips_got_info
*to
,
4524 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
*arg
)
4526 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg tga
;
4527 unsigned int estimate
;
4529 /* Work out how many page entries we would need for the combined GOT. */
4530 estimate
= arg
->max_pages
;
4531 if (estimate
>= from
->page_gotno
+ to
->page_gotno
)
4532 estimate
= from
->page_gotno
+ to
->page_gotno
;
4534 /* And conservatively estimate how many local and TLS entries
4536 estimate
+= from
->local_gotno
+ to
->local_gotno
;
4537 estimate
+= from
->tls_gotno
+ to
->tls_gotno
;
4539 /* If we're merging with the primary got, any TLS relocations will
4540 come after the full set of global entries. Otherwise estimate those
4541 conservatively as well. */
4542 if (to
== arg
->primary
&& from
->tls_gotno
+ to
->tls_gotno
)
4543 estimate
+= arg
->global_count
;
4545 estimate
+= from
->global_gotno
+ to
->global_gotno
;
4547 /* Bail out if the combined GOT might be too big. */
4548 if (estimate
> arg
->max_count
)
4551 /* Transfer the bfd's got information from FROM to TO. */
4552 tga
.info
= arg
->info
;
4554 htab_traverse (from
->got_entries
, mips_elf_add_got_entry
, &tga
);
4558 htab_traverse (from
->got_page_entries
, mips_elf_add_got_page_entry
, &tga
);
4562 mips_elf_replace_bfd_got (abfd
, to
);
4566 /* Attempt to merge GOT G, which belongs to ABFD. Try to use as much
4567 as possible of the primary got, since it doesn't require explicit
4568 dynamic relocations, but don't use bfds that would reference global
4569 symbols out of the addressable range. Failing the primary got,
4570 attempt to merge with the current got, or finish the current got
4571 and then make make the new got current. */
4574 mips_elf_merge_got (bfd
*abfd
, struct mips_got_info
*g
,
4575 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg
*arg
)
4577 unsigned int estimate
;
4580 if (!mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (arg
->info
, g
))
4583 /* Work out the number of page, local and TLS entries. */
4584 estimate
= arg
->max_pages
;
4585 if (estimate
> g
->page_gotno
)
4586 estimate
= g
->page_gotno
;
4587 estimate
+= g
->local_gotno
+ g
->tls_gotno
;
4589 /* We place TLS GOT entries after both locals and globals. The globals
4590 for the primary GOT may overflow the normal GOT size limit, so be
4591 sure not to merge a GOT which requires TLS with the primary GOT in that
4592 case. This doesn't affect non-primary GOTs. */
4593 estimate
+= (g
->tls_gotno
> 0 ? arg
->global_count
: g
->global_gotno
);
4595 if (estimate
<= arg
->max_count
)
4597 /* If we don't have a primary GOT, use it as
4598 a starting point for the primary GOT. */
4605 /* Try merging with the primary GOT. */
4606 result
= mips_elf_merge_got_with (abfd
, g
, arg
->primary
, arg
);
4611 /* If we can merge with the last-created got, do it. */
4614 result
= mips_elf_merge_got_with (abfd
, g
, arg
->current
, arg
);
4619 /* Well, we couldn't merge, so create a new GOT. Don't check if it
4620 fits; if it turns out that it doesn't, we'll get relocation
4621 overflows anyway. */
4622 g
->next
= arg
->current
;
4628 /* ENTRYP is a hash table entry for a mips_got_entry. Set its gotidx
4629 to GOTIDX, duplicating the entry if it has already been assigned
4630 an index in a different GOT. */
4633 mips_elf_set_gotidx (void **entryp
, long gotidx
)
4635 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
4637 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *entryp
;
4638 if (entry
->gotidx
> 0)
4640 struct mips_got_entry
*new_entry
;
4642 new_entry
= bfd_alloc (entry
->abfd
, sizeof (*entry
));
4646 *new_entry
= *entry
;
4647 *entryp
= new_entry
;
4650 entry
->gotidx
= gotidx
;
4654 /* Set the TLS GOT index for the GOT entry in ENTRYP. DATA points to a
4655 mips_elf_traverse_got_arg in which DATA->value is the size of one
4656 GOT entry. Set DATA->g to null on failure. */
4659 mips_elf_initialize_tls_index (void **entryp
, void *data
)
4661 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
4662 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*arg
;
4664 /* We're only interested in TLS symbols. */
4665 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *entryp
;
4666 if (entry
->tls_type
== GOT_TLS_NONE
)
4669 arg
= (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*) data
;
4670 if (!mips_elf_set_gotidx (entryp
, arg
->value
* arg
->g
->tls_assigned_gotno
))
4676 /* Account for the entries we've just allocated. */
4677 arg
->g
->tls_assigned_gotno
+= mips_tls_got_entries (entry
->tls_type
);
4681 /* A htab_traverse callback for GOT entries, where DATA points to a
4682 mips_elf_traverse_got_arg. Set the global_got_area of each global
4683 symbol to DATA->value. */
4686 mips_elf_set_global_got_area (void **entryp
, void *data
)
4688 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
4689 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*arg
;
4691 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *entryp
;
4692 arg
= (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*) data
;
4693 if (entry
->abfd
!= NULL
4694 && entry
->symndx
== -1
4695 && entry
->d
.h
->global_got_area
!= GGA_NONE
)
4696 entry
->d
.h
->global_got_area
= arg
->value
;
4700 /* A htab_traverse callback for secondary GOT entries, where DATA points
4701 to a mips_elf_traverse_got_arg. Assign GOT indices to global entries
4702 and record the number of relocations they require. DATA->value is
4703 the size of one GOT entry. Set DATA->g to null on failure. */
4706 mips_elf_set_global_gotidx (void **entryp
, void *data
)
4708 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
4709 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*arg
;
4711 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *entryp
;
4712 arg
= (struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg
*) data
;
4713 if (entry
->abfd
!= NULL
4714 && entry
->symndx
== -1
4715 && entry
->d
.h
->global_got_area
!= GGA_NONE
)
4717 if (!mips_elf_set_gotidx (entryp
, arg
->value
* arg
->g
->assigned_low_gotno
))
4722 arg
->g
->assigned_low_gotno
+= 1;
4724 if (arg
->info
->shared
4725 || (elf_hash_table (arg
->info
)->dynamic_sections_created
4726 && entry
->d
.h
->root
.def_dynamic
4727 && !entry
->d
.h
->root
.def_regular
))
4728 arg
->g
->relocs
+= 1;
4734 /* A htab_traverse callback for GOT entries for which DATA is the
4735 bfd_link_info. Forbid any global symbols from having traditional
4736 lazy-binding stubs. */
4739 mips_elf_forbid_lazy_stubs (void **entryp
, void *data
)
4741 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
4742 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4743 struct mips_got_entry
*entry
;
4745 entry
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) *entryp
;
4746 info
= (struct bfd_link_info
*) data
;
4747 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
4748 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
4750 if (entry
->abfd
!= NULL
4751 && entry
->symndx
== -1
4752 && entry
->d
.h
->needs_lazy_stub
)
4754 entry
->d
.h
->needs_lazy_stub
= FALSE
;
4755 htab
->lazy_stub_count
--;
4761 /* Return the offset of an input bfd IBFD's GOT from the beginning of
4764 mips_elf_adjust_gp (bfd
*abfd
, struct mips_got_info
*g
, bfd
*ibfd
)
4769 g
= mips_elf_bfd_got (ibfd
, FALSE
);
4773 BFD_ASSERT (g
->next
);
4777 return (g
->local_gotno
+ g
->global_gotno
+ g
->tls_gotno
)
4778 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
);
4781 /* Turn a single GOT that is too big for 16-bit addressing into
4782 a sequence of GOTs, each one 16-bit addressable. */
4785 mips_elf_multi_got (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
4786 asection
*got
, bfd_size_type pages
)
4788 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
4789 struct mips_elf_got_per_bfd_arg got_per_bfd_arg
;
4790 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg tga
;
4791 struct mips_got_info
*g
, *gg
;
4792 unsigned int assign
, needed_relocs
;
4795 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
4796 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
4797 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
4801 got_per_bfd_arg
.obfd
= abfd
;
4802 got_per_bfd_arg
.info
= info
;
4803 got_per_bfd_arg
.current
= NULL
;
4804 got_per_bfd_arg
.primary
= NULL
;
4805 got_per_bfd_arg
.max_count
= ((MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE (info
)
4806 / MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
))
4807 - htab
->reserved_gotno
);
4808 got_per_bfd_arg
.max_pages
= pages
;
4809 /* The number of globals that will be included in the primary GOT.
4810 See the calls to mips_elf_set_global_got_area below for more
4812 got_per_bfd_arg
.global_count
= g
->global_gotno
;
4814 /* Try to merge the GOTs of input bfds together, as long as they
4815 don't seem to exceed the maximum GOT size, choosing one of them
4816 to be the primary GOT. */
4817 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
4819 gg
= mips_elf_bfd_got (ibfd
, FALSE
);
4820 if (gg
&& !mips_elf_merge_got (ibfd
, gg
, &got_per_bfd_arg
))
4824 /* If we do not find any suitable primary GOT, create an empty one. */
4825 if (got_per_bfd_arg
.primary
== NULL
)
4826 g
->next
= mips_elf_create_got_info (abfd
);
4828 g
->next
= got_per_bfd_arg
.primary
;
4829 g
->next
->next
= got_per_bfd_arg
.current
;
4831 /* GG is now the master GOT, and G is the primary GOT. */
4835 /* Map the output bfd to the primary got. That's what we're going
4836 to use for bfds that use GOT16 or GOT_PAGE relocations that we
4837 didn't mark in check_relocs, and we want a quick way to find it.
4838 We can't just use gg->next because we're going to reverse the
4840 mips_elf_replace_bfd_got (abfd
, g
);
4842 /* Every symbol that is referenced in a dynamic relocation must be
4843 present in the primary GOT, so arrange for them to appear after
4844 those that are actually referenced. */
4845 gg
->reloc_only_gotno
= gg
->global_gotno
- g
->global_gotno
;
4846 g
->global_gotno
= gg
->global_gotno
;
4849 tga
.value
= GGA_RELOC_ONLY
;
4850 htab_traverse (gg
->got_entries
, mips_elf_set_global_got_area
, &tga
);
4851 tga
.value
= GGA_NORMAL
;
4852 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_set_global_got_area
, &tga
);
4854 /* Now go through the GOTs assigning them offset ranges.
4855 [assigned_low_gotno, local_gotno[ will be set to the range of local
4856 entries in each GOT. We can then compute the end of a GOT by
4857 adding local_gotno to global_gotno. We reverse the list and make
4858 it circular since then we'll be able to quickly compute the
4859 beginning of a GOT, by computing the end of its predecessor. To
4860 avoid special cases for the primary GOT, while still preserving
4861 assertions that are valid for both single- and multi-got links,
4862 we arrange for the main got struct to have the right number of
4863 global entries, but set its local_gotno such that the initial
4864 offset of the primary GOT is zero. Remember that the primary GOT
4865 will become the last item in the circular linked list, so it
4866 points back to the master GOT. */
4867 gg
->local_gotno
= -g
->global_gotno
;
4868 gg
->global_gotno
= g
->global_gotno
;
4875 struct mips_got_info
*gn
;
4877 assign
+= htab
->reserved_gotno
;
4878 g
->assigned_low_gotno
= assign
;
4879 g
->local_gotno
+= assign
;
4880 g
->local_gotno
+= (pages
< g
->page_gotno
? pages
: g
->page_gotno
);
4881 g
->assigned_high_gotno
= g
->local_gotno
- 1;
4882 assign
= g
->local_gotno
+ g
->global_gotno
+ g
->tls_gotno
;
4884 /* Take g out of the direct list, and push it onto the reversed
4885 list that gg points to. g->next is guaranteed to be nonnull after
4886 this operation, as required by mips_elf_initialize_tls_index. */
4891 /* Set up any TLS entries. We always place the TLS entries after
4892 all non-TLS entries. */
4893 g
->tls_assigned_gotno
= g
->local_gotno
+ g
->global_gotno
;
4895 tga
.value
= MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
);
4896 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_initialize_tls_index
, &tga
);
4899 BFD_ASSERT (g
->tls_assigned_gotno
== assign
);
4901 /* Move onto the next GOT. It will be a secondary GOT if nonull. */
4904 /* Forbid global symbols in every non-primary GOT from having
4905 lazy-binding stubs. */
4907 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_forbid_lazy_stubs
, info
);
4911 got
->size
= assign
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
);
4914 for (g
= gg
->next
; g
&& g
->next
!= gg
; g
= g
->next
)
4916 unsigned int save_assign
;
4918 /* Assign offsets to global GOT entries and count how many
4919 relocations they need. */
4920 save_assign
= g
->assigned_low_gotno
;
4921 g
->assigned_low_gotno
= g
->local_gotno
;
4923 tga
.value
= MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (abfd
);
4925 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_set_global_gotidx
, &tga
);
4928 BFD_ASSERT (g
->assigned_low_gotno
== g
->local_gotno
+ g
->global_gotno
);
4929 g
->assigned_low_gotno
= save_assign
;
4933 g
->relocs
+= g
->local_gotno
- g
->assigned_low_gotno
;
4934 BFD_ASSERT (g
->assigned_low_gotno
== g
->next
->local_gotno
4935 + g
->next
->global_gotno
4936 + g
->next
->tls_gotno
4937 + htab
->reserved_gotno
);
4939 needed_relocs
+= g
->relocs
;
4941 needed_relocs
+= g
->relocs
;
4944 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj
, info
,
4951 /* Returns the first relocation of type r_type found, beginning with
4952 RELOCATION. RELEND is one-past-the-end of the relocation table. */
4954 static const Elf_Internal_Rela
*
4955 mips_elf_next_relocation (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, unsigned int r_type
,
4956 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
,
4957 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relend
)
4959 unsigned long r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
4961 while (relocation
< relend
)
4963 if (ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, relocation
->r_info
) == r_type
4964 && ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, relocation
->r_info
) == r_symndx
)
4970 /* We didn't find it. */
4974 /* Return whether an input relocation is against a local symbol. */
4977 mips_elf_local_relocation_p (bfd
*input_bfd
,
4978 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
,
4979 asection
**local_sections
)
4981 unsigned long r_symndx
;
4982 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
4985 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (input_bfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
4986 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
4987 extsymoff
= (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
)) ? 0 : symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
4989 if (r_symndx
< extsymoff
)
4991 if (elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
) && local_sections
[r_symndx
] != NULL
)
4997 /* Sign-extend VALUE, which has the indicated number of BITS. */
5000 _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (bfd_vma value
, int bits
)
5002 if (value
& ((bfd_vma
) 1 << (bits
- 1)))
5003 /* VALUE is negative. */
5004 value
|= ((bfd_vma
) - 1) << bits
;
5009 /* Return non-zero if the indicated VALUE has overflowed the maximum
5010 range expressible by a signed number with the indicated number of
5014 mips_elf_overflow_p (bfd_vma value
, int bits
)
5016 bfd_signed_vma svalue
= (bfd_signed_vma
) value
;
5018 if (svalue
> (1 << (bits
- 1)) - 1)
5019 /* The value is too big. */
5021 else if (svalue
< -(1 << (bits
- 1)))
5022 /* The value is too small. */
5029 /* Calculate the %high function. */
5032 mips_elf_high (bfd_vma value
)
5034 return ((value
+ (bfd_vma
) 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
5037 /* Calculate the %higher function. */
5040 mips_elf_higher (bfd_vma value ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
5043 return ((value
+ (bfd_vma
) 0x80008000) >> 32) & 0xffff;
5050 /* Calculate the %highest function. */
5053 mips_elf_highest (bfd_vma value ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
5056 return ((value
+ (((bfd_vma
) 0x8000 << 32) | 0x80008000)) >> 48) & 0xffff;
5063 /* Create the .compact_rel section. */
5066 mips_elf_create_compact_rel_section
5067 (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
5070 register asection
*s
;
5072 if (bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".compact_rel") == NULL
)
5074 flags
= (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
| SEC_LINKER_CREATED
5077 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".compact_rel", flags
);
5079 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
,
5080 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
)))
5083 s
->size
= sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel
);
5089 /* Create the .got section to hold the global offset table. */
5092 mips_elf_create_got_section (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
5095 register asection
*s
;
5096 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
5097 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
5098 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
5100 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
5101 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
5103 /* This function may be called more than once. */
5107 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
5108 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
5110 /* We have to use an alignment of 2**4 here because this is hardcoded
5111 in the function stub generation and in the linker script. */
5112 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".got", flags
);
5114 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, 4))
5118 /* Define the symbol _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. We don't do this in the
5119 linker script because we don't want to define the symbol if we
5120 are not creating a global offset table. */
5122 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
5123 (info
, abfd
, "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_", BSF_GLOBAL
, s
,
5124 0, NULL
, FALSE
, get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
5127 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
5130 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
5131 h
->other
= (h
->other
& ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1)) | STV_HIDDEN
;
5132 elf_hash_table (info
)->hgot
= h
;
5135 && ! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
5138 htab
->got_info
= mips_elf_create_got_info (abfd
);
5139 mips_elf_section_data (s
)->elf
.this_hdr
.sh_flags
5140 |= SHF_ALLOC
| SHF_WRITE
| SHF_MIPS_GPREL
;
5142 /* We also need a .got.plt section when generating PLTs. */
5143 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".got.plt",
5144 SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
5147 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
);
5155 /* Return true if H refers to the special VxWorks __GOTT_BASE__ or
5156 __GOTT_INDEX__ symbols. These symbols are only special for
5157 shared objects; they are not used in executables. */
5160 is_gott_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
5162 return (mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->is_vxworks
5164 && (strcmp (h
->root
.root
.string
, "__GOTT_BASE__") == 0
5165 || strcmp (h
->root
.root
.string
, "__GOTT_INDEX__") == 0));
5168 /* Return TRUE if a relocation of type R_TYPE from INPUT_BFD might
5169 require an la25 stub. See also mips_elf_local_pic_function_p,
5170 which determines whether the destination function ever requires a
5174 mips_elf_relocation_needs_la25_stub (bfd
*input_bfd
, int r_type
,
5175 bfd_boolean target_is_16_bit_code_p
)
5177 /* We specifically ignore branches and jumps from EF_PIC objects,
5178 where the onus is on the compiler or programmer to perform any
5179 necessary initialization of $25. Sometimes such initialization
5180 is unnecessary; for example, -mno-shared functions do not use
5181 the incoming value of $25, and may therefore be called directly. */
5182 if (PIC_OBJECT_P (input_bfd
))
5189 case R_MIPS_PC21_S2
:
5190 case R_MIPS_PC26_S2
:
5191 case R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
:
5192 case R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
:
5193 case R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1
:
5194 case R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
:
5195 case R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2
:
5199 return !target_is_16_bit_code_p
;
5206 /* Calculate the value produced by the RELOCATION (which comes from
5207 the INPUT_BFD). The ADDEND is the addend to use for this
5208 RELOCATION; RELOCATION->R_ADDEND is ignored.
5210 The result of the relocation calculation is stored in VALUEP.
5211 On exit, set *CROSS_MODE_JUMP_P to true if the relocation field
5212 is a MIPS16 or microMIPS jump to standard MIPS code, or vice versa.
5214 This function returns bfd_reloc_continue if the caller need take no
5215 further action regarding this relocation, bfd_reloc_notsupported if
5216 something goes dramatically wrong, bfd_reloc_overflow if an
5217 overflow occurs, and bfd_reloc_ok to indicate success. */
5219 static bfd_reloc_status_type
5220 mips_elf_calculate_relocation (bfd
*abfd
, bfd
*input_bfd
,
5221 asection
*input_section
,
5222 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
5223 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
,
5224 bfd_vma addend
, reloc_howto_type
*howto
,
5225 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
,
5226 asection
**local_sections
, bfd_vma
*valuep
,
5228 bfd_boolean
*cross_mode_jump_p
,
5229 bfd_boolean save_addend
)
5231 /* The eventual value we will return. */
5233 /* The address of the symbol against which the relocation is
5236 /* The final GP value to be used for the relocatable, executable, or
5237 shared object file being produced. */
5239 /* The place (section offset or address) of the storage unit being
5242 /* The value of GP used to create the relocatable object. */
5244 /* The offset into the global offset table at which the address of
5245 the relocation entry symbol, adjusted by the addend, resides
5246 during execution. */
5247 bfd_vma g
= MINUS_ONE
;
5248 /* The section in which the symbol referenced by the relocation is
5250 asection
*sec
= NULL
;
5251 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
= NULL
;
5252 /* TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is a local
5254 bfd_boolean local_p
, was_local_p
;
5255 /* TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is "_gp_disp". */
5256 bfd_boolean gp_disp_p
= FALSE
;
5257 /* TRUE if the symbol referred to by this relocation is
5258 "__gnu_local_gp". */
5259 bfd_boolean gnu_local_gp_p
= FALSE
;
5260 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
5262 unsigned long r_symndx
;
5264 /* TRUE if overflow occurred during the calculation of the
5265 relocation value. */
5266 bfd_boolean overflowed_p
;
5267 /* TRUE if this relocation refers to a MIPS16 function. */
5268 bfd_boolean target_is_16_bit_code_p
= FALSE
;
5269 bfd_boolean target_is_micromips_code_p
= FALSE
;
5270 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
5273 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
5274 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
5275 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
5277 /* Parse the relocation. */
5278 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (input_bfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
5279 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
5280 p
= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
5281 + input_section
->output_offset
5282 + relocation
->r_offset
);
5284 /* Assume that there will be no overflow. */
5285 overflowed_p
= FALSE
;
5287 /* Figure out whether or not the symbol is local, and get the offset
5288 used in the array of hash table entries. */
5289 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
5290 local_p
= mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd
, relocation
,
5292 was_local_p
= local_p
;
5293 if (! elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
))
5294 extsymoff
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
5297 /* The symbol table does not follow the rule that local symbols
5298 must come before globals. */
5302 /* Figure out the value of the symbol. */
5305 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
5307 sym
= local_syms
+ r_symndx
;
5308 sec
= local_sections
[r_symndx
];
5310 symbol
= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
5311 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) != STT_SECTION
5312 || (sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
))
5313 symbol
+= sym
->st_value
;
5314 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_MERGE
)
5315 && ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
)
5317 addend
= _bfd_elf_rel_local_sym (abfd
, sym
, &sec
, addend
);
5319 addend
+= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
5322 /* MIPS16/microMIPS text labels should be treated as odd. */
5323 if (ELF_ST_IS_COMPRESSED (sym
->st_other
))
5326 /* Record the name of this symbol, for our caller. */
5327 *namep
= bfd_elf_string_from_elf_section (input_bfd
,
5328 symtab_hdr
->sh_link
,
5331 *namep
= bfd_section_name (input_bfd
, sec
);
5333 target_is_16_bit_code_p
= ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (sym
->st_other
);
5334 target_is_micromips_code_p
= ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (sym
->st_other
);
5338 /* ??? Could we use RELOC_FOR_GLOBAL_SYMBOL here ? */
5340 /* For global symbols we look up the symbol in the hash-table. */
5341 h
= ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
5342 elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd
) [r_symndx
- extsymoff
]);
5343 /* Find the real hash-table entry for this symbol. */
5344 while (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
5345 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
5346 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
5348 /* Record the name of this symbol, for our caller. */
5349 *namep
= h
->root
.root
.root
.string
;
5351 /* See if this is the special _gp_disp symbol. Note that such a
5352 symbol must always be a global symbol. */
5353 if (strcmp (*namep
, "_gp_disp") == 0
5354 && ! NEWABI_P (input_bfd
))
5356 /* Relocations against _gp_disp are permitted only with
5357 R_MIPS_HI16 and R_MIPS_LO16 relocations. */
5358 if (!hi16_reloc_p (r_type
) && !lo16_reloc_p (r_type
))
5359 return bfd_reloc_notsupported
;
5363 /* See if this is the special _gp symbol. Note that such a
5364 symbol must always be a global symbol. */
5365 else if (strcmp (*namep
, "__gnu_local_gp") == 0)
5366 gnu_local_gp_p
= TRUE
;
5369 /* If this symbol is defined, calculate its address. Note that
5370 _gp_disp is a magic symbol, always implicitly defined by the
5371 linker, so it's inappropriate to check to see whether or not
5373 else if ((h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
5374 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
5375 && h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
)
5377 sec
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
5378 if (sec
->output_section
)
5379 symbol
= (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
5380 + sec
->output_section
->vma
5381 + sec
->output_offset
);
5383 symbol
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
;
5385 else if (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
5386 /* We allow relocations against undefined weak symbols, giving
5387 it the value zero, so that you can undefined weak functions
5388 and check to see if they exist by looking at their
5391 else if (info
->unresolved_syms_in_objects
== RM_IGNORE
5392 && ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->root
.other
) == STV_DEFAULT
)
5394 else if (strcmp (*namep
, SGI_COMPAT (input_bfd
)
5395 ? "_DYNAMIC_LINK" : "_DYNAMIC_LINKING") == 0)
5397 /* If this is a dynamic link, we should have created a
5398 _DYNAMIC_LINK symbol or _DYNAMIC_LINKING(for normal mips) symbol
5399 in in _bfd_mips_elf_create_dynamic_sections.
5400 Otherwise, we should define the symbol with a value of 0.
5401 FIXME: It should probably get into the symbol table
5403 BFD_ASSERT (! info
->shared
);
5404 BFD_ASSERT (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic") == NULL
);
5407 else if (ELF_MIPS_IS_OPTIONAL (h
->root
.other
))
5409 /* This is an optional symbol - an Irix specific extension to the
5410 ELF spec. Ignore it for now.
5411 XXX - FIXME - there is more to the spec for OPTIONAL symbols
5412 than simply ignoring them, but we do not handle this for now.
5413 For information see the "64-bit ELF Object File Specification"
5414 which is available from here:
5415 http://techpubs.sgi.com/library/manuals/4000/007-4658-001/pdf/007-4658-001.pdf */
5418 else if ((*info
->callbacks
->undefined_symbol
)
5419 (info
, h
->root
.root
.root
.string
, input_bfd
,
5420 input_section
, relocation
->r_offset
,
5421 (info
->unresolved_syms_in_objects
== RM_GENERATE_ERROR
)
5422 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->root
.other
)))
5424 return bfd_reloc_undefined
;
5428 return bfd_reloc_notsupported
;
5431 target_is_16_bit_code_p
= ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (h
->root
.other
);
5432 target_is_micromips_code_p
= ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (h
->root
.other
);
5435 /* If this is a reference to a 16-bit function with a stub, we need
5436 to redirect the relocation to the stub unless:
5438 (a) the relocation is for a MIPS16 JAL;
5440 (b) the relocation is for a MIPS16 PIC call, and there are no
5441 non-MIPS16 uses of the GOT slot; or
5443 (c) the section allows direct references to MIPS16 functions. */
5444 if (r_type
!= R_MIPS16_26
5445 && !info
->relocatable
5447 && h
->fn_stub
!= NULL
5448 && (r_type
!= R_MIPS16_CALL16
|| h
->need_fn_stub
))
5450 && mips_elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_stubs
!= NULL
5451 && mips_elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_stubs
[r_symndx
] != NULL
))
5452 && !section_allows_mips16_refs_p (input_section
))
5454 /* This is a 32- or 64-bit call to a 16-bit function. We should
5455 have already noticed that we were going to need the
5459 sec
= mips_elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_stubs
[r_symndx
];
5464 BFD_ASSERT (h
->need_fn_stub
);
5467 /* If a LA25 header for the stub itself exists, point to the
5468 prepended LUI/ADDIU sequence. */
5469 sec
= h
->la25_stub
->stub_section
;
5470 value
= h
->la25_stub
->offset
;
5479 symbol
= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
+ value
;
5480 /* The target is 16-bit, but the stub isn't. */
5481 target_is_16_bit_code_p
= FALSE
;
5483 /* If this is a MIPS16 call with a stub, that is made through the PLT or
5484 to a standard MIPS function, we need to redirect the call to the stub.
5485 Note that we specifically exclude R_MIPS16_CALL16 from this behavior;
5486 indirect calls should use an indirect stub instead. */
5487 else if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
&& !info
->relocatable
5488 && ((h
!= NULL
&& (h
->call_stub
!= NULL
|| h
->call_fp_stub
!= NULL
))
5490 && mips_elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_call_stubs
!= NULL
5491 && mips_elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_call_stubs
[r_symndx
] != NULL
))
5492 && ((h
!= NULL
&& h
->use_plt_entry
) || !target_is_16_bit_code_p
))
5495 sec
= mips_elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->local_call_stubs
[r_symndx
];
5498 /* If both call_stub and call_fp_stub are defined, we can figure
5499 out which one to use by checking which one appears in the input
5501 if (h
->call_stub
!= NULL
&& h
->call_fp_stub
!= NULL
)
5506 for (o
= input_bfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
5508 if (CALL_FP_STUB_P (bfd_get_section_name (input_bfd
, o
)))
5510 sec
= h
->call_fp_stub
;
5517 else if (h
->call_stub
!= NULL
)
5520 sec
= h
->call_fp_stub
;
5523 BFD_ASSERT (sec
->size
> 0);
5524 symbol
= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
5526 /* If this is a direct call to a PIC function, redirect to the
5528 else if (h
!= NULL
&& h
->la25_stub
5529 && mips_elf_relocation_needs_la25_stub (input_bfd
, r_type
,
5530 target_is_16_bit_code_p
))
5531 symbol
= (h
->la25_stub
->stub_section
->output_section
->vma
5532 + h
->la25_stub
->stub_section
->output_offset
5533 + h
->la25_stub
->offset
);
5534 /* For direct MIPS16 and microMIPS calls make sure the compressed PLT
5535 entry is used if a standard PLT entry has also been made. In this
5536 case the symbol will have been set by mips_elf_set_plt_sym_value
5537 to point to the standard PLT entry, so redirect to the compressed
5539 else if ((r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
|| r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
)
5540 && !info
->relocatable
5543 && h
->root
.plt
.plist
->comp_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
5544 && h
->root
.plt
.plist
->mips_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
)
5546 bfd_boolean micromips_p
= MICROMIPS_P (abfd
);
5549 symbol
= (sec
->output_section
->vma
5550 + sec
->output_offset
5551 + htab
->plt_header_size
5552 + htab
->plt_mips_offset
5553 + h
->root
.plt
.plist
->comp_offset
5556 target_is_16_bit_code_p
= !micromips_p
;
5557 target_is_micromips_code_p
= micromips_p
;
5560 /* Make sure MIPS16 and microMIPS are not used together. */
5561 if ((r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
&& target_is_micromips_code_p
)
5562 || (micromips_branch_reloc_p (r_type
) && target_is_16_bit_code_p
))
5564 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
5565 (_("MIPS16 and microMIPS functions cannot call each other"));
5566 return bfd_reloc_notsupported
;
5569 /* Calls from 16-bit code to 32-bit code and vice versa require the
5570 mode change. However, we can ignore calls to undefined weak symbols,
5571 which should never be executed at runtime. This exception is important
5572 because the assembly writer may have "known" that any definition of the
5573 symbol would be 16-bit code, and that direct jumps were therefore
5575 *cross_mode_jump_p
= (!info
->relocatable
5576 && !(h
&& h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
5577 && ((r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
&& !target_is_16_bit_code_p
)
5578 || (r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
5579 && !target_is_micromips_code_p
)
5580 || ((r_type
== R_MIPS_26
|| r_type
== R_MIPS_JALR
)
5581 && (target_is_16_bit_code_p
5582 || target_is_micromips_code_p
))));
5584 local_p
= (h
== NULL
|| mips_use_local_got_p (info
, h
));
5586 gp0
= _bfd_get_gp_value (input_bfd
);
5587 gp
= _bfd_get_gp_value (abfd
);
5589 gp
+= mips_elf_adjust_gp (abfd
, htab
->got_info
, input_bfd
);
5594 /* Global R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE/R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE relocations are equivalent
5595 to R_MIPS_GOT_DISP/R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP. The addend is applied by the
5596 corresponding R_MIPS_GOT_OFST/R_MICROMIPS_GOT_OFST. */
5597 if (got_page_reloc_p (r_type
) && !local_p
)
5599 r_type
= (micromips_reloc_p (r_type
)
5600 ? R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP
: R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
);
5604 /* If we haven't already determined the GOT offset, and we're going
5605 to need it, get it now. */
5608 case R_MIPS16_CALL16
:
5609 case R_MIPS16_GOT16
:
5612 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
5613 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
5614 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
5615 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
5616 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
5617 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL16
:
5618 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT16
:
5619 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP
:
5620 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16
:
5621 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16
:
5622 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16
:
5623 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16
:
5625 case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
5626 case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
:
5627 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GD
:
5628 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
5629 case R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM
:
5630 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD
:
5631 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
5632 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM
:
5633 /* Find the index into the GOT where this value is located. */
5634 if (tls_ldm_reloc_p (r_type
))
5636 g
= mips_elf_local_got_index (abfd
, input_bfd
, info
,
5637 0, 0, NULL
, r_type
);
5639 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
5643 /* On VxWorks, CALL relocations should refer to the .got.plt
5644 entry, which is initialized to point at the PLT stub. */
5645 if (htab
->is_vxworks
5646 && (call_hi16_reloc_p (r_type
)
5647 || call_lo16_reloc_p (r_type
)
5648 || call16_reloc_p (r_type
)))
5650 BFD_ASSERT (addend
== 0);
5651 BFD_ASSERT (h
->root
.needs_plt
);
5652 g
= mips_elf_gotplt_index (info
, &h
->root
);
5656 BFD_ASSERT (addend
== 0);
5657 g
= mips_elf_global_got_index (abfd
, info
, input_bfd
,
5659 if (!TLS_RELOC_P (r_type
)
5660 && !elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
5661 /* This is a static link. We must initialize the GOT entry. */
5662 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (dynobj
, symbol
, htab
->sgot
->contents
+ g
);
5665 else if (!htab
->is_vxworks
5666 && (call16_reloc_p (r_type
) || got16_reloc_p (r_type
)))
5667 /* The calculation below does not involve "g". */
5671 g
= mips_elf_local_got_index (abfd
, input_bfd
, info
,
5672 symbol
+ addend
, r_symndx
, h
, r_type
);
5674 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
5677 /* Convert GOT indices to actual offsets. */
5678 g
= mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (info
, abfd
, input_bfd
, g
);
5682 /* Relocations against the VxWorks __GOTT_BASE__ and __GOTT_INDEX__
5683 symbols are resolved by the loader. Add them to .rela.dyn. */
5684 if (h
!= NULL
&& is_gott_symbol (info
, &h
->root
))
5686 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel
;
5690 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
5691 loc
= s
->contents
+ s
->reloc_count
++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
5693 outrel
.r_offset
= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
5694 + input_section
->output_offset
5695 + relocation
->r_offset
);
5696 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (h
->root
.dynindx
, r_type
);
5697 outrel
.r_addend
= addend
;
5698 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (abfd
, &outrel
, loc
);
5700 /* If we've written this relocation for a readonly section,
5701 we need to set DF_TEXTREL again, so that we do not delete the
5703 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (input_section
))
5704 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
5707 return bfd_reloc_ok
;
5710 /* Figure out what kind of relocation is being performed. */
5714 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
5717 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
5718 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 16);
5719 value
= symbol
+ addend
;
5720 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
5727 || (htab
->root
.dynamic_sections_created
5729 && h
->root
.def_dynamic
5730 && !h
->root
.def_regular
5731 && !h
->has_static_relocs
))
5732 && r_symndx
!= STN_UNDEF
5734 || h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
5735 || ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->root
.other
) == STV_DEFAULT
)
5736 && (input_section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
5738 /* If we're creating a shared library, then we can't know
5739 where the symbol will end up. So, we create a relocation
5740 record in the output, and leave the job up to the dynamic
5741 linker. We must do the same for executable references to
5742 shared library symbols, unless we've decided to use copy
5743 relocs or PLTs instead. */
5745 if (!mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation (abfd
,
5753 return bfd_reloc_undefined
;
5757 if (r_type
!= R_MIPS_REL32
)
5758 value
= symbol
+ addend
;
5762 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
5766 value
= symbol
+ addend
- p
;
5767 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
5771 /* The calculation for R_MIPS16_26 is just the same as for an
5772 R_MIPS_26. It's only the storage of the relocated field into
5773 the output file that's different. That's handled in
5774 mips_elf_perform_relocation. So, we just fall through to the
5775 R_MIPS_26 case here. */
5777 case R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
:
5781 /* Make sure the target of JALX is word-aligned. Bit 0 must be
5782 the correct ISA mode selector and bit 1 must be 0. */
5783 if (*cross_mode_jump_p
&& (symbol
& 3) != (r_type
== R_MIPS_26
))
5784 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
5786 /* Shift is 2, unusually, for microMIPS JALX. */
5787 shift
= (!*cross_mode_jump_p
&& r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
) ? 1 : 2;
5790 value
= addend
| ((p
+ 4) & (0xfc000000 << shift
));
5791 else if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
5792 value
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 26 + shift
);
5795 value
= (value
+ symbol
) >> shift
;
5796 if (!was_local_p
&& h
->root
.root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
5797 overflowed_p
= (value
>> 26) != ((p
+ 4) >> (26 + shift
));
5798 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
5802 case R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_HI16
:
5803 case R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_HI16
:
5804 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_DTPREL_HI16
:
5805 value
= (mips_elf_high (addend
+ symbol
- dtprel_base (info
))
5809 case R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL_LO16
:
5810 case R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL32
:
5811 case R_MIPS_TLS_DTPREL64
:
5812 case R_MIPS16_TLS_DTPREL_LO16
:
5813 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_DTPREL_LO16
:
5814 value
= (symbol
+ addend
- dtprel_base (info
)) & howto
->dst_mask
;
5817 case R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16
:
5818 case R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_HI16
:
5819 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_TPREL_HI16
:
5820 value
= (mips_elf_high (addend
+ symbol
- tprel_base (info
))
5824 case R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16
:
5825 case R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL32
:
5826 case R_MIPS_TLS_TPREL64
:
5827 case R_MIPS16_TLS_TPREL_LO16
:
5828 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_TPREL_LO16
:
5829 value
= (symbol
+ addend
- tprel_base (info
)) & howto
->dst_mask
;
5834 case R_MICROMIPS_HI16
:
5837 value
= mips_elf_high (addend
+ symbol
);
5838 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
5842 /* For MIPS16 ABI code we generate this sequence
5843 0: li $v0,%hi(_gp_disp)
5844 4: addiupc $v1,%lo(_gp_disp)
5848 So the offsets of hi and lo relocs are the same, but the
5849 base $pc is that used by the ADDIUPC instruction at $t9 + 4.
5850 ADDIUPC clears the low two bits of the instruction address,
5851 so the base is ($t9 + 4) & ~3. */
5852 if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_HI16
)
5853 value
= mips_elf_high (addend
+ gp
- ((p
+ 4) & ~(bfd_vma
) 0x3));
5854 /* The microMIPS .cpload sequence uses the same assembly
5855 instructions as the traditional psABI version, but the
5856 incoming $t9 has the low bit set. */
5857 else if (r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_HI16
)
5858 value
= mips_elf_high (addend
+ gp
- p
- 1);
5860 value
= mips_elf_high (addend
+ gp
- p
);
5861 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
5867 case R_MICROMIPS_LO16
:
5868 case R_MICROMIPS_HI0_LO16
:
5870 value
= (symbol
+ addend
) & howto
->dst_mask
;
5873 /* See the comment for R_MIPS16_HI16 above for the reason
5874 for this conditional. */
5875 if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_LO16
)
5876 value
= addend
+ gp
- (p
& ~(bfd_vma
) 0x3);
5877 else if (r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_LO16
5878 || r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_HI0_LO16
)
5879 value
= addend
+ gp
- p
+ 3;
5881 value
= addend
+ gp
- p
+ 4;
5882 /* The MIPS ABI requires checking the R_MIPS_LO16 relocation
5883 for overflow. But, on, say, IRIX5, relocations against
5884 _gp_disp are normally generated from the .cpload
5885 pseudo-op. It generates code that normally looks like
5888 lui $gp,%hi(_gp_disp)
5889 addiu $gp,$gp,%lo(_gp_disp)
5892 Here $t9 holds the address of the function being called,
5893 as required by the MIPS ELF ABI. The R_MIPS_LO16
5894 relocation can easily overflow in this situation, but the
5895 R_MIPS_HI16 relocation will handle the overflow.
5896 Therefore, we consider this a bug in the MIPS ABI, and do
5897 not check for overflow here. */
5901 case R_MIPS_LITERAL
:
5902 case R_MICROMIPS_LITERAL
:
5903 /* Because we don't merge literal sections, we can handle this
5904 just like R_MIPS_GPREL16. In the long run, we should merge
5905 shared literals, and then we will need to additional work
5910 case R_MIPS16_GPREL
:
5911 /* The R_MIPS16_GPREL performs the same calculation as
5912 R_MIPS_GPREL16, but stores the relocated bits in a different
5913 order. We don't need to do anything special here; the
5914 differences are handled in mips_elf_perform_relocation. */
5915 case R_MIPS_GPREL16
:
5916 case R_MICROMIPS_GPREL7_S2
:
5917 case R_MICROMIPS_GPREL16
:
5918 /* Only sign-extend the addend if it was extracted from the
5919 instruction. If the addend was separate, leave it alone,
5920 otherwise we may lose significant bits. */
5921 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
5922 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 16);
5923 value
= symbol
+ addend
- gp
;
5924 /* If the symbol was local, any earlier relocatable links will
5925 have adjusted its addend with the gp offset, so compensate
5926 for that now. Don't do it for symbols forced local in this
5927 link, though, since they won't have had the gp offset applied
5931 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
5934 case R_MIPS16_GOT16
:
5935 case R_MIPS16_CALL16
:
5938 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT16
:
5939 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL16
:
5940 /* VxWorks does not have separate local and global semantics for
5941 R_MIPS*_GOT16; every relocation evaluates to "G". */
5942 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
&& local_p
)
5944 value
= mips_elf_got16_entry (abfd
, input_bfd
, info
,
5945 symbol
+ addend
, !was_local_p
);
5946 if (value
== MINUS_ONE
)
5947 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
5949 = mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (info
, abfd
, input_bfd
, value
);
5950 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
5957 case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
5958 case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
:
5959 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
5960 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GD
:
5961 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
5962 case R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM
:
5963 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD
:
5964 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
5965 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM
:
5966 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP
:
5968 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
5971 case R_MIPS_GPREL32
:
5972 value
= (addend
+ symbol
+ gp0
- gp
);
5974 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
5978 case R_MIPS_GNU_REL16_S2
:
5979 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
5980 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 18);
5982 if ((symbol
+ addend
) & 3)
5983 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
5985 value
= symbol
+ addend
- p
;
5986 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 18);
5987 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
5988 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
5991 case R_MIPS_PC21_S2
:
5992 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
5993 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 23);
5995 if ((symbol
+ addend
) & 3)
5996 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
5998 value
= symbol
+ addend
- p
;
5999 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 23);
6000 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
6001 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6004 case R_MIPS_PC26_S2
:
6005 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
6006 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 28);
6008 if ((symbol
+ addend
) & 3)
6009 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
6011 value
= symbol
+ addend
- p
;
6012 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 28);
6013 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
6014 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6017 case R_MIPS_PC18_S3
:
6018 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
6019 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 21);
6021 if ((symbol
+ addend
) & 7)
6022 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
6024 value
= symbol
+ addend
- ((p
| 7) ^ 7);
6025 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 21);
6026 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
6027 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6030 case R_MIPS_PC19_S2
:
6031 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
6032 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 21);
6034 if ((symbol
+ addend
) & 3)
6035 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
6037 value
= symbol
+ addend
- p
;
6038 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 21);
6039 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
6040 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6044 value
= mips_elf_high (symbol
+ addend
- p
);
6045 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
6046 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6050 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
6051 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 16);
6052 value
= symbol
+ addend
- p
;
6053 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6056 case R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
:
6057 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
6058 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 8);
6059 value
= symbol
+ addend
- p
;
6060 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 8);
6061 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
6062 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6065 case R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1
:
6066 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
6067 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 11);
6068 value
= symbol
+ addend
- p
;
6069 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 11);
6070 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
6071 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6074 case R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
:
6075 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
6076 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 17);
6077 value
= symbol
+ addend
- p
;
6078 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 17);
6079 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
6080 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6083 case R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2
:
6084 if (howto
->partial_inplace
)
6085 addend
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (addend
, 25);
6086 value
= symbol
+ addend
- ((p
| 3) ^ 3);
6087 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 25);
6088 value
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
6089 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6092 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
6093 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
6094 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16
:
6095 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16
:
6096 /* We're allowed to handle these two relocations identically.
6097 The dynamic linker is allowed to handle the CALL relocations
6098 differently by creating a lazy evaluation stub. */
6100 value
= mips_elf_high (value
);
6101 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6104 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
6105 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
6106 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16
:
6107 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16
:
6108 value
= g
& howto
->dst_mask
;
6111 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
6112 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
6113 value
= mips_elf_got_page (abfd
, input_bfd
, info
, symbol
+ addend
, NULL
);
6114 if (value
== MINUS_ONE
)
6115 return bfd_reloc_outofrange
;
6116 value
= mips_elf_got_offset_from_index (info
, abfd
, input_bfd
, value
);
6117 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
6120 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST
:
6121 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_OFST
:
6123 mips_elf_got_page (abfd
, input_bfd
, info
, symbol
+ addend
, &value
);
6126 overflowed_p
= mips_elf_overflow_p (value
, 16);
6130 case R_MICROMIPS_SUB
:
6131 value
= symbol
- addend
;
6132 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6136 case R_MICROMIPS_HIGHER
:
6137 value
= mips_elf_higher (addend
+ symbol
);
6138 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6141 case R_MIPS_HIGHEST
:
6142 case R_MICROMIPS_HIGHEST
:
6143 value
= mips_elf_highest (addend
+ symbol
);
6144 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6147 case R_MIPS_SCN_DISP
:
6148 case R_MICROMIPS_SCN_DISP
:
6149 value
= symbol
+ addend
- sec
->output_offset
;
6150 value
&= howto
->dst_mask
;
6154 case R_MICROMIPS_JALR
:
6155 /* This relocation is only a hint. In some cases, we optimize
6156 it into a bal instruction. But we don't try to optimize
6157 when the symbol does not resolve locally. */
6158 if (h
!= NULL
&& !SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, &h
->root
))
6159 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
6160 value
= symbol
+ addend
;
6164 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
6165 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY
:
6166 /* We don't do anything with these at present. */
6167 return bfd_reloc_continue
;
6170 /* An unrecognized relocation type. */
6171 return bfd_reloc_notsupported
;
6174 /* Store the VALUE for our caller. */
6176 return overflowed_p
? bfd_reloc_overflow
: bfd_reloc_ok
;
6179 /* Obtain the field relocated by RELOCATION. */
6182 mips_elf_obtain_contents (reloc_howto_type
*howto
,
6183 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
,
6184 bfd
*input_bfd
, bfd_byte
*contents
)
6187 bfd_byte
*location
= contents
+ relocation
->r_offset
;
6189 /* Obtain the bytes. */
6190 x
= bfd_get ((8 * bfd_get_reloc_size (howto
)), input_bfd
, location
);
6195 /* It has been determined that the result of the RELOCATION is the
6196 VALUE. Use HOWTO to place VALUE into the output file at the
6197 appropriate position. The SECTION is the section to which the
6199 CROSS_MODE_JUMP_P is true if the relocation field
6200 is a MIPS16 or microMIPS jump to standard MIPS code, or vice versa.
6202 Returns FALSE if anything goes wrong. */
6205 mips_elf_perform_relocation (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
6206 reloc_howto_type
*howto
,
6207 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocation
,
6208 bfd_vma value
, bfd
*input_bfd
,
6209 asection
*input_section
, bfd_byte
*contents
,
6210 bfd_boolean cross_mode_jump_p
)
6214 int r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd
, relocation
->r_info
);
6216 /* Figure out where the relocation is occurring. */
6217 location
= contents
+ relocation
->r_offset
;
6219 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_unshuffle (input_bfd
, r_type
, FALSE
, location
);
6221 /* Obtain the current value. */
6222 x
= mips_elf_obtain_contents (howto
, relocation
, input_bfd
, contents
);
6224 /* Clear the field we are setting. */
6225 x
&= ~howto
->dst_mask
;
6227 /* Set the field. */
6228 x
|= (value
& howto
->dst_mask
);
6230 /* If required, turn JAL into JALX. */
6231 if (cross_mode_jump_p
&& jal_reloc_p (r_type
))
6234 bfd_vma opcode
= x
>> 26;
6235 bfd_vma jalx_opcode
;
6237 /* Check to see if the opcode is already JAL or JALX. */
6238 if (r_type
== R_MIPS16_26
)
6240 ok
= ((opcode
== 0x6) || (opcode
== 0x7));
6243 else if (r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
)
6245 ok
= ((opcode
== 0x3d) || (opcode
== 0x3c));
6250 ok
= ((opcode
== 0x3) || (opcode
== 0x1d));
6254 /* If the opcode is not JAL or JALX, there's a problem. We cannot
6255 convert J or JALS to JALX. */
6258 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
6259 (_("%B: %A+0x%lx: Unsupported jump between ISA modes; consider recompiling with interlinking enabled."),
6262 (unsigned long) relocation
->r_offset
);
6263 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
6267 /* Make this the JALX opcode. */
6268 x
= (x
& ~(0x3f << 26)) | (jalx_opcode
<< 26);
6271 /* Try converting JAL to BAL and J(AL)R to B(AL), if the target is in
6273 if (!info
->relocatable
6274 && !cross_mode_jump_p
6275 && ((JAL_TO_BAL_P (input_bfd
)
6276 && r_type
== R_MIPS_26
6277 && (x
>> 26) == 0x3) /* jal addr */
6278 || (JALR_TO_BAL_P (input_bfd
)
6279 && r_type
== R_MIPS_JALR
6280 && x
== 0x0320f809) /* jalr t9 */
6281 || (JR_TO_B_P (input_bfd
)
6282 && r_type
== R_MIPS_JALR
6283 && x
== 0x03200008))) /* jr t9 */
6289 addr
= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
6290 + input_section
->output_offset
6291 + relocation
->r_offset
6293 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_26
)
6294 dest
= (value
<< 2) | ((addr
>> 28) << 28);
6298 if (off
<= 0x1ffff && off
>= -0x20000)
6300 if (x
== 0x03200008) /* jr t9 */
6301 x
= 0x10000000 | (((bfd_vma
) off
>> 2) & 0xffff); /* b addr */
6303 x
= 0x04110000 | (((bfd_vma
) off
>> 2) & 0xffff); /* bal addr */
6307 /* Put the value into the output. */
6308 bfd_put (8 * bfd_get_reloc_size (howto
), input_bfd
, x
, location
);
6310 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_shuffle (input_bfd
, r_type
, !info
->relocatable
,
6316 /* Create a rel.dyn relocation for the dynamic linker to resolve. REL
6317 is the original relocation, which is now being transformed into a
6318 dynamic relocation. The ADDENDP is adjusted if necessary; the
6319 caller should store the result in place of the original addend. */
6322 mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation (bfd
*output_bfd
,
6323 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
6324 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
6325 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
6326 asection
*sec
, bfd_vma symbol
,
6327 bfd_vma
*addendp
, asection
*input_section
)
6329 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel
[3];
6334 bfd_boolean defined_p
;
6335 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
6337 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
6338 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
6340 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd
, rel
->r_info
);
6341 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
6342 sreloc
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
6343 BFD_ASSERT (sreloc
!= NULL
);
6344 BFD_ASSERT (sreloc
->contents
!= NULL
);
6345 BFD_ASSERT (sreloc
->reloc_count
* MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (output_bfd
)
6348 outrel
[0].r_offset
=
6349 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
, info
, input_section
, rel
[0].r_offset
);
6350 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
6352 outrel
[1].r_offset
=
6353 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
, info
, input_section
, rel
[1].r_offset
);
6354 outrel
[2].r_offset
=
6355 _bfd_elf_section_offset (output_bfd
, info
, input_section
, rel
[2].r_offset
);
6358 if (outrel
[0].r_offset
== MINUS_ONE
)
6359 /* The relocation field has been deleted. */
6362 if (outrel
[0].r_offset
== MINUS_TWO
)
6364 /* The relocation field has been converted into a relative value of
6365 some sort. Functions like _bfd_elf_write_section_eh_frame expect
6366 the field to be fully relocated, so add in the symbol's value. */
6371 /* We must now calculate the dynamic symbol table index to use
6372 in the relocation. */
6373 if (h
!= NULL
&& ! SYMBOL_REFERENCES_LOCAL (info
, &h
->root
))
6375 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->is_vxworks
|| h
->global_got_area
!= GGA_NONE
);
6376 indx
= h
->root
.dynindx
;
6377 if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
6378 defined_p
= h
->root
.def_regular
;
6380 /* ??? glibc's ld.so just adds the final GOT entry to the
6381 relocation field. It therefore treats relocs against
6382 defined symbols in the same way as relocs against
6383 undefined symbols. */
6388 if (sec
!= NULL
&& bfd_is_abs_section (sec
))
6390 else if (sec
== NULL
|| sec
->owner
== NULL
)
6392 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
6397 indx
= elf_section_data (sec
->output_section
)->dynindx
;
6400 asection
*osec
= htab
->root
.text_index_section
;
6401 indx
= elf_section_data (osec
)->dynindx
;
6407 /* Instead of generating a relocation using the section
6408 symbol, we may as well make it a fully relative
6409 relocation. We want to avoid generating relocations to
6410 local symbols because we used to generate them
6411 incorrectly, without adding the original symbol value,
6412 which is mandated by the ABI for section symbols. In
6413 order to give dynamic loaders and applications time to
6414 phase out the incorrect use, we refrain from emitting
6415 section-relative relocations. It's not like they're
6416 useful, after all. This should be a bit more efficient
6418 /* ??? Although this behavior is compatible with glibc's ld.so,
6419 the ABI says that relocations against STN_UNDEF should have
6420 a symbol value of 0. Irix rld honors this, so relocations
6421 against STN_UNDEF have no effect. */
6422 if (!SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
6427 /* If the relocation was previously an absolute relocation and
6428 this symbol will not be referred to by the relocation, we must
6429 adjust it by the value we give it in the dynamic symbol table.
6430 Otherwise leave the job up to the dynamic linker. */
6431 if (defined_p
&& r_type
!= R_MIPS_REL32
)
6434 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
6435 /* VxWorks uses non-relative relocations for this. */
6436 outrel
[0].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (indx
, R_MIPS_32
);
6438 /* The relocation is always an REL32 relocation because we don't
6439 know where the shared library will wind up at load-time. */
6440 outrel
[0].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, (unsigned long) indx
,
6443 /* For strict adherence to the ABI specification, we should
6444 generate a R_MIPS_64 relocation record by itself before the
6445 _REL32/_64 record as well, such that the addend is read in as
6446 a 64-bit value (REL32 is a 32-bit relocation, after all).
6447 However, since none of the existing ELF64 MIPS dynamic
6448 loaders seems to care, we don't waste space with these
6449 artificial relocations. If this turns out to not be true,
6450 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocation() should be tweaked so
6451 as to make room for a pair of dynamic relocations per
6452 invocation if ABI_64_P, and here we should generate an
6453 additional relocation record with R_MIPS_64 by itself for a
6454 NULL symbol before this relocation record. */
6455 outrel
[1].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, 0,
6456 ABI_64_P (output_bfd
)
6459 outrel
[2].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, 0, R_MIPS_NONE
);
6461 /* Adjust the output offset of the relocation to reference the
6462 correct location in the output file. */
6463 outrel
[0].r_offset
+= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
6464 + input_section
->output_offset
);
6465 outrel
[1].r_offset
+= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
6466 + input_section
->output_offset
);
6467 outrel
[2].r_offset
+= (input_section
->output_section
->vma
6468 + input_section
->output_offset
);
6470 /* Put the relocation back out. We have to use the special
6471 relocation outputter in the 64-bit case since the 64-bit
6472 relocation format is non-standard. */
6473 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
6475 (*get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
)->s
->swap_reloc_out
)
6476 (output_bfd
, &outrel
[0],
6478 + sreloc
->reloc_count
* sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel
)));
6480 else if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
6482 /* VxWorks uses RELA rather than REL dynamic relocations. */
6483 outrel
[0].r_addend
= *addendp
;
6484 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out
6485 (output_bfd
, &outrel
[0],
6487 + sreloc
->reloc_count
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
)));
6490 bfd_elf32_swap_reloc_out
6491 (output_bfd
, &outrel
[0],
6492 (sreloc
->contents
+ sreloc
->reloc_count
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel
)));
6494 /* We've now added another relocation. */
6495 ++sreloc
->reloc_count
;
6497 /* Make sure the output section is writable. The dynamic linker
6498 will be writing to it. */
6499 elf_section_data (input_section
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_flags
6502 /* On IRIX5, make an entry of compact relocation info. */
6503 if (IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd
) == ict_irix5
)
6505 asection
*scpt
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".compact_rel");
6510 Elf32_crinfo cptrel
;
6512 mips_elf_set_cr_format (cptrel
, CRF_MIPS_LONG
);
6513 cptrel
.vaddr
= (rel
->r_offset
6514 + input_section
->output_section
->vma
6515 + input_section
->output_offset
);
6516 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_REL32
)
6517 mips_elf_set_cr_type (cptrel
, CRT_MIPS_REL32
);
6519 mips_elf_set_cr_type (cptrel
, CRT_MIPS_WORD
);
6520 mips_elf_set_cr_dist2to (cptrel
, 0);
6521 cptrel
.konst
= *addendp
;
6523 cr
= (scpt
->contents
6524 + sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel
));
6525 mips_elf_set_cr_relvaddr (cptrel
, 0);
6526 bfd_elf32_swap_crinfo_out (output_bfd
, &cptrel
,
6527 ((Elf32_External_crinfo
*) cr
6528 + scpt
->reloc_count
));
6529 ++scpt
->reloc_count
;
6533 /* If we've written this relocation for a readonly section,
6534 we need to set DF_TEXTREL again, so that we do not delete the
6536 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (input_section
))
6537 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
6542 /* Return the MACH for a MIPS e_flags value. */
6545 _bfd_elf_mips_mach (flagword flags
)
6547 switch (flags
& EF_MIPS_MACH
)
6549 case E_MIPS_MACH_3900
:
6550 return bfd_mach_mips3900
;
6552 case E_MIPS_MACH_4010
:
6553 return bfd_mach_mips4010
;
6555 case E_MIPS_MACH_4100
:
6556 return bfd_mach_mips4100
;
6558 case E_MIPS_MACH_4111
:
6559 return bfd_mach_mips4111
;
6561 case E_MIPS_MACH_4120
:
6562 return bfd_mach_mips4120
;
6564 case E_MIPS_MACH_4650
:
6565 return bfd_mach_mips4650
;
6567 case E_MIPS_MACH_5400
:
6568 return bfd_mach_mips5400
;
6570 case E_MIPS_MACH_5500
:
6571 return bfd_mach_mips5500
;
6573 case E_MIPS_MACH_5900
:
6574 return bfd_mach_mips5900
;
6576 case E_MIPS_MACH_9000
:
6577 return bfd_mach_mips9000
;
6579 case E_MIPS_MACH_SB1
:
6580 return bfd_mach_mips_sb1
;
6582 case E_MIPS_MACH_LS2E
:
6583 return bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2e
;
6585 case E_MIPS_MACH_LS2F
:
6586 return bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2f
;
6588 case E_MIPS_MACH_LS3A
:
6589 return bfd_mach_mips_loongson_3a
;
6591 case E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON3
:
6592 return bfd_mach_mips_octeon3
;
6594 case E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON2
:
6595 return bfd_mach_mips_octeon2
;
6597 case E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON
:
6598 return bfd_mach_mips_octeon
;
6600 case E_MIPS_MACH_XLR
:
6601 return bfd_mach_mips_xlr
;
6604 switch (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
)
6608 return bfd_mach_mips3000
;
6611 return bfd_mach_mips6000
;
6614 return bfd_mach_mips4000
;
6617 return bfd_mach_mips8000
;
6620 return bfd_mach_mips5
;
6622 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32
:
6623 return bfd_mach_mipsisa32
;
6625 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64
:
6626 return bfd_mach_mipsisa64
;
6628 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
:
6629 return bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2
;
6631 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
:
6632 return bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2
;
6634 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32R6
:
6635 return bfd_mach_mipsisa32r6
;
6637 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64R6
:
6638 return bfd_mach_mipsisa64r6
;
6645 /* Return printable name for ABI. */
6647 static INLINE
char *
6648 elf_mips_abi_name (bfd
*abfd
)
6652 flags
= elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
;
6653 switch (flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
)
6656 if (ABI_N32_P (abfd
))
6658 else if (ABI_64_P (abfd
))
6662 case E_MIPS_ABI_O32
:
6664 case E_MIPS_ABI_O64
:
6666 case E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32
:
6668 case E_MIPS_ABI_EABI64
:
6671 return "unknown abi";
6675 /* MIPS ELF uses two common sections. One is the usual one, and the
6676 other is for small objects. All the small objects are kept
6677 together, and then referenced via the gp pointer, which yields
6678 faster assembler code. This is what we use for the small common
6679 section. This approach is copied from ecoff.c. */
6680 static asection mips_elf_scom_section
;
6681 static asymbol mips_elf_scom_symbol
;
6682 static asymbol
*mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr
;
6684 /* MIPS ELF also uses an acommon section, which represents an
6685 allocated common symbol which may be overridden by a
6686 definition in a shared library. */
6687 static asection mips_elf_acom_section
;
6688 static asymbol mips_elf_acom_symbol
;
6689 static asymbol
*mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr
;
6691 /* This is used for both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */
6694 _bfd_mips_elf_symbol_processing (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*asym
)
6696 elf_symbol_type
*elfsym
;
6698 /* Handle the special MIPS section numbers that a symbol may use. */
6699 elfsym
= (elf_symbol_type
*) asym
;
6700 switch (elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_shndx
)
6702 case SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON
:
6703 /* This section is used in a dynamically linked executable file.
6704 It is an allocated common section. The dynamic linker can
6705 either resolve these symbols to something in a shared
6706 library, or it can just leave them here. For our purposes,
6707 we can consider these symbols to be in a new section. */
6708 if (mips_elf_acom_section
.name
== NULL
)
6710 /* Initialize the acommon section. */
6711 mips_elf_acom_section
.name
= ".acommon";
6712 mips_elf_acom_section
.flags
= SEC_ALLOC
;
6713 mips_elf_acom_section
.output_section
= &mips_elf_acom_section
;
6714 mips_elf_acom_section
.symbol
= &mips_elf_acom_symbol
;
6715 mips_elf_acom_section
.symbol_ptr_ptr
= &mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr
;
6716 mips_elf_acom_symbol
.name
= ".acommon";
6717 mips_elf_acom_symbol
.flags
= BSF_SECTION_SYM
;
6718 mips_elf_acom_symbol
.section
= &mips_elf_acom_section
;
6719 mips_elf_acom_symbol_ptr
= &mips_elf_acom_symbol
;
6721 asym
->section
= &mips_elf_acom_section
;
6725 /* Common symbols less than the GP size are automatically
6726 treated as SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON symbols on IRIX5. */
6727 if (asym
->value
> elf_gp_size (abfd
)
6728 || ELF_ST_TYPE (elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_info
) == STT_TLS
6729 || IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix6
)
6732 case SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON
:
6733 if (mips_elf_scom_section
.name
== NULL
)
6735 /* Initialize the small common section. */
6736 mips_elf_scom_section
.name
= ".scommon";
6737 mips_elf_scom_section
.flags
= SEC_IS_COMMON
;
6738 mips_elf_scom_section
.output_section
= &mips_elf_scom_section
;
6739 mips_elf_scom_section
.symbol
= &mips_elf_scom_symbol
;
6740 mips_elf_scom_section
.symbol_ptr_ptr
= &mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr
;
6741 mips_elf_scom_symbol
.name
= ".scommon";
6742 mips_elf_scom_symbol
.flags
= BSF_SECTION_SYM
;
6743 mips_elf_scom_symbol
.section
= &mips_elf_scom_section
;
6744 mips_elf_scom_symbol_ptr
= &mips_elf_scom_symbol
;
6746 asym
->section
= &mips_elf_scom_section
;
6747 asym
->value
= elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_size
;
6750 case SHN_MIPS_SUNDEFINED
:
6751 asym
->section
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
6756 asection
*section
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".text");
6758 if (section
!= NULL
)
6760 asym
->section
= section
;
6761 /* MIPS_TEXT is a bit special, the address is not an offset
6762 to the base of the .text section. So substract the section
6763 base address to make it an offset. */
6764 asym
->value
-= section
->vma
;
6771 asection
*section
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".data");
6773 if (section
!= NULL
)
6775 asym
->section
= section
;
6776 /* MIPS_DATA is a bit special, the address is not an offset
6777 to the base of the .data section. So substract the section
6778 base address to make it an offset. */
6779 asym
->value
-= section
->vma
;
6785 /* If this is an odd-valued function symbol, assume it's a MIPS16
6786 or microMIPS one. */
6787 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_info
) == STT_FUNC
6788 && (asym
->value
& 1) != 0)
6791 if (MICROMIPS_P (abfd
))
6792 elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
6793 = ELF_ST_SET_MICROMIPS (elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
);
6795 elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
6796 = ELF_ST_SET_MIPS16 (elfsym
->internal_elf_sym
.st_other
);
6800 /* Implement elf_backend_eh_frame_address_size. This differs from
6801 the default in the way it handles EABI64.
6803 EABI64 was originally specified as an LP64 ABI, and that is what
6804 -mabi=eabi normally gives on a 64-bit target. However, gcc has
6805 historically accepted the combination of -mabi=eabi and -mlong32,
6806 and this ILP32 variation has become semi-official over time.
6807 Both forms use elf32 and have pointer-sized FDE addresses.
6809 If an EABI object was generated by GCC 4.0 or above, it will have
6810 an empty .gcc_compiled_longXX section, where XX is the size of longs
6811 in bits. Unfortunately, ILP32 objects generated by earlier compilers
6812 have no special marking to distinguish them from LP64 objects.
6814 We don't want users of the official LP64 ABI to be punished for the
6815 existence of the ILP32 variant, but at the same time, we don't want
6816 to mistakenly interpret pre-4.0 ILP32 objects as being LP64 objects.
6817 We therefore take the following approach:
6819 - If ABFD contains a .gcc_compiled_longXX section, use it to
6820 determine the pointer size.
6822 - Otherwise check the type of the first relocation. Assume that
6823 the LP64 ABI is being used if the relocation is of type R_MIPS_64.
6827 The second check is enough to detect LP64 objects generated by pre-4.0
6828 compilers because, in the kind of output generated by those compilers,
6829 the first relocation will be associated with either a CIE personality
6830 routine or an FDE start address. Furthermore, the compilers never
6831 used a special (non-pointer) encoding for this ABI.
6833 Checking the relocation type should also be safe because there is no
6834 reason to use R_MIPS_64 in an ILP32 object. Pre-4.0 compilers never
6838 _bfd_mips_elf_eh_frame_address_size (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
)
6840 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
] == ELFCLASS64
)
6842 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI64
)
6844 bfd_boolean long32_p
, long64_p
;
6846 long32_p
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".gcc_compiled_long32") != 0;
6847 long64_p
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".gcc_compiled_long64") != 0;
6848 if (long32_p
&& long64_p
)
6855 if (sec
->reloc_count
> 0
6856 && elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= NULL
6857 && (ELF32_R_TYPE (elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
[0].r_info
)
6866 /* There appears to be a bug in the MIPSpro linker that causes GOT_DISP
6867 relocations against two unnamed section symbols to resolve to the
6868 same address. For example, if we have code like:
6870 lw $4,%got_disp(.data)($gp)
6871 lw $25,%got_disp(.text)($gp)
6874 then the linker will resolve both relocations to .data and the program
6875 will jump there rather than to .text.
6877 We can work around this problem by giving names to local section symbols.
6878 This is also what the MIPSpro tools do. */
6881 _bfd_mips_elf_name_local_section_symbols (bfd
*abfd
)
6883 return SGI_COMPAT (abfd
);
6886 /* Work over a section just before writing it out. This routine is
6887 used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. FIXME: We recognize
6888 sections that need the SHF_MIPS_GPREL flag by name; there has to be
6892 _bfd_mips_elf_section_processing (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
)
6894 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_REGINFO
6895 && hdr
->sh_size
> 0)
6899 BFD_ASSERT (hdr
->sh_size
== sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
));
6900 BFD_ASSERT (hdr
->contents
== NULL
);
6903 hdr
->sh_offset
+ sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
) - 4,
6906 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, elf_gp (abfd
), buf
);
6907 if (bfd_bwrite (buf
, 4, abfd
) != 4)
6911 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
6912 && hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
6913 && mips_elf_section_data (hdr
->bfd_section
) != NULL
6914 && mips_elf_section_data (hdr
->bfd_section
)->u
.tdata
!= NULL
)
6916 bfd_byte
*contents
, *l
, *lend
;
6918 /* We stored the section contents in the tdata field in the
6919 set_section_contents routine. We save the section contents
6920 so that we don't have to read them again.
6921 At this point we know that elf_gp is set, so we can look
6922 through the section contents to see if there is an
6923 ODK_REGINFO structure. */
6925 contents
= mips_elf_section_data (hdr
->bfd_section
)->u
.tdata
;
6927 lend
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
;
6928 while (l
+ sizeof (Elf_External_Options
) <= lend
)
6930 Elf_Internal_Options intopt
;
6932 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (abfd
, (Elf_External_Options
*) l
,
6934 if (intopt
.size
< sizeof (Elf_External_Options
))
6936 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
6937 (_("%B: Warning: bad `%s' option size %u smaller than its header"),
6938 abfd
, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd
), intopt
.size
);
6941 if (ABI_64_P (abfd
) && intopt
.kind
== ODK_REGINFO
)
6948 + sizeof (Elf_External_Options
)
6949 + (sizeof (Elf64_External_RegInfo
) - 8)),
6952 H_PUT_64 (abfd
, elf_gp (abfd
), buf
);
6953 if (bfd_bwrite (buf
, 8, abfd
) != 8)
6956 else if (intopt
.kind
== ODK_REGINFO
)
6963 + sizeof (Elf_External_Options
)
6964 + (sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
) - 4)),
6967 H_PUT_32 (abfd
, elf_gp (abfd
), buf
);
6968 if (bfd_bwrite (buf
, 4, abfd
) != 4)
6975 if (hdr
->bfd_section
!= NULL
)
6977 const char *name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, hdr
->bfd_section
);
6979 /* .sbss is not handled specially here because the GNU/Linux
6980 prelinker can convert .sbss from NOBITS to PROGBITS and
6981 changing it back to NOBITS breaks the binary. The entry in
6982 _bfd_mips_elf_special_sections will ensure the correct flags
6983 are set on .sbss if BFD creates it without reading it from an
6984 input file, and without special handling here the flags set
6985 on it in an input file will be followed. */
6986 if (strcmp (name
, ".sdata") == 0
6987 || strcmp (name
, ".lit8") == 0
6988 || strcmp (name
, ".lit4") == 0)
6990 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_ALLOC
| SHF_WRITE
| SHF_MIPS_GPREL
;
6991 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_PROGBITS
;
6993 else if (strcmp (name
, ".srdata") == 0)
6995 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_ALLOC
| SHF_MIPS_GPREL
;
6996 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_PROGBITS
;
6998 else if (strcmp (name
, ".compact_rel") == 0)
7001 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_PROGBITS
;
7003 else if (strcmp (name
, ".rtproc") == 0)
7005 if (hdr
->sh_addralign
!= 0 && hdr
->sh_entsize
== 0)
7007 unsigned int adjust
;
7009 adjust
= hdr
->sh_size
% hdr
->sh_addralign
;
7011 hdr
->sh_size
+= hdr
->sh_addralign
- adjust
;
7019 /* Handle a MIPS specific section when reading an object file. This
7020 is called when elfcode.h finds a section with an unknown type.
7021 This routine supports both the 32-bit and 64-bit ELF ABI.
7023 FIXME: We need to handle the SHF_MIPS_GPREL flag, but I'm not sure
7027 _bfd_mips_elf_section_from_shdr (bfd
*abfd
,
7028 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
,
7034 /* There ought to be a place to keep ELF backend specific flags, but
7035 at the moment there isn't one. We just keep track of the
7036 sections by their name, instead. Fortunately, the ABI gives
7037 suggested names for all the MIPS specific sections, so we will
7038 probably get away with this. */
7039 switch (hdr
->sh_type
)
7041 case SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST
:
7042 if (strcmp (name
, ".liblist") != 0)
7046 if (strcmp (name
, ".msym") != 0)
7049 case SHT_MIPS_CONFLICT
:
7050 if (strcmp (name
, ".conflict") != 0)
7053 case SHT_MIPS_GPTAB
:
7054 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".gptab."))
7057 case SHT_MIPS_UCODE
:
7058 if (strcmp (name
, ".ucode") != 0)
7061 case SHT_MIPS_DEBUG
:
7062 if (strcmp (name
, ".mdebug") != 0)
7064 flags
= SEC_DEBUGGING
;
7066 case SHT_MIPS_REGINFO
:
7067 if (strcmp (name
, ".reginfo") != 0
7068 || hdr
->sh_size
!= sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
))
7070 flags
= (SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_SAME_SIZE
);
7072 case SHT_MIPS_IFACE
:
7073 if (strcmp (name
, ".MIPS.interfaces") != 0)
7076 case SHT_MIPS_CONTENT
:
7077 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.content"))
7080 case SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
:
7081 if (!MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P (name
))
7084 case SHT_MIPS_ABIFLAGS
:
7085 if (!MIPS_ELF_ABIFLAGS_SECTION_NAME_P (name
))
7087 flags
= (SEC_LINK_ONCE
| SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES_SAME_SIZE
);
7089 case SHT_MIPS_DWARF
:
7090 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".debug_")
7091 && ! CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".zdebug_"))
7094 case SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB
:
7095 if (strcmp (name
, ".MIPS.symlib") != 0)
7098 case SHT_MIPS_EVENTS
:
7099 if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.events")
7100 && ! CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.post_rel"))
7107 if (! _bfd_elf_make_section_from_shdr (abfd
, hdr
, name
, shindex
))
7112 if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd
, hdr
->bfd_section
,
7113 (bfd_get_section_flags (abfd
,
7119 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_ABIFLAGS
)
7121 Elf_External_ABIFlags_v0 ext
;
7123 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, hdr
->bfd_section
,
7124 &ext
, 0, sizeof ext
))
7126 bfd_mips_elf_swap_abiflags_v0_in (abfd
, &ext
,
7127 &mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->abiflags
);
7128 if (mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->abiflags
.version
!= 0)
7130 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->abiflags_valid
= TRUE
;
7133 /* FIXME: We should record sh_info for a .gptab section. */
7135 /* For a .reginfo section, set the gp value in the tdata information
7136 from the contents of this section. We need the gp value while
7137 processing relocs, so we just get it now. The .reginfo section
7138 is not used in the 64-bit MIPS ELF ABI. */
7139 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_REGINFO
)
7141 Elf32_External_RegInfo ext
;
7144 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, hdr
->bfd_section
,
7145 &ext
, 0, sizeof ext
))
7147 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (abfd
, &ext
, &s
);
7148 elf_gp (abfd
) = s
.ri_gp_value
;
7151 /* For a SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS section, look for a ODK_REGINFO entry, and
7152 set the gp value based on what we find. We may see both
7153 SHT_MIPS_REGINFO and SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS/ODK_REGINFO; in that case,
7154 they should agree. */
7155 if (hdr
->sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
)
7157 bfd_byte
*contents
, *l
, *lend
;
7159 contents
= bfd_malloc (hdr
->sh_size
);
7160 if (contents
== NULL
)
7162 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (abfd
, hdr
->bfd_section
, contents
,
7169 lend
= contents
+ hdr
->sh_size
;
7170 while (l
+ sizeof (Elf_External_Options
) <= lend
)
7172 Elf_Internal_Options intopt
;
7174 bfd_mips_elf_swap_options_in (abfd
, (Elf_External_Options
*) l
,
7176 if (intopt
.size
< sizeof (Elf_External_Options
))
7178 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
7179 (_("%B: Warning: bad `%s' option size %u smaller than its header"),
7180 abfd
, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd
), intopt
.size
);
7183 if (ABI_64_P (abfd
) && intopt
.kind
== ODK_REGINFO
)
7185 Elf64_Internal_RegInfo intreg
;
7187 bfd_mips_elf64_swap_reginfo_in
7189 ((Elf64_External_RegInfo
*)
7190 (l
+ sizeof (Elf_External_Options
))),
7192 elf_gp (abfd
) = intreg
.ri_gp_value
;
7194 else if (intopt
.kind
== ODK_REGINFO
)
7196 Elf32_RegInfo intreg
;
7198 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in
7200 ((Elf32_External_RegInfo
*)
7201 (l
+ sizeof (Elf_External_Options
))),
7203 elf_gp (abfd
) = intreg
.ri_gp_value
;
7213 /* Set the correct type for a MIPS ELF section. We do this by the
7214 section name, which is a hack, but ought to work. This routine is
7215 used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */
7218 _bfd_mips_elf_fake_sections (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
, asection
*sec
)
7220 const char *name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
);
7222 if (strcmp (name
, ".liblist") == 0)
7224 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST
;
7225 hdr
->sh_info
= sec
->size
/ sizeof (Elf32_Lib
);
7226 /* The sh_link field is set in final_write_processing. */
7228 else if (strcmp (name
, ".conflict") == 0)
7229 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_CONFLICT
;
7230 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".gptab."))
7232 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_GPTAB
;
7233 hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
);
7234 /* The sh_info field is set in final_write_processing. */
7236 else if (strcmp (name
, ".ucode") == 0)
7237 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_UCODE
;
7238 else if (strcmp (name
, ".mdebug") == 0)
7240 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_DEBUG
;
7241 /* In a shared object on IRIX 5.3, the .mdebug section has an
7242 entsize of 0. FIXME: Does this matter? */
7243 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
) && (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
7244 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
7246 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 1;
7248 else if (strcmp (name
, ".reginfo") == 0)
7250 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_REGINFO
;
7251 /* In a shared object on IRIX 5.3, the .reginfo section has an
7252 entsize of 0x18. FIXME: Does this matter? */
7253 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
7255 if ((abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
7256 hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
);
7258 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 1;
7261 hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
);
7263 else if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
7264 && (strcmp (name
, ".hash") == 0
7265 || strcmp (name
, ".dynamic") == 0
7266 || strcmp (name
, ".dynstr") == 0))
7268 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
7269 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 0;
7271 /* This isn't how the IRIX6 linker behaves. */
7272 hdr
->sh_info
= SIZEOF_MIPS_DYNSYM_SECNAMES
;
7275 else if (strcmp (name
, ".got") == 0
7276 || strcmp (name
, ".srdata") == 0
7277 || strcmp (name
, ".sdata") == 0
7278 || strcmp (name
, ".sbss") == 0
7279 || strcmp (name
, ".lit4") == 0
7280 || strcmp (name
, ".lit8") == 0)
7281 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_GPREL
;
7282 else if (strcmp (name
, ".MIPS.interfaces") == 0)
7284 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_IFACE
;
7285 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP
;
7287 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.content"))
7289 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_CONTENT
;
7290 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP
;
7291 /* The sh_info field is set in final_write_processing. */
7293 else if (MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P (name
))
7295 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
;
7296 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 1;
7297 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP
;
7299 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.abiflags"))
7301 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_ABIFLAGS
;
7302 hdr
->sh_entsize
= sizeof (Elf_External_ABIFlags_v0
);
7304 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".debug_")
7305 || CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".zdebug_"))
7307 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_DWARF
;
7309 /* Irix facilities such as libexc expect a single .debug_frame
7310 per executable, the system ones have NOSTRIP set and the linker
7311 doesn't merge sections with different flags so ... */
7312 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
) && CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".debug_frame"))
7313 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP
;
7315 else if (strcmp (name
, ".MIPS.symlib") == 0)
7317 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB
;
7318 /* The sh_link and sh_info fields are set in
7319 final_write_processing. */
7321 else if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.events")
7322 || CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.post_rel"))
7324 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_EVENTS
;
7325 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_MIPS_NOSTRIP
;
7326 /* The sh_link field is set in final_write_processing. */
7328 else if (strcmp (name
, ".msym") == 0)
7330 hdr
->sh_type
= SHT_MIPS_MSYM
;
7331 hdr
->sh_flags
|= SHF_ALLOC
;
7332 hdr
->sh_entsize
= 8;
7335 /* The generic elf_fake_sections will set up REL_HDR using the default
7336 kind of relocations. We used to set up a second header for the
7337 non-default kind of relocations here, but only NewABI would use
7338 these, and the IRIX ld doesn't like resulting empty RELA sections.
7339 Thus we create those header only on demand now. */
7344 /* Given a BFD section, try to locate the corresponding ELF section
7345 index. This is used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI.
7346 Actually, it's not clear to me that the 64-bit ABI supports these,
7347 but for non-PIC objects we will certainly want support for at least
7348 the .scommon section. */
7351 _bfd_mips_elf_section_from_bfd_section (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7352 asection
*sec
, int *retval
)
7354 if (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
), ".scommon") == 0)
7356 *retval
= SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON
;
7359 if (strcmp (bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
), ".acommon") == 0)
7361 *retval
= SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON
;
7367 /* Hook called by the linker routine which adds symbols from an object
7368 file. We must handle the special MIPS section numbers here. */
7371 _bfd_mips_elf_add_symbol_hook (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
7372 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
, const char **namep
,
7373 flagword
*flagsp ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7374 asection
**secp
, bfd_vma
*valp
)
7376 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
7377 && (abfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0
7378 && strcmp (*namep
, "_rld_new_interface") == 0)
7380 /* Skip IRIX5 rld entry name. */
7385 /* Shared objects may have a dynamic symbol '_gp_disp' defined as
7386 a SECTION *ABS*. This causes ld to think it can resolve _gp_disp
7387 by setting a DT_NEEDED for the shared object. Since _gp_disp is
7388 a magic symbol resolved by the linker, we ignore this bogus definition
7389 of _gp_disp. New ABI objects do not suffer from this problem so this
7390 is not done for them. */
7392 && (sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_ABS
)
7393 && (strcmp (*namep
, "_gp_disp") == 0))
7399 switch (sym
->st_shndx
)
7402 /* Common symbols less than the GP size are automatically
7403 treated as SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON symbols. */
7404 if (sym
->st_size
> elf_gp_size (abfd
)
7405 || ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_TLS
7406 || IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix6
)
7409 case SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON
:
7410 *secp
= bfd_make_section_old_way (abfd
, ".scommon");
7411 (*secp
)->flags
|= SEC_IS_COMMON
;
7412 *valp
= sym
->st_size
;
7416 /* This section is used in a shared object. */
7417 if (mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_section
== NULL
)
7419 asymbol
*elf_text_symbol
;
7420 asection
*elf_text_section
;
7421 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (asection
);
7423 elf_text_section
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
7424 if (elf_text_section
== NULL
)
7427 amt
= sizeof (asymbol
);
7428 elf_text_symbol
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
7429 if (elf_text_symbol
== NULL
)
7432 /* Initialize the section. */
7434 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_section
= elf_text_section
;
7435 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_symbol
= elf_text_symbol
;
7437 elf_text_section
->symbol
= elf_text_symbol
;
7438 elf_text_section
->symbol_ptr_ptr
= &mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_symbol
;
7440 elf_text_section
->name
= ".text";
7441 elf_text_section
->flags
= SEC_NO_FLAGS
;
7442 elf_text_section
->output_section
= NULL
;
7443 elf_text_section
->owner
= abfd
;
7444 elf_text_symbol
->name
= ".text";
7445 elf_text_symbol
->flags
= BSF_SECTION_SYM
| BSF_DYNAMIC
;
7446 elf_text_symbol
->section
= elf_text_section
;
7448 /* This code used to do *secp = bfd_und_section_ptr if
7449 info->shared. I don't know why, and that doesn't make sense,
7450 so I took it out. */
7451 *secp
= mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_text_section
;
7454 case SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON
:
7455 /* Fall through. XXX Can we treat this as allocated data? */
7457 /* This section is used in a shared object. */
7458 if (mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_section
== NULL
)
7460 asymbol
*elf_data_symbol
;
7461 asection
*elf_data_section
;
7462 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (asection
);
7464 elf_data_section
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
7465 if (elf_data_section
== NULL
)
7468 amt
= sizeof (asymbol
);
7469 elf_data_symbol
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
7470 if (elf_data_symbol
== NULL
)
7473 /* Initialize the section. */
7475 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_section
= elf_data_section
;
7476 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_symbol
= elf_data_symbol
;
7478 elf_data_section
->symbol
= elf_data_symbol
;
7479 elf_data_section
->symbol_ptr_ptr
= &mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_symbol
;
7481 elf_data_section
->name
= ".data";
7482 elf_data_section
->flags
= SEC_NO_FLAGS
;
7483 elf_data_section
->output_section
= NULL
;
7484 elf_data_section
->owner
= abfd
;
7485 elf_data_symbol
->name
= ".data";
7486 elf_data_symbol
->flags
= BSF_SECTION_SYM
| BSF_DYNAMIC
;
7487 elf_data_symbol
->section
= elf_data_section
;
7489 /* This code used to do *secp = bfd_und_section_ptr if
7490 info->shared. I don't know why, and that doesn't make sense,
7491 so I took it out. */
7492 *secp
= mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->elf_data_section
;
7495 case SHN_MIPS_SUNDEFINED
:
7496 *secp
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
7500 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
7502 && info
->output_bfd
->xvec
== abfd
->xvec
7503 && strcmp (*namep
, "__rld_obj_head") == 0)
7505 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
7506 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
7508 /* Mark __rld_obj_head as dynamic. */
7510 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
7511 (info
, abfd
, *namep
, BSF_GLOBAL
, *secp
, *valp
, NULL
, FALSE
,
7512 get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
7515 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
7518 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
7520 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
7523 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_rld_obj_head
= TRUE
;
7524 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->rld_symbol
= h
;
7527 /* If this is a mips16 text symbol, add 1 to the value to make it
7528 odd. This will cause something like .word SYM to come up with
7529 the right value when it is loaded into the PC. */
7530 if (ELF_ST_IS_COMPRESSED (sym
->st_other
))
7536 /* This hook function is called before the linker writes out a global
7537 symbol. We mark symbols as small common if appropriate. This is
7538 also where we undo the increment of the value for a mips16 symbol. */
7541 _bfd_mips_elf_link_output_symbol_hook
7542 (struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
7543 const char *name ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
, Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
,
7544 asection
*input_sec
, struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
7546 /* If we see a common symbol, which implies a relocatable link, then
7547 if a symbol was small common in an input file, mark it as small
7548 common in the output file. */
7549 if (sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
7550 && strcmp (input_sec
->name
, ".scommon") == 0)
7551 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON
;
7553 if (ELF_ST_IS_COMPRESSED (sym
->st_other
))
7554 sym
->st_value
&= ~1;
7559 /* Functions for the dynamic linker. */
7561 /* Create dynamic sections when linking against a dynamic object. */
7564 _bfd_mips_elf_create_dynamic_sections (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
7566 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
7567 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*bh
;
7569 register asection
*s
;
7570 const char * const *namep
;
7571 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
7573 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
7574 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
7576 flags
= (SEC_ALLOC
| SEC_LOAD
| SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
7577 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
| SEC_READONLY
);
7579 /* The psABI requires a read-only .dynamic section, but the VxWorks
7581 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
)
7583 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".dynamic");
7586 if (! bfd_set_section_flags (abfd
, s
, flags
))
7591 /* We need to create .got section. */
7592 if (!mips_elf_create_got_section (abfd
, info
))
7595 if (! mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, TRUE
))
7598 /* Create .stub section. */
7599 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
,
7600 MIPS_ELF_STUB_SECTION_NAME (abfd
),
7603 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
,
7604 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
)))
7608 if (!mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_rld_obj_head
7610 && bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".rld_map") == NULL
)
7612 s
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
, ".rld_map",
7613 flags
&~ (flagword
) SEC_READONLY
);
7615 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
,
7616 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
)))
7620 /* On IRIX5, we adjust add some additional symbols and change the
7621 alignments of several sections. There is no ABI documentation
7622 indicating that this is necessary on IRIX6, nor any evidence that
7623 the linker takes such action. */
7624 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix5
)
7626 for (namep
= mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
; *namep
!= NULL
; namep
++)
7629 if (! (_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
7630 (info
, abfd
, *namep
, BSF_GLOBAL
, bfd_und_section_ptr
, 0,
7631 NULL
, FALSE
, get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
7634 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
7637 h
->type
= STT_SECTION
;
7639 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
7643 /* We need to create a .compact_rel section. */
7644 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
7646 if (!mips_elf_create_compact_rel_section (abfd
, info
))
7650 /* Change alignments of some sections. */
7651 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".hash");
7653 (void) bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
));
7655 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".dynsym");
7657 (void) bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
));
7659 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".dynstr");
7661 (void) bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
));
7664 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".reginfo");
7666 (void) bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
));
7668 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".dynamic");
7670 (void) bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, s
, MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (abfd
));
7677 name
= SGI_COMPAT (abfd
) ? "_DYNAMIC_LINK" : "_DYNAMIC_LINKING";
7679 if (!(_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
7680 (info
, abfd
, name
, BSF_GLOBAL
, bfd_abs_section_ptr
, 0,
7681 NULL
, FALSE
, get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
7684 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
7687 h
->type
= STT_SECTION
;
7689 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
7692 if (! mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_rld_obj_head
)
7694 /* __rld_map is a four byte word located in the .data section
7695 and is filled in by the rtld to contain a pointer to
7696 the _r_debug structure. Its symbol value will be set in
7697 _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol. */
7698 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".rld_map");
7699 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
7701 name
= SGI_COMPAT (abfd
) ? "__rld_map" : "__RLD_MAP";
7703 if (!(_bfd_generic_link_add_one_symbol
7704 (info
, abfd
, name
, BSF_GLOBAL
, s
, 0, NULL
, FALSE
,
7705 get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->collect
, &bh
)))
7708 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) bh
;
7711 h
->type
= STT_OBJECT
;
7713 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
7715 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->rld_symbol
= h
;
7719 /* Create the .plt, .rel(a).plt, .dynbss and .rel(a).bss sections.
7720 Also, on VxWorks, create the _PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_ symbol. */
7721 if (!_bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections (abfd
, info
))
7724 /* Cache the sections created above. */
7725 htab
->splt
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".plt");
7726 htab
->sdynbss
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".dynbss");
7727 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
7729 htab
->srelbss
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".rela.bss");
7730 htab
->srelplt
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".rela.plt");
7733 htab
->srelplt
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".rel.plt");
7735 || (htab
->is_vxworks
&& !htab
->srelbss
&& !info
->shared
)
7740 /* Do the usual VxWorks handling. */
7741 if (htab
->is_vxworks
7742 && !elf_vxworks_create_dynamic_sections (abfd
, info
, &htab
->srelplt2
))
7748 /* Return true if relocation REL against section SEC is a REL rather than
7749 RELA relocation. RELOCS is the first relocation in the section and
7750 ABFD is the bfd that contains SEC. */
7753 mips_elf_rel_relocation_p (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
,
7754 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
,
7755 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
)
7757 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*rel_hdr
;
7758 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
7760 /* To determine which flavor of relocation this is, we depend on the
7761 fact that the INPUT_SECTION's REL_HDR is read before RELA_HDR. */
7762 rel_hdr
= elf_section_data (sec
)->rel
.hdr
;
7763 if (rel_hdr
== NULL
)
7765 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
7766 return ((size_t) (rel
- relocs
)
7767 < NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (rel_hdr
) * bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
);
7770 /* Read the addend for REL relocation REL, which belongs to bfd ABFD.
7771 HOWTO is the relocation's howto and CONTENTS points to the contents
7772 of the section that REL is against. */
7775 mips_elf_read_rel_addend (bfd
*abfd
, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
7776 reloc_howto_type
*howto
, bfd_byte
*contents
)
7779 unsigned int r_type
;
7782 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, rel
->r_info
);
7783 location
= contents
+ rel
->r_offset
;
7785 /* Get the addend, which is stored in the input file. */
7786 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_unshuffle (abfd
, r_type
, FALSE
, location
);
7787 addend
= mips_elf_obtain_contents (howto
, rel
, abfd
, contents
);
7788 _bfd_mips_elf_reloc_shuffle (abfd
, r_type
, FALSE
, location
);
7790 return addend
& howto
->src_mask
;
7793 /* REL is a relocation in ABFD that needs a partnering LO16 relocation
7794 and *ADDEND is the addend for REL itself. Look for the LO16 relocation
7795 and update *ADDEND with the final addend. Return true on success
7796 or false if the LO16 could not be found. RELEND is the exclusive
7797 upper bound on the relocations for REL's section. */
7800 mips_elf_add_lo16_rel_addend (bfd
*abfd
,
7801 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
7802 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relend
,
7803 bfd_byte
*contents
, bfd_vma
*addend
)
7805 unsigned int r_type
, lo16_type
;
7806 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*lo16_relocation
;
7807 reloc_howto_type
*lo16_howto
;
7810 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, rel
->r_info
);
7811 if (mips16_reloc_p (r_type
))
7812 lo16_type
= R_MIPS16_LO16
;
7813 else if (micromips_reloc_p (r_type
))
7814 lo16_type
= R_MICROMIPS_LO16
;
7815 else if (r_type
== R_MIPS_PCHI16
)
7816 lo16_type
= R_MIPS_PCLO16
;
7818 lo16_type
= R_MIPS_LO16
;
7820 /* The combined value is the sum of the HI16 addend, left-shifted by
7821 sixteen bits, and the LO16 addend, sign extended. (Usually, the
7822 code does a `lui' of the HI16 value, and then an `addiu' of the
7825 Scan ahead to find a matching LO16 relocation.
7827 According to the MIPS ELF ABI, the R_MIPS_LO16 relocation must
7828 be immediately following. However, for the IRIX6 ABI, the next
7829 relocation may be a composed relocation consisting of several
7830 relocations for the same address. In that case, the R_MIPS_LO16
7831 relocation may occur as one of these. We permit a similar
7832 extension in general, as that is useful for GCC.
7834 In some cases GCC dead code elimination removes the LO16 but keeps
7835 the corresponding HI16. This is strictly speaking a violation of
7836 the ABI but not immediately harmful. */
7837 lo16_relocation
= mips_elf_next_relocation (abfd
, lo16_type
, rel
, relend
);
7838 if (lo16_relocation
== NULL
)
7841 /* Obtain the addend kept there. */
7842 lo16_howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd
, lo16_type
, FALSE
);
7843 l
= mips_elf_read_rel_addend (abfd
, lo16_relocation
, lo16_howto
, contents
);
7845 l
<<= lo16_howto
->rightshift
;
7846 l
= _bfd_mips_elf_sign_extend (l
, 16);
7853 /* Try to read the contents of section SEC in bfd ABFD. Return true and
7854 store the contents in *CONTENTS on success. Assume that *CONTENTS
7855 already holds the contents if it is nonull on entry. */
7858 mips_elf_get_section_contents (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
, bfd_byte
**contents
)
7863 /* Get cached copy if it exists. */
7864 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= NULL
)
7866 *contents
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
;
7870 return bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, sec
, contents
);
7873 /* Make a new PLT record to keep internal data. */
7875 static struct plt_entry
*
7876 mips_elf_make_plt_record (bfd
*abfd
)
7878 struct plt_entry
*entry
;
7880 entry
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (*entry
));
7884 entry
->stub_offset
= MINUS_ONE
;
7885 entry
->mips_offset
= MINUS_ONE
;
7886 entry
->comp_offset
= MINUS_ONE
;
7887 entry
->gotplt_index
= MINUS_ONE
;
7891 /* Look through the relocs for a section during the first phase, and
7892 allocate space in the global offset table and record the need for
7893 standard MIPS and compressed procedure linkage table entries. */
7896 _bfd_mips_elf_check_relocs (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
7897 asection
*sec
, const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
)
7901 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
7902 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
7904 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
;
7905 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel_end
;
7907 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
7908 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
7911 reloc_howto_type
*howto
;
7913 if (info
->relocatable
)
7916 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
7917 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
7919 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
7920 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
7921 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
7922 extsymoff
= (elf_bad_symtab (abfd
)) ? 0 : symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
7924 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
7925 rel_end
= relocs
+ sec
->reloc_count
* bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
7927 /* Check for the mips16 stub sections. */
7929 name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, sec
);
7930 if (FN_STUB_P (name
))
7932 unsigned long r_symndx
;
7934 /* Look at the relocation information to figure out which symbol
7937 r_symndx
= mips16_stub_symndx (bed
, sec
, relocs
, rel_end
);
7940 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
7941 (_("%B: Warning: cannot determine the target function for"
7942 " stub section `%s'"),
7944 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
7948 if (r_symndx
< extsymoff
7949 || sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
] == NULL
)
7953 /* This stub is for a local symbol. This stub will only be
7954 needed if there is some relocation in this BFD, other
7955 than a 16 bit function call, which refers to this symbol. */
7956 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
7958 Elf_Internal_Rela
*sec_relocs
;
7959 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*r
, *rend
;
7961 /* We can ignore stub sections when looking for relocs. */
7962 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0
7963 || o
->reloc_count
== 0
7964 || section_allows_mips16_refs_p (o
))
7968 = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, o
, NULL
, NULL
,
7970 if (sec_relocs
== NULL
)
7973 rend
= sec_relocs
+ o
->reloc_count
;
7974 for (r
= sec_relocs
; r
< rend
; r
++)
7975 if (ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, r
->r_info
) == r_symndx
7976 && !mips16_call_reloc_p (ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, r
->r_info
)))
7979 if (elf_section_data (o
)->relocs
!= sec_relocs
)
7988 /* There is no non-call reloc for this stub, so we do
7989 not need it. Since this function is called before
7990 the linker maps input sections to output sections, we
7991 can easily discard it by setting the SEC_EXCLUDE
7993 sec
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
7997 /* Record this stub in an array of local symbol stubs for
7999 if (mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_stubs
== NULL
)
8001 unsigned long symcount
;
8005 if (elf_bad_symtab (abfd
))
8006 symcount
= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr
);
8008 symcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
8009 amt
= symcount
* sizeof (asection
*);
8010 n
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
8013 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_stubs
= n
;
8016 sec
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
8017 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_stubs
[r_symndx
] = sec
;
8019 /* We don't need to set mips16_stubs_seen in this case.
8020 That flag is used to see whether we need to look through
8021 the global symbol table for stubs. We don't need to set
8022 it here, because we just have a local stub. */
8026 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
8028 h
= ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
8029 sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
]);
8031 while (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
8032 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
8033 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
8035 /* H is the symbol this stub is for. */
8037 /* If we already have an appropriate stub for this function, we
8038 don't need another one, so we can discard this one. Since
8039 this function is called before the linker maps input sections
8040 to output sections, we can easily discard it by setting the
8041 SEC_EXCLUDE flag. */
8042 if (h
->fn_stub
!= NULL
)
8044 sec
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
8048 sec
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
8050 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->mips16_stubs_seen
= TRUE
;
8053 else if (CALL_STUB_P (name
) || CALL_FP_STUB_P (name
))
8055 unsigned long r_symndx
;
8056 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
8059 /* Look at the relocation information to figure out which symbol
8062 r_symndx
= mips16_stub_symndx (bed
, sec
, relocs
, rel_end
);
8065 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
8066 (_("%B: Warning: cannot determine the target function for"
8067 " stub section `%s'"),
8069 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8073 if (r_symndx
< extsymoff
8074 || sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
] == NULL
)
8078 /* This stub is for a local symbol. This stub will only be
8079 needed if there is some relocation (R_MIPS16_26) in this BFD
8080 that refers to this symbol. */
8081 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
8083 Elf_Internal_Rela
*sec_relocs
;
8084 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*r
, *rend
;
8086 /* We can ignore stub sections when looking for relocs. */
8087 if ((o
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0
8088 || o
->reloc_count
== 0
8089 || section_allows_mips16_refs_p (o
))
8093 = _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, o
, NULL
, NULL
,
8095 if (sec_relocs
== NULL
)
8098 rend
= sec_relocs
+ o
->reloc_count
;
8099 for (r
= sec_relocs
; r
< rend
; r
++)
8100 if (ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, r
->r_info
) == r_symndx
8101 && ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, r
->r_info
) == R_MIPS16_26
)
8104 if (elf_section_data (o
)->relocs
!= sec_relocs
)
8113 /* There is no non-call reloc for this stub, so we do
8114 not need it. Since this function is called before
8115 the linker maps input sections to output sections, we
8116 can easily discard it by setting the SEC_EXCLUDE
8118 sec
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
8122 /* Record this stub in an array of local symbol call_stubs for
8124 if (mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_call_stubs
== NULL
)
8126 unsigned long symcount
;
8130 if (elf_bad_symtab (abfd
))
8131 symcount
= NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr
);
8133 symcount
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
8134 amt
= symcount
* sizeof (asection
*);
8135 n
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
8138 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_call_stubs
= n
;
8141 sec
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
8142 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->local_call_stubs
[r_symndx
] = sec
;
8144 /* We don't need to set mips16_stubs_seen in this case.
8145 That flag is used to see whether we need to look through
8146 the global symbol table for stubs. We don't need to set
8147 it here, because we just have a local stub. */
8151 h
= ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
8152 sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
]);
8154 /* H is the symbol this stub is for. */
8156 if (CALL_FP_STUB_P (name
))
8157 loc
= &h
->call_fp_stub
;
8159 loc
= &h
->call_stub
;
8161 /* If we already have an appropriate stub for this function, we
8162 don't need another one, so we can discard this one. Since
8163 this function is called before the linker maps input sections
8164 to output sections, we can easily discard it by setting the
8165 SEC_EXCLUDE flag. */
8168 sec
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
8172 sec
->flags
|= SEC_KEEP
;
8174 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->mips16_stubs_seen
= TRUE
;
8180 for (rel
= relocs
; rel
< rel_end
; ++rel
)
8182 unsigned long r_symndx
;
8183 unsigned int r_type
;
8184 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
8185 bfd_boolean can_make_dynamic_p
;
8186 bfd_boolean call_reloc_p
;
8187 bfd_boolean constrain_symbol_p
;
8189 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, rel
->r_info
);
8190 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, rel
->r_info
);
8192 if (r_symndx
< extsymoff
)
8194 else if (r_symndx
>= extsymoff
+ NUM_SHDR_ENTRIES (symtab_hdr
))
8196 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
8197 (_("%B: Malformed reloc detected for section %s"),
8199 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8204 h
= sym_hashes
[r_symndx
- extsymoff
];
8207 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
8208 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
8209 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
8211 /* PR15323, ref flags aren't set for references in the
8213 h
->root
.non_ir_ref
= 1;
8217 /* Set CAN_MAKE_DYNAMIC_P to true if we can convert this
8218 relocation into a dynamic one. */
8219 can_make_dynamic_p
= FALSE
;
8221 /* Set CALL_RELOC_P to true if the relocation is for a call,
8222 and if pointer equality therefore doesn't matter. */
8223 call_reloc_p
= FALSE
;
8225 /* Set CONSTRAIN_SYMBOL_P if we need to take the relocation
8226 into account when deciding how to define the symbol.
8227 Relocations in nonallocatable sections such as .pdr and
8228 .debug* should have no effect. */
8229 constrain_symbol_p
= ((sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0);
8234 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
8235 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
8236 case R_MIPS16_CALL16
:
8237 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL16
:
8238 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16
:
8239 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16
:
8240 call_reloc_p
= TRUE
;
8244 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
8245 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
8246 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
8247 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST
:
8248 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
8249 case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
8251 case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
:
8252 case R_MIPS16_GOT16
:
8253 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
8254 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GD
:
8255 case R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM
:
8256 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT16
:
8257 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16
:
8258 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16
:
8259 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
8260 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_OFST
:
8261 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP
:
8262 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
8263 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD
:
8264 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM
:
8266 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
= dynobj
= abfd
;
8267 if (!mips_elf_create_got_section (dynobj
, info
))
8269 if (htab
->is_vxworks
&& !info
->shared
)
8271 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
8272 (_("%B: GOT reloc at 0x%lx not expected in executables"),
8273 abfd
, (unsigned long) rel
->r_offset
);
8274 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8277 can_make_dynamic_p
= TRUE
;
8282 case R_MICROMIPS_JALR
:
8283 /* These relocations have empty fields and are purely there to
8284 provide link information. The symbol value doesn't matter. */
8285 constrain_symbol_p
= FALSE
;
8288 case R_MIPS_GPREL16
:
8289 case R_MIPS_GPREL32
:
8290 case R_MIPS16_GPREL
:
8291 case R_MICROMIPS_GPREL16
:
8292 /* GP-relative relocations always resolve to a definition in a
8293 regular input file, ignoring the one-definition rule. This is
8294 important for the GP setup sequence in NewABI code, which
8295 always resolves to a local function even if other relocations
8296 against the symbol wouldn't. */
8297 constrain_symbol_p
= FALSE
;
8303 /* In VxWorks executables, references to external symbols
8304 must be handled using copy relocs or PLT entries; it is not
8305 possible to convert this relocation into a dynamic one.
8307 For executables that use PLTs and copy-relocs, we have a
8308 choice between converting the relocation into a dynamic
8309 one or using copy relocations or PLT entries. It is
8310 usually better to do the former, unless the relocation is
8311 against a read-only section. */
8314 && !htab
->is_vxworks
8315 && strcmp (h
->root
.root
.string
, "__gnu_local_gp") != 0
8316 && !(!info
->nocopyreloc
8317 && !PIC_OBJECT_P (abfd
)
8318 && MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (sec
))))
8319 && (sec
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
8321 can_make_dynamic_p
= TRUE
;
8323 elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
= dynobj
= abfd
;
8329 case R_MIPS_PC21_S2
:
8330 case R_MIPS_PC26_S2
:
8332 case R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
:
8333 case R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
:
8334 case R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1
:
8335 case R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
:
8336 case R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2
:
8337 call_reloc_p
= TRUE
;
8343 if (constrain_symbol_p
)
8345 if (!can_make_dynamic_p
)
8346 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
)->has_static_relocs
= 1;
8349 h
->pointer_equality_needed
= 1;
8351 /* We must not create a stub for a symbol that has
8352 relocations related to taking the function's address.
8353 This doesn't apply to VxWorks, where CALL relocs refer
8354 to a .got.plt entry instead of a normal .got entry. */
8355 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
&& (!can_make_dynamic_p
|| !call_reloc_p
))
8356 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
)->no_fn_stub
= TRUE
;
8359 /* Relocations against the special VxWorks __GOTT_BASE__ and
8360 __GOTT_INDEX__ symbols must be left to the loader. Allocate
8361 room for them in .rela.dyn. */
8362 if (is_gott_symbol (info
, h
))
8366 sreloc
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, TRUE
);
8370 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj
, info
, 1);
8371 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (sec
))
8372 /* We tell the dynamic linker that there are
8373 relocations against the text segment. */
8374 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
8377 else if (call_lo16_reloc_p (r_type
)
8378 || got_lo16_reloc_p (r_type
)
8379 || got_disp_reloc_p (r_type
)
8380 || (got16_reloc_p (r_type
) && htab
->is_vxworks
))
8382 /* We may need a local GOT entry for this relocation. We
8383 don't count R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE because we can estimate the
8384 maximum number of pages needed by looking at the size of
8385 the segment. Similar comments apply to R_MIPS*_GOT16 and
8386 R_MIPS*_CALL16, except on VxWorks, where GOT relocations
8387 always evaluate to "G". We don't count R_MIPS_GOT_HI16, or
8388 R_MIPS_CALL_HI16 because these are always followed by an
8389 R_MIPS_GOT_LO16 or R_MIPS_CALL_LO16. */
8390 if (!mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol (abfd
, r_symndx
,
8391 rel
->r_addend
, info
, r_type
))
8396 && mips_elf_relocation_needs_la25_stub (abfd
, r_type
,
8397 ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (h
->other
)))
8398 ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
)->has_nonpic_branches
= TRUE
;
8403 case R_MIPS16_CALL16
:
8404 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL16
:
8407 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
8408 (_("%B: CALL16 reloc at 0x%lx not against global symbol"),
8409 abfd
, (unsigned long) rel
->r_offset
);
8410 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8415 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
8416 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
8417 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16
:
8418 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16
:
8421 /* Make sure there is room in the regular GOT to hold the
8422 function's address. We may eliminate it in favour of
8423 a .got.plt entry later; see mips_elf_count_got_symbols. */
8424 if (!mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h
, abfd
, info
, TRUE
,
8428 /* We need a stub, not a plt entry for the undefined
8429 function. But we record it as if it needs plt. See
8430 _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol. */
8436 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
8437 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
8438 case R_MIPS16_GOT16
:
8440 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
8441 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
8442 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT16
:
8443 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16
:
8444 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16
:
8445 if (!h
|| got_page_reloc_p (r_type
))
8447 /* This relocation needs (or may need, if h != NULL) a
8448 page entry in the GOT. For R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE we do not
8449 know for sure until we know whether the symbol is
8451 if (mips_elf_rel_relocation_p (abfd
, sec
, relocs
, rel
))
8453 if (!mips_elf_get_section_contents (abfd
, sec
, &contents
))
8455 howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd
, r_type
, FALSE
);
8456 addend
= mips_elf_read_rel_addend (abfd
, rel
,
8458 if (got16_reloc_p (r_type
))
8459 mips_elf_add_lo16_rel_addend (abfd
, rel
, rel_end
,
8462 addend
<<= howto
->rightshift
;
8465 addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
8466 if (!mips_elf_record_got_page_ref (info
, abfd
, r_symndx
,
8472 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
=
8473 (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
8475 /* This symbol is definitely not overridable. */
8476 if (hmips
->root
.def_regular
8477 && ! (info
->shared
&& ! info
->symbolic
8478 && ! hmips
->root
.forced_local
))
8482 /* If this is a global, overridable symbol, GOT_PAGE will
8483 decay to GOT_DISP, so we'll need a GOT entry for it. */
8486 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
8487 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP
:
8488 if (h
&& !mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h
, abfd
, info
,
8493 case R_MIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
8494 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
8495 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GOTTPREL
:
8497 info
->flags
|= DF_STATIC_TLS
;
8500 case R_MIPS_TLS_LDM
:
8501 case R_MIPS16_TLS_LDM
:
8502 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_LDM
:
8503 if (tls_ldm_reloc_p (r_type
))
8505 r_symndx
= STN_UNDEF
;
8511 case R_MIPS16_TLS_GD
:
8512 case R_MICROMIPS_TLS_GD
:
8513 /* This symbol requires a global offset table entry, or two
8514 for TLS GD relocations. */
8517 if (!mips_elf_record_global_got_symbol (h
, abfd
, info
,
8523 if (!mips_elf_record_local_got_symbol (abfd
, r_symndx
,
8533 /* In VxWorks executables, references to external symbols
8534 are handled using copy relocs or PLT stubs, so there's
8535 no need to add a .rela.dyn entry for this relocation. */
8536 if (can_make_dynamic_p
)
8540 sreloc
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, TRUE
);
8544 if (info
->shared
&& h
== NULL
)
8546 /* When creating a shared object, we must copy these
8547 reloc types into the output file as R_MIPS_REL32
8548 relocs. Make room for this reloc in .rel(a).dyn. */
8549 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj
, info
, 1);
8550 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (sec
))
8551 /* We tell the dynamic linker that there are
8552 relocations against the text segment. */
8553 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
8557 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
;
8559 /* For a shared object, we must copy this relocation
8560 unless the symbol turns out to be undefined and
8561 weak with non-default visibility, in which case
8562 it will be left as zero.
8564 We could elide R_MIPS_REL32 for locally binding symbols
8565 in shared libraries, but do not yet do so.
8567 For an executable, we only need to copy this
8568 reloc if the symbol is defined in a dynamic
8570 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
8571 ++hmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
;
8572 if (MIPS_ELF_READONLY_SECTION (sec
))
8573 /* We need it to tell the dynamic linker if there
8574 are relocations against the text segment. */
8575 hmips
->readonly_reloc
= TRUE
;
8579 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
8580 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->compact_rel_size
+=
8581 sizeof (Elf32_External_crinfo
);
8585 case R_MIPS_GPREL16
:
8586 case R_MIPS_LITERAL
:
8587 case R_MIPS_GPREL32
:
8588 case R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
:
8589 case R_MICROMIPS_GPREL16
:
8590 case R_MICROMIPS_LITERAL
:
8591 case R_MICROMIPS_GPREL7_S2
:
8592 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
8593 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->compact_rel_size
+=
8594 sizeof (Elf32_External_crinfo
);
8597 /* This relocation describes the C++ object vtable hierarchy.
8598 Reconstruct it for later use during GC. */
8599 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
8600 if (!bfd_elf_gc_record_vtinherit (abfd
, sec
, h
, rel
->r_offset
))
8604 /* This relocation describes which C++ vtable entries are actually
8605 used. Record for later use during GC. */
8606 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY
:
8607 BFD_ASSERT (h
!= NULL
);
8609 && !bfd_elf_gc_record_vtentry (abfd
, sec
, h
, rel
->r_offset
))
8617 /* Record the need for a PLT entry. At this point we don't know
8618 yet if we are going to create a PLT in the first place, but
8619 we only record whether the relocation requires a standard MIPS
8620 or a compressed code entry anyway. If we don't make a PLT after
8621 all, then we'll just ignore these arrangements. Likewise if
8622 a PLT entry is not created because the symbol is satisfied
8625 && jal_reloc_p (r_type
)
8626 && !SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, h
))
8628 if (h
->plt
.plist
== NULL
)
8629 h
->plt
.plist
= mips_elf_make_plt_record (abfd
);
8630 if (h
->plt
.plist
== NULL
)
8633 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_26
)
8634 h
->plt
.plist
->need_mips
= TRUE
;
8636 h
->plt
.plist
->need_comp
= TRUE
;
8639 /* See if this reloc would need to refer to a MIPS16 hard-float stub,
8640 if there is one. We only need to handle global symbols here;
8641 we decide whether to keep or delete stubs for local symbols
8642 when processing the stub's relocations. */
8644 && !mips16_call_reloc_p (r_type
)
8645 && !section_allows_mips16_refs_p (sec
))
8647 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*mh
;
8649 mh
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
8650 mh
->need_fn_stub
= TRUE
;
8653 /* Refuse some position-dependent relocations when creating a
8654 shared library. Do not refuse R_MIPS_32 / R_MIPS_64; they're
8655 not PIC, but we can create dynamic relocations and the result
8656 will be fine. Also do not refuse R_MIPS_LO16, which can be
8657 combined with R_MIPS_GOT16. */
8665 case R_MIPS_HIGHEST
:
8666 case R_MICROMIPS_HI16
:
8667 case R_MICROMIPS_HIGHER
:
8668 case R_MICROMIPS_HIGHEST
:
8669 /* Don't refuse a high part relocation if it's against
8670 no symbol (e.g. part of a compound relocation). */
8671 if (r_symndx
== STN_UNDEF
)
8674 /* R_MIPS_HI16 against _gp_disp is used for $gp setup,
8675 and has a special meaning. */
8676 if (!NEWABI_P (abfd
) && h
!= NULL
8677 && strcmp (h
->root
.root
.string
, "_gp_disp") == 0)
8680 /* Likewise __GOTT_BASE__ and __GOTT_INDEX__ on VxWorks. */
8681 if (is_gott_symbol (info
, h
))
8688 case R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
:
8689 howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (abfd
, r_type
, FALSE
);
8690 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
8691 (_("%B: relocation %s against `%s' can not be used when making a shared object; recompile with -fPIC"),
8693 (h
) ? h
->root
.root
.string
: "a local symbol");
8694 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
8706 _bfd_mips_relax_section (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
,
8707 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
,
8710 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
;
8711 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irel
, *irelend
;
8712 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
8713 bfd_byte
*contents
= NULL
;
8715 bfd_boolean changed_contents
= FALSE
;
8716 bfd_vma sec_start
= sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
;
8717 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
= NULL
;
8719 /* We are not currently changing any sizes, so only one pass. */
8722 if (link_info
->relocatable
)
8725 internal_relocs
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, sec
, NULL
, NULL
,
8726 link_info
->keep_memory
);
8727 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
)
8730 irelend
= internal_relocs
+ sec
->reloc_count
8731 * get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
8732 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
8733 extsymoff
= (elf_bad_symtab (abfd
)) ? 0 : symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
8735 for (irel
= internal_relocs
; irel
< irelend
; irel
++)
8738 bfd_signed_vma sym_offset
;
8739 unsigned int r_type
;
8740 unsigned long r_symndx
;
8742 unsigned long instruction
;
8744 /* Turn jalr into bgezal, and jr into beq, if they're marked
8745 with a JALR relocation, that indicate where they jump to.
8746 This saves some pipeline bubbles. */
8747 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, irel
->r_info
);
8748 if (r_type
!= R_MIPS_JALR
)
8751 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (abfd
, irel
->r_info
);
8752 /* Compute the address of the jump target. */
8753 if (r_symndx
>= extsymoff
)
8755 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
8756 = ((struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*)
8757 elf_sym_hashes (abfd
) [r_symndx
- extsymoff
]);
8759 while (h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
8760 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
8761 h
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.root
.u
.i
.link
;
8763 /* If a symbol is undefined, or if it may be overridden,
8765 if (! ((h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
8766 || h
->root
.root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
8767 && h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
)
8768 || (link_info
->shared
&& ! link_info
->symbolic
8769 && !h
->root
.forced_local
))
8772 sym_sec
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
;
8773 if (sym_sec
->output_section
)
8774 symval
= (h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
8775 + sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
8776 + sym_sec
->output_offset
);
8778 symval
= h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
;
8782 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
8784 /* Read this BFD's symbols if we haven't done so already. */
8785 if (isymbuf
== NULL
&& symtab_hdr
->sh_info
!= 0)
8787 isymbuf
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) symtab_hdr
->contents
;
8788 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
8789 isymbuf
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, symtab_hdr
,
8790 symtab_hdr
->sh_info
, 0,
8792 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
8796 isym
= isymbuf
+ r_symndx
;
8797 if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
)
8799 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_ABS
)
8800 sym_sec
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
8801 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
)
8802 sym_sec
= bfd_com_section_ptr
;
8805 = bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
8806 symval
= isym
->st_value
8807 + sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
8808 + sym_sec
->output_offset
;
8811 /* Compute branch offset, from delay slot of the jump to the
8813 sym_offset
= (symval
+ irel
->r_addend
)
8814 - (sec_start
+ irel
->r_offset
+ 4);
8816 /* Branch offset must be properly aligned. */
8817 if ((sym_offset
& 3) != 0)
8822 /* Check that it's in range. */
8823 if (sym_offset
< -0x8000 || sym_offset
>= 0x8000)
8826 /* Get the section contents if we haven't done so already. */
8827 if (!mips_elf_get_section_contents (abfd
, sec
, &contents
))
8830 instruction
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, contents
+ irel
->r_offset
);
8832 /* If it was jalr <reg>, turn it into bgezal $zero, <target>. */
8833 if ((instruction
& 0xfc1fffff) == 0x0000f809)
8834 instruction
= 0x04110000;
8835 /* If it was jr <reg>, turn it into b <target>. */
8836 else if ((instruction
& 0xfc1fffff) == 0x00000008)
8837 instruction
= 0x10000000;
8841 instruction
|= (sym_offset
& 0xffff);
8842 bfd_put_32 (abfd
, instruction
, contents
+ irel
->r_offset
);
8843 changed_contents
= TRUE
;
8846 if (contents
!= NULL
8847 && elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= contents
)
8849 if (!changed_contents
&& !link_info
->keep_memory
)
8853 /* Cache the section contents for elf_link_input_bfd. */
8854 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
= contents
;
8860 if (contents
!= NULL
8861 && elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= contents
)
8866 /* Allocate space for global sym dynamic relocs. */
8869 allocate_dynrelocs (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *inf
)
8871 struct bfd_link_info
*info
= inf
;
8873 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
;
8874 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
8876 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
8877 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
8879 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
8880 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
8882 /* VxWorks executables are handled elsewhere; we only need to
8883 allocate relocations in shared objects. */
8884 if (htab
->is_vxworks
&& !info
->shared
)
8887 /* Ignore indirect symbols. All relocations against such symbols
8888 will be redirected to the target symbol. */
8889 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
8892 /* If this symbol is defined in a dynamic object, or we are creating
8893 a shared library, we will need to copy any R_MIPS_32 or
8894 R_MIPS_REL32 relocs against it into the output file. */
8895 if (! info
->relocatable
8896 && hmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
!= 0
8897 && (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
8898 || (!h
->def_regular
&& !ELF_COMMON_DEF_P (h
))
8901 bfd_boolean do_copy
= TRUE
;
8903 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
)
8905 /* Do not copy relocations for undefined weak symbols with
8906 non-default visibility. */
8907 if (ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_DEFAULT
)
8910 /* Make sure undefined weak symbols are output as a dynamic
8912 else if (h
->dynindx
== -1 && !h
->forced_local
)
8914 if (! bfd_elf_link_record_dynamic_symbol (info
, h
))
8921 /* Even though we don't directly need a GOT entry for this symbol,
8922 the SVR4 psABI requires it to have a dynamic symbol table
8923 index greater that DT_MIPS_GOTSYM if there are dynamic
8924 relocations against it.
8926 VxWorks does not enforce the same mapping between the GOT
8927 and the symbol table, so the same requirement does not
8929 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
)
8931 if (hmips
->global_got_area
> GGA_RELOC_ONLY
)
8932 hmips
->global_got_area
= GGA_RELOC_ONLY
;
8933 hmips
->got_only_for_calls
= FALSE
;
8936 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations
8937 (dynobj
, info
, hmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
);
8938 if (hmips
->readonly_reloc
)
8939 /* We tell the dynamic linker that there are relocations
8940 against the text segment. */
8941 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
8948 /* Adjust a symbol defined by a dynamic object and referenced by a
8949 regular object. The current definition is in some section of the
8950 dynamic object, but we're not including those sections. We have to
8951 change the definition to something the rest of the link can
8955 _bfd_mips_elf_adjust_dynamic_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
8956 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
8959 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
;
8960 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
8962 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
8963 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
8965 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
8966 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
8968 /* Make sure we know what is going on here. */
8969 BFD_ASSERT (dynobj
!= NULL
8971 || h
->u
.weakdef
!= NULL
8974 && !h
->def_regular
)));
8976 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
8978 /* If there are call relocations against an externally-defined symbol,
8979 see whether we can create a MIPS lazy-binding stub for it. We can
8980 only do this if all references to the function are through call
8981 relocations, and in that case, the traditional lazy-binding stubs
8982 are much more efficient than PLT entries.
8984 Traditional stubs are only available on SVR4 psABI-based systems;
8985 VxWorks always uses PLTs instead. */
8986 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
&& h
->needs_plt
&& !hmips
->no_fn_stub
)
8988 if (! elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
8991 /* If this symbol is not defined in a regular file, then set
8992 the symbol to the stub location. This is required to make
8993 function pointers compare as equal between the normal
8994 executable and the shared library. */
8995 if (!h
->def_regular
)
8997 hmips
->needs_lazy_stub
= TRUE
;
8998 htab
->lazy_stub_count
++;
9002 /* As above, VxWorks requires PLT entries for externally-defined
9003 functions that are only accessed through call relocations.
9005 Both VxWorks and non-VxWorks targets also need PLT entries if there
9006 are static-only relocations against an externally-defined function.
9007 This can technically occur for shared libraries if there are
9008 branches to the symbol, although it is unlikely that this will be
9009 used in practice due to the short ranges involved. It can occur
9010 for any relative or absolute relocation in executables; in that
9011 case, the PLT entry becomes the function's canonical address. */
9012 else if (((h
->needs_plt
&& !hmips
->no_fn_stub
)
9013 || (h
->type
== STT_FUNC
&& hmips
->has_static_relocs
))
9014 && htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
9015 && !SYMBOL_CALLS_LOCAL (info
, h
)
9016 && !(ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
) != STV_DEFAULT
9017 && h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_undefweak
))
9019 bfd_boolean micromips_p
= MICROMIPS_P (info
->output_bfd
);
9020 bfd_boolean newabi_p
= NEWABI_P (info
->output_bfd
);
9022 /* If this is the first symbol to need a PLT entry, then make some
9023 basic setup. Also work out PLT entry sizes. We'll need them
9024 for PLT offset calculations. */
9025 if (htab
->plt_mips_offset
+ htab
->plt_comp_offset
== 0)
9027 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->sgotplt
->size
== 0);
9028 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->plt_got_index
== 0);
9030 /* If we're using the PLT additions to the psABI, each PLT
9031 entry is 16 bytes and the PLT0 entry is 32 bytes.
9032 Encourage better cache usage by aligning. We do this
9033 lazily to avoid pessimizing traditional objects. */
9034 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
9035 && !bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj
, htab
->splt
, 5))
9038 /* Make sure that .got.plt is word-aligned. We do this lazily
9039 for the same reason as above. */
9040 if (!bfd_set_section_alignment (dynobj
, htab
->sgotplt
,
9041 MIPS_ELF_LOG_FILE_ALIGN (dynobj
)))
9044 /* On non-VxWorks targets, the first two entries in .got.plt
9046 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
)
9048 += (get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->got_header_size
9049 / MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (dynobj
));
9051 /* On VxWorks, also allocate room for the header's
9052 .rela.plt.unloaded entries. */
9053 if (htab
->is_vxworks
&& !info
->shared
)
9054 htab
->srelplt2
->size
+= 2 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
9056 /* Now work out the sizes of individual PLT entries. */
9057 if (htab
->is_vxworks
&& info
->shared
)
9058 htab
->plt_mips_entry_size
9059 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_shared_plt_entry
);
9060 else if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
9061 htab
->plt_mips_entry_size
9062 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_exec_plt_entry
);
9064 htab
->plt_mips_entry_size
9065 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_exec_plt_entry
);
9066 else if (!micromips_p
)
9068 htab
->plt_mips_entry_size
9069 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_exec_plt_entry
);
9070 htab
->plt_comp_entry_size
9071 = 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips16_o32_exec_plt_entry
);
9073 else if (htab
->insn32
)
9075 htab
->plt_mips_entry_size
9076 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_exec_plt_entry
);
9077 htab
->plt_comp_entry_size
9078 = 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt_entry
);
9082 htab
->plt_mips_entry_size
9083 = 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_exec_plt_entry
);
9084 htab
->plt_comp_entry_size
9085 = 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_o32_exec_plt_entry
);
9089 if (h
->plt
.plist
== NULL
)
9090 h
->plt
.plist
= mips_elf_make_plt_record (dynobj
);
9091 if (h
->plt
.plist
== NULL
)
9094 /* There are no defined MIPS16 or microMIPS PLT entries for VxWorks,
9095 n32 or n64, so always use a standard entry there.
9097 If the symbol has a MIPS16 call stub and gets a PLT entry, then
9098 all MIPS16 calls will go via that stub, and there is no benefit
9099 to having a MIPS16 entry. And in the case of call_stub a
9100 standard entry actually has to be used as the stub ends with a J
9105 || hmips
->call_fp_stub
)
9107 h
->plt
.plist
->need_mips
= TRUE
;
9108 h
->plt
.plist
->need_comp
= FALSE
;
9111 /* Otherwise, if there are no direct calls to the function, we
9112 have a free choice of whether to use standard or compressed
9113 entries. Prefer microMIPS entries if the object is known to
9114 contain microMIPS code, so that it becomes possible to create
9115 pure microMIPS binaries. Prefer standard entries otherwise,
9116 because MIPS16 ones are no smaller and are usually slower. */
9117 if (!h
->plt
.plist
->need_mips
&& !h
->plt
.plist
->need_comp
)
9120 h
->plt
.plist
->need_comp
= TRUE
;
9122 h
->plt
.plist
->need_mips
= TRUE
;
9125 if (h
->plt
.plist
->need_mips
)
9127 h
->plt
.plist
->mips_offset
= htab
->plt_mips_offset
;
9128 htab
->plt_mips_offset
+= htab
->plt_mips_entry_size
;
9130 if (h
->plt
.plist
->need_comp
)
9132 h
->plt
.plist
->comp_offset
= htab
->plt_comp_offset
;
9133 htab
->plt_comp_offset
+= htab
->plt_comp_entry_size
;
9136 /* Reserve the corresponding .got.plt entry now too. */
9137 h
->plt
.plist
->gotplt_index
= htab
->plt_got_index
++;
9139 /* If the output file has no definition of the symbol, set the
9140 symbol's value to the address of the stub. */
9141 if (!info
->shared
&& !h
->def_regular
)
9142 hmips
->use_plt_entry
= TRUE
;
9144 /* Make room for the R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT relocation. */
9145 htab
->srelplt
->size
+= (htab
->is_vxworks
9146 ? MIPS_ELF_RELA_SIZE (dynobj
)
9147 : MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (dynobj
));
9149 /* Make room for the .rela.plt.unloaded relocations. */
9150 if (htab
->is_vxworks
&& !info
->shared
)
9151 htab
->srelplt2
->size
+= 3 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
9153 /* All relocations against this symbol that could have been made
9154 dynamic will now refer to the PLT entry instead. */
9155 hmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
= 0;
9160 /* If this is a weak symbol, and there is a real definition, the
9161 processor independent code will have arranged for us to see the
9162 real definition first, and we can just use the same value. */
9163 if (h
->u
.weakdef
!= NULL
)
9165 BFD_ASSERT (h
->u
.weakdef
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
9166 || h
->u
.weakdef
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
);
9167 h
->root
.u
.def
.section
= h
->u
.weakdef
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
9168 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= h
->u
.weakdef
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
9172 /* Otherwise, there is nothing further to do for symbols defined
9173 in regular objects. */
9177 /* There's also nothing more to do if we'll convert all relocations
9178 against this symbol into dynamic relocations. */
9179 if (!hmips
->has_static_relocs
)
9182 /* We're now relying on copy relocations. Complain if we have
9183 some that we can't convert. */
9184 if (!htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
|| info
->shared
)
9186 (*_bfd_error_handler
) (_("non-dynamic relocations refer to "
9187 "dynamic symbol %s"),
9188 h
->root
.root
.string
);
9189 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
9193 /* We must allocate the symbol in our .dynbss section, which will
9194 become part of the .bss section of the executable. There will be
9195 an entry for this symbol in the .dynsym section. The dynamic
9196 object will contain position independent code, so all references
9197 from the dynamic object to this symbol will go through the global
9198 offset table. The dynamic linker will use the .dynsym entry to
9199 determine the address it must put in the global offset table, so
9200 both the dynamic object and the regular object will refer to the
9201 same memory location for the variable. */
9203 if ((h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
9205 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
9206 htab
->srelbss
->size
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
9208 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj
, info
, 1);
9212 /* All relocations against this symbol that could have been made
9213 dynamic will now refer to the local copy instead. */
9214 hmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
= 0;
9216 return _bfd_elf_adjust_dynamic_copy (h
, htab
->sdynbss
);
9219 /* This function is called after all the input files have been read,
9220 and the input sections have been assigned to output sections. We
9221 check for any mips16 stub sections that we can discard. */
9224 _bfd_mips_elf_always_size_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
,
9225 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
9228 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9229 struct mips_htab_traverse_info hti
;
9231 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
9232 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
9234 /* The .reginfo section has a fixed size. */
9235 sect
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, ".reginfo");
9237 bfd_set_section_size (output_bfd
, sect
, sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
));
9239 /* The .MIPS.abiflags section has a fixed size. */
9240 sect
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, ".MIPS.abiflags");
9242 bfd_set_section_size (output_bfd
, sect
, sizeof (Elf_External_ABIFlags_v0
));
9245 hti
.output_bfd
= output_bfd
;
9247 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (mips_elf_hash_table (info
),
9248 mips_elf_check_symbols
, &hti
);
9255 /* If the link uses a GOT, lay it out and work out its size. */
9258 mips_elf_lay_out_got (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
9262 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
9263 bfd_size_type loadable_size
= 0;
9264 bfd_size_type page_gotno
;
9266 struct mips_elf_traverse_got_arg tga
;
9267 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9269 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
9270 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
9276 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
9279 /* Allocate room for the reserved entries. VxWorks always reserves
9280 3 entries; other objects only reserve 2 entries. */
9281 BFD_ASSERT (g
->assigned_low_gotno
== 0);
9282 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
9283 htab
->reserved_gotno
= 3;
9285 htab
->reserved_gotno
= 2;
9286 g
->local_gotno
+= htab
->reserved_gotno
;
9287 g
->assigned_low_gotno
= htab
->reserved_gotno
;
9289 /* Decide which symbols need to go in the global part of the GOT and
9290 count the number of reloc-only GOT symbols. */
9291 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (htab
, mips_elf_count_got_symbols
, info
);
9293 if (!mips_elf_resolve_final_got_entries (info
, g
))
9296 /* Calculate the total loadable size of the output. That
9297 will give us the maximum number of GOT_PAGE entries
9299 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
9301 asection
*subsection
;
9303 for (subsection
= ibfd
->sections
;
9305 subsection
= subsection
->next
)
9307 if ((subsection
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) == 0)
9309 loadable_size
+= ((subsection
->size
+ 0xf)
9310 &~ (bfd_size_type
) 0xf);
9314 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
9315 /* There's no need to allocate page entries for VxWorks; R_MIPS*_GOT16
9316 relocations against local symbols evaluate to "G", and the EABI does
9317 not include R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE. */
9320 /* Assume there are two loadable segments consisting of contiguous
9321 sections. Is 5 enough? */
9322 page_gotno
= (loadable_size
>> 16) + 5;
9324 /* Choose the smaller of the two page estimates; both are intended to be
9326 if (page_gotno
> g
->page_gotno
)
9327 page_gotno
= g
->page_gotno
;
9329 g
->local_gotno
+= page_gotno
;
9330 g
->assigned_high_gotno
= g
->local_gotno
- 1;
9332 s
->size
+= g
->local_gotno
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
9333 s
->size
+= g
->global_gotno
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
9334 s
->size
+= g
->tls_gotno
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
9336 /* VxWorks does not support multiple GOTs. It initializes $gp to
9337 __GOTT_BASE__[__GOTT_INDEX__], the value of which is set by the
9339 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
&& s
->size
> MIPS_ELF_GOT_MAX_SIZE (info
))
9341 if (!mips_elf_multi_got (output_bfd
, info
, s
, page_gotno
))
9346 /* Record that all bfds use G. This also has the effect of freeing
9347 the per-bfd GOTs, which we no longer need. */
9348 for (ibfd
= info
->input_bfds
; ibfd
; ibfd
= ibfd
->link
.next
)
9349 if (mips_elf_bfd_got (ibfd
, FALSE
))
9350 mips_elf_replace_bfd_got (ibfd
, g
);
9351 mips_elf_replace_bfd_got (output_bfd
, g
);
9353 /* Set up TLS entries. */
9354 g
->tls_assigned_gotno
= g
->global_gotno
+ g
->local_gotno
;
9357 tga
.value
= MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
9358 htab_traverse (g
->got_entries
, mips_elf_initialize_tls_index
, &tga
);
9361 BFD_ASSERT (g
->tls_assigned_gotno
9362 == g
->global_gotno
+ g
->local_gotno
+ g
->tls_gotno
);
9364 /* Each VxWorks GOT entry needs an explicit relocation. */
9365 if (htab
->is_vxworks
&& info
->shared
)
9366 g
->relocs
+= g
->global_gotno
+ g
->local_gotno
- htab
->reserved_gotno
;
9368 /* Allocate room for the TLS relocations. */
9370 mips_elf_allocate_dynamic_relocations (dynobj
, info
, g
->relocs
);
9376 /* Estimate the size of the .MIPS.stubs section. */
9379 mips_elf_estimate_stub_size (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
9381 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9382 bfd_size_type dynsymcount
;
9384 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
9385 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
9387 if (htab
->lazy_stub_count
== 0)
9390 /* IRIX rld assumes that a function stub isn't at the end of the .text
9391 section, so add a dummy entry to the end. */
9392 htab
->lazy_stub_count
++;
9394 /* Get a worst-case estimate of the number of dynamic symbols needed.
9395 At this point, dynsymcount does not account for section symbols
9396 and count_section_dynsyms may overestimate the number that will
9398 dynsymcount
= (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynsymcount
9399 + count_section_dynsyms (output_bfd
, info
));
9401 /* Determine the size of one stub entry. There's no disadvantage
9402 from using microMIPS code here, so for the sake of pure-microMIPS
9403 binaries we prefer it whenever there's any microMIPS code in
9404 output produced at all. This has a benefit of stubs being
9405 shorter by 4 bytes each too, unless in the insn32 mode. */
9406 if (!MICROMIPS_P (output_bfd
))
9407 htab
->function_stub_size
= (dynsymcount
> 0x10000
9408 ? MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
9409 : MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_NORMAL_SIZE
);
9410 else if (htab
->insn32
)
9411 htab
->function_stub_size
= (dynsymcount
> 0x10000
9412 ? MICROMIPS_INSN32_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
9413 : MICROMIPS_INSN32_FUNCTION_STUB_NORMAL_SIZE
);
9415 htab
->function_stub_size
= (dynsymcount
> 0x10000
9416 ? MICROMIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
9417 : MICROMIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_NORMAL_SIZE
);
9419 htab
->sstubs
->size
= htab
->lazy_stub_count
* htab
->function_stub_size
;
9422 /* A mips_elf_link_hash_traverse callback for which DATA points to a
9423 mips_htab_traverse_info. If H needs a traditional MIPS lazy-binding
9424 stub, allocate an entry in the stubs section. */
9427 mips_elf_allocate_lazy_stub (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
9429 struct mips_htab_traverse_info
*hti
= data
;
9430 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9431 struct bfd_link_info
*info
;
9435 output_bfd
= hti
->output_bfd
;
9436 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
9437 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
9439 if (h
->needs_lazy_stub
)
9441 bfd_boolean micromips_p
= MICROMIPS_P (output_bfd
);
9442 unsigned int other
= micromips_p
? STO_MICROMIPS
: 0;
9443 bfd_vma isa_bit
= micromips_p
;
9445 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->root
.dynobj
!= NULL
);
9446 if (h
->root
.plt
.plist
== NULL
)
9447 h
->root
.plt
.plist
= mips_elf_make_plt_record (htab
->sstubs
->owner
);
9448 if (h
->root
.plt
.plist
== NULL
)
9453 h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
= htab
->sstubs
;
9454 h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
= htab
->sstubs
->size
+ isa_bit
;
9455 h
->root
.plt
.plist
->stub_offset
= htab
->sstubs
->size
;
9456 h
->root
.other
= other
;
9457 htab
->sstubs
->size
+= htab
->function_stub_size
;
9462 /* Allocate offsets in the stubs section to each symbol that needs one.
9463 Set the final size of the .MIPS.stub section. */
9466 mips_elf_lay_out_lazy_stubs (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
9468 bfd
*output_bfd
= info
->output_bfd
;
9469 bfd_boolean micromips_p
= MICROMIPS_P (output_bfd
);
9470 unsigned int other
= micromips_p
? STO_MICROMIPS
: 0;
9471 bfd_vma isa_bit
= micromips_p
;
9472 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9473 struct mips_htab_traverse_info hti
;
9474 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
9477 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
9478 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
9480 if (htab
->lazy_stub_count
== 0)
9483 htab
->sstubs
->size
= 0;
9485 hti
.output_bfd
= output_bfd
;
9487 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (htab
, mips_elf_allocate_lazy_stub
, &hti
);
9490 htab
->sstubs
->size
+= htab
->function_stub_size
;
9491 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->sstubs
->size
9492 == htab
->lazy_stub_count
* htab
->function_stub_size
);
9494 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
9495 BFD_ASSERT (dynobj
!= NULL
);
9496 h
= _bfd_elf_define_linkage_sym (dynobj
, info
, htab
->sstubs
, "_MIPS_STUBS_");
9499 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= isa_bit
;
9506 /* A mips_elf_link_hash_traverse callback for which DATA points to a
9507 bfd_link_info. If H uses the address of a PLT entry as the value
9508 of the symbol, then set the entry in the symbol table now. Prefer
9509 a standard MIPS PLT entry. */
9512 mips_elf_set_plt_sym_value (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
, void *data
)
9514 struct bfd_link_info
*info
= data
;
9515 bfd_boolean micromips_p
= MICROMIPS_P (info
->output_bfd
);
9516 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9521 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
9522 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
9524 if (h
->use_plt_entry
)
9526 BFD_ASSERT (h
->root
.plt
.plist
!= NULL
);
9527 BFD_ASSERT (h
->root
.plt
.plist
->mips_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
9528 || h
->root
.plt
.plist
->comp_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
);
9530 val
= htab
->plt_header_size
;
9531 if (h
->root
.plt
.plist
->mips_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
)
9534 val
+= h
->root
.plt
.plist
->mips_offset
;
9540 val
+= htab
->plt_mips_offset
+ h
->root
.plt
.plist
->comp_offset
;
9541 other
= micromips_p
? STO_MICROMIPS
: STO_MIPS16
;
9544 /* For VxWorks, point at the PLT load stub rather than the lazy
9545 resolution stub; this stub will become the canonical function
9547 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
9550 h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.section
= htab
->splt
;
9551 h
->root
.root
.u
.def
.value
= val
;
9552 h
->root
.other
= other
;
9558 /* Set the sizes of the dynamic sections. */
9561 _bfd_mips_elf_size_dynamic_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
,
9562 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
9565 asection
*s
, *sreldyn
;
9566 bfd_boolean reltext
;
9567 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
9569 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
9570 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
9571 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
9572 BFD_ASSERT (dynobj
!= NULL
);
9574 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
9576 /* Set the contents of the .interp section to the interpreter. */
9577 if (info
->executable
)
9579 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".interp");
9580 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
9582 = strlen (ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER (output_bfd
)) + 1;
9584 = (bfd_byte
*) ELF_DYNAMIC_INTERPRETER (output_bfd
);
9587 /* Figure out the size of the PLT header if we know that we
9588 are using it. For the sake of cache alignment always use
9589 a standard header whenever any standard entries are present
9590 even if microMIPS entries are present as well. This also
9591 lets the microMIPS header rely on the value of $v0 only set
9592 by microMIPS entries, for a small size reduction.
9594 Set symbol table entry values for symbols that use the
9595 address of their PLT entry now that we can calculate it.
9597 Also create the _PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_ symbol if we
9598 haven't already in _bfd_elf_create_dynamic_sections. */
9599 if (htab
->splt
&& htab
->plt_mips_offset
+ htab
->plt_comp_offset
!= 0)
9601 bfd_boolean micromips_p
= (MICROMIPS_P (output_bfd
)
9602 && !htab
->plt_mips_offset
);
9603 unsigned int other
= micromips_p
? STO_MICROMIPS
: 0;
9604 bfd_vma isa_bit
= micromips_p
;
9605 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
9608 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
);
9609 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->sgotplt
->size
== 0);
9610 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->splt
->size
== 0);
9612 if (htab
->is_vxworks
&& info
->shared
)
9613 size
= 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry
);
9614 else if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
9615 size
= 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_exec_plt0_entry
);
9616 else if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
9617 size
= 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_n64_exec_plt0_entry
);
9618 else if (ABI_N32_P (output_bfd
))
9619 size
= 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_n32_exec_plt0_entry
);
9620 else if (!micromips_p
)
9621 size
= 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
);
9622 else if (htab
->insn32
)
9623 size
= 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt0_entry
);
9625 size
= 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
);
9627 htab
->plt_header_is_comp
= micromips_p
;
9628 htab
->plt_header_size
= size
;
9629 htab
->splt
->size
= (size
9630 + htab
->plt_mips_offset
9631 + htab
->plt_comp_offset
);
9632 htab
->sgotplt
->size
= (htab
->plt_got_index
9633 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (dynobj
));
9635 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (htab
, mips_elf_set_plt_sym_value
, info
);
9637 if (htab
->root
.hplt
== NULL
)
9639 h
= _bfd_elf_define_linkage_sym (dynobj
, info
, htab
->splt
,
9640 "_PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_");
9641 htab
->root
.hplt
= h
;
9646 h
= htab
->root
.hplt
;
9647 h
->root
.u
.def
.value
= isa_bit
;
9653 /* Allocate space for global sym dynamic relocs. */
9654 elf_link_hash_traverse (&htab
->root
, allocate_dynrelocs
, info
);
9656 mips_elf_estimate_stub_size (output_bfd
, info
);
9658 if (!mips_elf_lay_out_got (output_bfd
, info
))
9661 mips_elf_lay_out_lazy_stubs (info
);
9663 /* The check_relocs and adjust_dynamic_symbol entry points have
9664 determined the sizes of the various dynamic sections. Allocate
9667 for (s
= dynobj
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
9671 /* It's OK to base decisions on the section name, because none
9672 of the dynobj section names depend upon the input files. */
9673 name
= bfd_get_section_name (dynobj
, s
);
9675 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LINKER_CREATED
) == 0)
9678 if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".rel"))
9682 const char *outname
;
9685 /* If this relocation section applies to a read only
9686 section, then we probably need a DT_TEXTREL entry.
9687 If the relocation section is .rel(a).dyn, we always
9688 assert a DT_TEXTREL entry rather than testing whether
9689 there exists a relocation to a read only section or
9691 outname
= bfd_get_section_name (output_bfd
,
9693 target
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, outname
+ 4);
9695 && (target
->flags
& SEC_READONLY
) != 0
9696 && (target
->flags
& SEC_ALLOC
) != 0)
9697 || strcmp (outname
, MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME (info
)) == 0)
9700 /* We use the reloc_count field as a counter if we need
9701 to copy relocs into the output file. */
9702 if (strcmp (name
, MIPS_ELF_REL_DYN_NAME (info
)) != 0)
9705 /* If combreloc is enabled, elf_link_sort_relocs() will
9706 sort relocations, but in a different way than we do,
9707 and before we're done creating relocations. Also, it
9708 will move them around between input sections'
9709 relocation's contents, so our sorting would be
9710 broken, so don't let it run. */
9711 info
->combreloc
= 0;
9714 else if (! info
->shared
9715 && ! mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_rld_obj_head
9716 && CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".rld_map"))
9718 /* We add a room for __rld_map. It will be filled in by the
9719 rtld to contain a pointer to the _r_debug structure. */
9720 s
->size
+= MIPS_ELF_RLD_MAP_SIZE (output_bfd
);
9722 else if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
)
9723 && CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".compact_rel"))
9724 s
->size
+= mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->compact_rel_size
;
9725 else if (s
== htab
->splt
)
9727 /* If the last PLT entry has a branch delay slot, allocate
9728 room for an extra nop to fill the delay slot. This is
9729 for CPUs without load interlocking. */
9730 if (! LOAD_INTERLOCKS_P (output_bfd
)
9731 && ! htab
->is_vxworks
&& s
->size
> 0)
9734 else if (! CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".init")
9736 && s
!= htab
->sgotplt
9737 && s
!= htab
->sstubs
9738 && s
!= htab
->sdynbss
)
9740 /* It's not one of our sections, so don't allocate space. */
9746 s
->flags
|= SEC_EXCLUDE
;
9750 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
) == 0)
9753 /* Allocate memory for the section contents. */
9754 s
->contents
= bfd_zalloc (dynobj
, s
->size
);
9755 if (s
->contents
== NULL
)
9757 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_memory
);
9762 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
9764 /* Add some entries to the .dynamic section. We fill in the
9765 values later, in _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_sections, but we
9766 must add the entries now so that we get the correct size for
9767 the .dynamic section. */
9769 /* SGI object has the equivalence of DT_DEBUG in the
9770 DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP entry. This must come first because glibc
9771 only fills in DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP (not DT_DEBUG) and some tools
9772 may only look at the first one they see. */
9774 && !MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP
, 0))
9777 /* The DT_DEBUG entry may be filled in by the dynamic linker and
9778 used by the debugger. */
9779 if (info
->executable
9780 && !SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
)
9781 && !MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_DEBUG
, 0))
9784 if (reltext
&& (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
) || htab
->is_vxworks
))
9785 info
->flags
|= DF_TEXTREL
;
9787 if ((info
->flags
& DF_TEXTREL
) != 0)
9789 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_TEXTREL
, 0))
9792 /* Clear the DF_TEXTREL flag. It will be set again if we
9793 write out an actual text relocation; we may not, because
9794 at this point we do not know whether e.g. any .eh_frame
9795 absolute relocations have been converted to PC-relative. */
9796 info
->flags
&= ~DF_TEXTREL
;
9799 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_PLTGOT
, 0))
9802 sreldyn
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
9803 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
9805 /* VxWorks uses .rela.dyn instead of .rel.dyn. It does not
9806 use any of the DT_MIPS_* tags. */
9807 if (sreldyn
&& sreldyn
->size
> 0)
9809 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_RELA
, 0))
9812 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_RELASZ
, 0))
9815 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_RELAENT
, 0))
9821 if (sreldyn
&& sreldyn
->size
> 0)
9823 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_REL
, 0))
9826 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_RELSZ
, 0))
9829 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_RELENT
, 0))
9833 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_RLD_VERSION
, 0))
9836 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_FLAGS
, 0))
9839 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS
, 0))
9842 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO
, 0))
9845 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO
, 0))
9848 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_UNREFEXTNO
, 0))
9851 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_GOTSYM
, 0))
9854 if (IRIX_COMPAT (dynobj
) == ict_irix5
9855 && ! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_HIPAGENO
, 0))
9858 if (IRIX_COMPAT (dynobj
) == ict_irix6
9859 && (bfd_get_section_by_name
9860 (output_bfd
, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (dynobj
)))
9861 && !MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_OPTIONS
, 0))
9864 if (htab
->splt
->size
> 0)
9866 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_PLTREL
, 0))
9869 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_JMPREL
, 0))
9872 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_PLTRELSZ
, 0))
9875 if (! MIPS_ELF_ADD_DYNAMIC_ENTRY (info
, DT_MIPS_PLTGOT
, 0))
9878 if (htab
->is_vxworks
9879 && !elf_vxworks_add_dynamic_entries (output_bfd
, info
))
9886 /* REL is a relocation in INPUT_BFD that is being copied to OUTPUT_BFD.
9887 Adjust its R_ADDEND field so that it is correct for the output file.
9888 LOCAL_SYMS and LOCAL_SECTIONS are arrays of INPUT_BFD's local symbols
9889 and sections respectively; both use symbol indexes. */
9892 mips_elf_adjust_addend (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
9893 bfd
*input_bfd
, Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
,
9894 asection
**local_sections
, Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
)
9896 unsigned int r_type
, r_symndx
;
9897 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
;
9900 if (mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd
, rel
, local_sections
))
9902 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd
, rel
->r_info
);
9903 if (gprel16_reloc_p (r_type
)
9904 || r_type
== R_MIPS_GPREL32
9905 || literal_reloc_p (r_type
))
9907 rel
->r_addend
+= _bfd_get_gp_value (input_bfd
);
9908 rel
->r_addend
-= _bfd_get_gp_value (output_bfd
);
9911 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (output_bfd
, rel
->r_info
);
9912 sym
= local_syms
+ r_symndx
;
9914 /* Adjust REL's addend to account for section merging. */
9915 if (!info
->relocatable
)
9917 sec
= local_sections
[r_symndx
];
9918 _bfd_elf_rela_local_sym (output_bfd
, sym
, &sec
, rel
);
9921 /* This would normally be done by the rela_normal code in elflink.c. */
9922 if (ELF_ST_TYPE (sym
->st_info
) == STT_SECTION
)
9923 rel
->r_addend
+= local_sections
[r_symndx
]->output_offset
;
9927 /* Handle relocations against symbols from removed linkonce sections,
9928 or sections discarded by a linker script. We use this wrapper around
9929 RELOC_AGAINST_DISCARDED_SECTION to handle triplets of compound relocs
9930 on 64-bit ELF targets. In this case for any relocation handled, which
9931 always be the first in a triplet, the remaining two have to be processed
9932 together with the first, even if they are R_MIPS_NONE. It is the symbol
9933 index referred by the first reloc that applies to all the three and the
9934 remaining two never refer to an object symbol. And it is the final
9935 relocation (the last non-null one) that determines the output field of
9936 the whole relocation so retrieve the corresponding howto structure for
9937 the relocatable field to be cleared by RELOC_AGAINST_DISCARDED_SECTION.
9939 Note that RELOC_AGAINST_DISCARDED_SECTION is a macro that uses "continue"
9940 and therefore requires to be pasted in a loop. It also defines a block
9941 and does not protect any of its arguments, hence the extra brackets. */
9944 mips_reloc_against_discarded_section (bfd
*output_bfd
,
9945 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
9946 bfd
*input_bfd
, asection
*input_section
,
9947 Elf_Internal_Rela
**rel
,
9948 const Elf_Internal_Rela
**relend
,
9949 bfd_boolean rel_reloc
,
9950 reloc_howto_type
*howto
,
9953 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
9954 int count
= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
9955 unsigned int r_type
;
9958 for (i
= count
- 1; i
> 0; i
--)
9960 r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd
, (*rel
)[i
].r_info
);
9961 if (r_type
!= R_MIPS_NONE
)
9963 howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd
, r_type
, !rel_reloc
);
9969 RELOC_AGAINST_DISCARDED_SECTION (info
, input_bfd
, input_section
,
9970 (*rel
), count
, (*relend
),
9971 howto
, i
, contents
);
9976 /* Relocate a MIPS ELF section. */
9979 _bfd_mips_elf_relocate_section (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
9980 bfd
*input_bfd
, asection
*input_section
,
9981 bfd_byte
*contents
, Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs
,
9982 Elf_Internal_Sym
*local_syms
,
9983 asection
**local_sections
)
9985 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
;
9986 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relend
;
9988 bfd_boolean use_saved_addend_p
= FALSE
;
9989 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
;
9991 bed
= get_elf_backend_data (output_bfd
);
9992 relend
= relocs
+ input_section
->reloc_count
* bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
9993 for (rel
= relocs
; rel
< relend
; ++rel
)
9997 reloc_howto_type
*howto
;
9998 bfd_boolean cross_mode_jump_p
= FALSE
;
9999 /* TRUE if the relocation is a RELA relocation, rather than a
10001 bfd_boolean rela_relocation_p
= TRUE
;
10002 unsigned int r_type
= ELF_R_TYPE (output_bfd
, rel
->r_info
);
10004 unsigned long r_symndx
;
10006 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
10007 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
10008 bfd_boolean rel_reloc
;
10010 rel_reloc
= (NEWABI_P (input_bfd
)
10011 && mips_elf_rel_relocation_p (input_bfd
, input_section
,
10013 /* Find the relocation howto for this relocation. */
10014 howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd
, r_type
, !rel_reloc
);
10016 r_symndx
= ELF_R_SYM (input_bfd
, rel
->r_info
);
10017 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (input_bfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
10018 if (mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd
, rel
, local_sections
))
10020 sec
= local_sections
[r_symndx
];
10025 unsigned long extsymoff
;
10028 if (!elf_bad_symtab (input_bfd
))
10029 extsymoff
= symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
10030 h
= elf_sym_hashes (input_bfd
) [r_symndx
- extsymoff
];
10031 while (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_indirect
10032 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_warning
)
10033 h
= (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
->root
.u
.i
.link
;
10036 if (h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
10037 || h
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
10038 sec
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
10041 if (sec
!= NULL
&& discarded_section (sec
))
10043 mips_reloc_against_discarded_section (output_bfd
, info
, input_bfd
,
10044 input_section
, &rel
, &relend
,
10045 rel_reloc
, howto
, contents
);
10049 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_64
&& ! NEWABI_P (input_bfd
))
10051 /* Some 32-bit code uses R_MIPS_64. In particular, people use
10052 64-bit code, but make sure all their addresses are in the
10053 lowermost or uppermost 32-bit section of the 64-bit address
10054 space. Thus, when they use an R_MIPS_64 they mean what is
10055 usually meant by R_MIPS_32, with the exception that the
10056 stored value is sign-extended to 64 bits. */
10057 howto
= MIPS_ELF_RTYPE_TO_HOWTO (input_bfd
, R_MIPS_32
, FALSE
);
10059 /* On big-endian systems, we need to lie about the position
10061 if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd
))
10062 rel
->r_offset
+= 4;
10065 if (!use_saved_addend_p
)
10067 /* If these relocations were originally of the REL variety,
10068 we must pull the addend out of the field that will be
10069 relocated. Otherwise, we simply use the contents of the
10070 RELA relocation. */
10071 if (mips_elf_rel_relocation_p (input_bfd
, input_section
,
10074 rela_relocation_p
= FALSE
;
10075 addend
= mips_elf_read_rel_addend (input_bfd
, rel
,
10077 if (hi16_reloc_p (r_type
)
10078 || (got16_reloc_p (r_type
)
10079 && mips_elf_local_relocation_p (input_bfd
, rel
,
10082 if (!mips_elf_add_lo16_rel_addend (input_bfd
, rel
, relend
,
10083 contents
, &addend
))
10086 name
= h
->root
.root
.string
;
10088 name
= bfd_elf_sym_name (input_bfd
, symtab_hdr
,
10089 local_syms
+ r_symndx
,
10091 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
10092 (_("%B: Can't find matching LO16 reloc against `%s' for %s at 0x%lx in section `%A'"),
10093 input_bfd
, input_section
, name
, howto
->name
,
10098 addend
<<= howto
->rightshift
;
10101 addend
= rel
->r_addend
;
10102 mips_elf_adjust_addend (output_bfd
, info
, input_bfd
,
10103 local_syms
, local_sections
, rel
);
10106 if (info
->relocatable
)
10108 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_64
&& ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd
)
10109 && bfd_big_endian (input_bfd
))
10110 rel
->r_offset
-= 4;
10112 if (!rela_relocation_p
&& rel
->r_addend
)
10114 addend
+= rel
->r_addend
;
10115 if (hi16_reloc_p (r_type
) || got16_reloc_p (r_type
))
10116 addend
= mips_elf_high (addend
);
10117 else if (r_type
== R_MIPS_HIGHER
)
10118 addend
= mips_elf_higher (addend
);
10119 else if (r_type
== R_MIPS_HIGHEST
)
10120 addend
= mips_elf_highest (addend
);
10122 addend
>>= howto
->rightshift
;
10124 /* We use the source mask, rather than the destination
10125 mask because the place to which we are writing will be
10126 source of the addend in the final link. */
10127 addend
&= howto
->src_mask
;
10129 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_64
&& ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd
))
10130 /* See the comment above about using R_MIPS_64 in the 32-bit
10131 ABI. Here, we need to update the addend. It would be
10132 possible to get away with just using the R_MIPS_32 reloc
10133 but for endianness. */
10139 if (addend
& ((bfd_vma
) 1 << 31))
10141 sign_bits
= ((bfd_vma
) 1 << 32) - 1;
10148 /* If we don't know that we have a 64-bit type,
10149 do two separate stores. */
10150 if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd
))
10152 /* Store the sign-bits (which are most significant)
10154 low_bits
= sign_bits
;
10155 high_bits
= addend
;
10160 high_bits
= sign_bits
;
10162 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, low_bits
,
10163 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
10164 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, high_bits
,
10165 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
10169 if (! mips_elf_perform_relocation (info
, howto
, rel
, addend
,
10170 input_bfd
, input_section
,
10175 /* Go on to the next relocation. */
10179 /* In the N32 and 64-bit ABIs there may be multiple consecutive
10180 relocations for the same offset. In that case we are
10181 supposed to treat the output of each relocation as the addend
10183 if (rel
+ 1 < relend
10184 && rel
->r_offset
== rel
[1].r_offset
10185 && ELF_R_TYPE (input_bfd
, rel
[1].r_info
) != R_MIPS_NONE
)
10186 use_saved_addend_p
= TRUE
;
10188 use_saved_addend_p
= FALSE
;
10190 /* Figure out what value we are supposed to relocate. */
10191 switch (mips_elf_calculate_relocation (output_bfd
, input_bfd
,
10192 input_section
, info
, rel
,
10193 addend
, howto
, local_syms
,
10194 local_sections
, &value
,
10195 &name
, &cross_mode_jump_p
,
10196 use_saved_addend_p
))
10198 case bfd_reloc_continue
:
10199 /* There's nothing to do. */
10202 case bfd_reloc_undefined
:
10203 /* mips_elf_calculate_relocation already called the
10204 undefined_symbol callback. There's no real point in
10205 trying to perform the relocation at this point, so we
10206 just skip ahead to the next relocation. */
10209 case bfd_reloc_notsupported
:
10210 msg
= _("internal error: unsupported relocation error");
10211 info
->callbacks
->warning
10212 (info
, msg
, name
, input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
);
10215 case bfd_reloc_overflow
:
10216 if (use_saved_addend_p
)
10217 /* Ignore overflow until we reach the last relocation for
10218 a given location. */
10222 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
10224 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
10225 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
10226 BFD_ASSERT (name
!= NULL
);
10227 if (!htab
->small_data_overflow_reported
10228 && (gprel16_reloc_p (howto
->type
)
10229 || literal_reloc_p (howto
->type
)))
10231 msg
= _("small-data section exceeds 64KB;"
10232 " lower small-data size limit (see option -G)");
10234 htab
->small_data_overflow_reported
= TRUE
;
10235 (*info
->callbacks
->einfo
) ("%P: %s\n", msg
);
10237 if (! ((*info
->callbacks
->reloc_overflow
)
10238 (info
, NULL
, name
, howto
->name
, (bfd_vma
) 0,
10239 input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
)))
10247 case bfd_reloc_outofrange
:
10248 if (jal_reloc_p (howto
->type
))
10250 msg
= _("JALX to a non-word-aligned address");
10251 info
->callbacks
->warning
10252 (info
, msg
, name
, input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
);
10255 if (aligned_pcrel_reloc_p (howto
->type
))
10257 msg
= _("PC-relative load from unaligned address");
10258 info
->callbacks
->warning
10259 (info
, msg
, name
, input_bfd
, input_section
, rel
->r_offset
);
10262 /* Fall through. */
10269 /* If we've got another relocation for the address, keep going
10270 until we reach the last one. */
10271 if (use_saved_addend_p
)
10277 if (r_type
== R_MIPS_64
&& ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd
))
10278 /* See the comment above about using R_MIPS_64 in the 32-bit
10279 ABI. Until now, we've been using the HOWTO for R_MIPS_32;
10280 that calculated the right value. Now, however, we
10281 sign-extend the 32-bit result to 64-bits, and store it as a
10282 64-bit value. We are especially generous here in that we
10283 go to extreme lengths to support this usage on systems with
10284 only a 32-bit VMA. */
10290 if (value
& ((bfd_vma
) 1 << 31))
10292 sign_bits
= ((bfd_vma
) 1 << 32) - 1;
10299 /* If we don't know that we have a 64-bit type,
10300 do two separate stores. */
10301 if (bfd_big_endian (input_bfd
))
10303 /* Undo what we did above. */
10304 rel
->r_offset
-= 4;
10305 /* Store the sign-bits (which are most significant)
10307 low_bits
= sign_bits
;
10313 high_bits
= sign_bits
;
10315 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, low_bits
,
10316 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
);
10317 bfd_put_32 (input_bfd
, high_bits
,
10318 contents
+ rel
->r_offset
+ 4);
10322 /* Actually perform the relocation. */
10323 if (! mips_elf_perform_relocation (info
, howto
, rel
, value
,
10324 input_bfd
, input_section
,
10325 contents
, cross_mode_jump_p
))
10332 /* A function that iterates over each entry in la25_stubs and fills
10333 in the code for each one. DATA points to a mips_htab_traverse_info. */
10336 mips_elf_create_la25_stub (void **slot
, void *data
)
10338 struct mips_htab_traverse_info
*hti
;
10339 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
10340 struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*stub
;
10343 bfd_vma offset
, target
, target_high
, target_low
;
10345 stub
= (struct mips_elf_la25_stub
*) *slot
;
10346 hti
= (struct mips_htab_traverse_info
*) data
;
10347 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (hti
->info
);
10348 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
10350 /* Create the section contents, if we haven't already. */
10351 s
= stub
->stub_section
;
10355 loc
= bfd_malloc (s
->size
);
10364 /* Work out where in the section this stub should go. */
10365 offset
= stub
->offset
;
10367 /* Work out the target address. */
10368 target
= mips_elf_get_la25_target (stub
, &s
);
10369 target
+= s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
;
10371 target_high
= ((target
+ 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
10372 target_low
= (target
& 0xffff);
10374 if (stub
->stub_section
!= htab
->strampoline
)
10376 /* This is a simple LUI/ADDIU stub. Zero out the beginning
10377 of the section and write the two instructions at the end. */
10378 memset (loc
, 0, offset
);
10380 if (ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (stub
->h
->root
.other
))
10382 bfd_put_micromips_32 (hti
->output_bfd
,
10383 LA25_LUI_MICROMIPS (target_high
),
10385 bfd_put_micromips_32 (hti
->output_bfd
,
10386 LA25_ADDIU_MICROMIPS (target_low
),
10391 bfd_put_32 (hti
->output_bfd
, LA25_LUI (target_high
), loc
);
10392 bfd_put_32 (hti
->output_bfd
, LA25_ADDIU (target_low
), loc
+ 4);
10397 /* This is trampoline. */
10399 if (ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (stub
->h
->root
.other
))
10401 bfd_put_micromips_32 (hti
->output_bfd
,
10402 LA25_LUI_MICROMIPS (target_high
), loc
);
10403 bfd_put_micromips_32 (hti
->output_bfd
,
10404 LA25_J_MICROMIPS (target
), loc
+ 4);
10405 bfd_put_micromips_32 (hti
->output_bfd
,
10406 LA25_ADDIU_MICROMIPS (target_low
), loc
+ 8);
10407 bfd_put_32 (hti
->output_bfd
, 0, loc
+ 12);
10411 bfd_put_32 (hti
->output_bfd
, LA25_LUI (target_high
), loc
);
10412 bfd_put_32 (hti
->output_bfd
, LA25_J (target
), loc
+ 4);
10413 bfd_put_32 (hti
->output_bfd
, LA25_ADDIU (target_low
), loc
+ 8);
10414 bfd_put_32 (hti
->output_bfd
, 0, loc
+ 12);
10420 /* If NAME is one of the special IRIX6 symbols defined by the linker,
10421 adjust it appropriately now. */
10424 mips_elf_irix6_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
10425 const char *name
, Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
10427 /* The linker script takes care of providing names and values for
10428 these, but we must place them into the right sections. */
10429 static const char* const text_section_symbols
[] = {
10432 "__dso_displacement",
10434 "__program_header_table",
10438 static const char* const data_section_symbols
[] = {
10446 const char* const *p
;
10449 for (i
= 0; i
< 2; ++i
)
10450 for (p
= (i
== 0) ? text_section_symbols
: data_section_symbols
;
10453 if (strcmp (*p
, name
) == 0)
10455 /* All of these symbols are given type STT_SECTION by the
10457 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
10458 sym
->st_other
= STO_PROTECTED
;
10460 /* The IRIX linker puts these symbols in special sections. */
10462 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_TEXT
;
10464 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_DATA
;
10470 /* Finish up dynamic symbol handling. We set the contents of various
10471 dynamic sections here. */
10474 _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd
*output_bfd
,
10475 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
10476 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
10477 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
10481 struct mips_got_info
*g
, *gg
;
10484 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
10485 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
;
10487 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
10488 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
10489 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
10490 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
10492 BFD_ASSERT (!htab
->is_vxworks
);
10494 if (h
->plt
.plist
!= NULL
10495 && (h
->plt
.plist
->mips_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
10496 || h
->plt
.plist
->comp_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
))
10498 /* We've decided to create a PLT entry for this symbol. */
10500 bfd_vma header_address
, got_address
;
10501 bfd_vma got_address_high
, got_address_low
, load
;
10505 got_index
= h
->plt
.plist
->gotplt_index
;
10507 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
);
10508 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1);
10509 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->splt
!= NULL
);
10510 BFD_ASSERT (got_index
!= MINUS_ONE
);
10511 BFD_ASSERT (!h
->def_regular
);
10513 /* Calculate the address of the PLT header. */
10514 isa_bit
= htab
->plt_header_is_comp
;
10515 header_address
= (htab
->splt
->output_section
->vma
10516 + htab
->splt
->output_offset
+ isa_bit
);
10518 /* Calculate the address of the .got.plt entry. */
10519 got_address
= (htab
->sgotplt
->output_section
->vma
10520 + htab
->sgotplt
->output_offset
10521 + got_index
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (dynobj
));
10523 got_address_high
= ((got_address
+ 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
10524 got_address_low
= got_address
& 0xffff;
10526 /* Initially point the .got.plt entry at the PLT header. */
10527 loc
= (htab
->sgotplt
->contents
+ got_index
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (dynobj
));
10528 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
10529 bfd_put_64 (output_bfd
, header_address
, loc
);
10531 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, header_address
, loc
);
10533 /* Now handle the PLT itself. First the standard entry (the order
10534 does not matter, we just have to pick one). */
10535 if (h
->plt
.plist
->mips_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
)
10537 const bfd_vma
*plt_entry
;
10538 bfd_vma plt_offset
;
10540 plt_offset
= htab
->plt_header_size
+ h
->plt
.plist
->mips_offset
;
10542 BFD_ASSERT (plt_offset
<= htab
->splt
->size
);
10544 /* Find out where the .plt entry should go. */
10545 loc
= htab
->splt
->contents
+ plt_offset
;
10547 /* Pick the load opcode. */
10548 load
= MIPS_ELF_LOAD_WORD (output_bfd
);
10550 /* Fill in the PLT entry itself. */
10552 if (MIPSR6_P (output_bfd
))
10553 plt_entry
= mipsr6_exec_plt_entry
;
10555 plt_entry
= mips_exec_plt_entry
;
10556 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0] | got_address_high
, loc
);
10557 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[1] | got_address_low
| load
,
10560 if (! LOAD_INTERLOCKS_P (output_bfd
))
10562 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2] | got_address_low
, loc
+ 8);
10563 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3], loc
+ 12);
10567 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3], loc
+ 8);
10568 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2] | got_address_low
,
10573 /* Now the compressed entry. They come after any standard ones. */
10574 if (h
->plt
.plist
->comp_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
)
10576 bfd_vma plt_offset
;
10578 plt_offset
= (htab
->plt_header_size
+ htab
->plt_mips_offset
10579 + h
->plt
.plist
->comp_offset
);
10581 BFD_ASSERT (plt_offset
<= htab
->splt
->size
);
10583 /* Find out where the .plt entry should go. */
10584 loc
= htab
->splt
->contents
+ plt_offset
;
10586 /* Fill in the PLT entry itself. */
10587 if (!MICROMIPS_P (output_bfd
))
10589 const bfd_vma
*plt_entry
= mips16_o32_exec_plt_entry
;
10591 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0], loc
);
10592 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[1], loc
+ 2);
10593 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2], loc
+ 4);
10594 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3], loc
+ 6);
10595 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[4], loc
+ 8);
10596 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[5], loc
+ 10);
10597 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, got_address
, loc
+ 12);
10599 else if (htab
->insn32
)
10601 const bfd_vma
*plt_entry
= micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt_entry
;
10603 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0], loc
);
10604 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, got_address_high
, loc
+ 2);
10605 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2], loc
+ 4);
10606 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, got_address_low
, loc
+ 6);
10607 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[4], loc
+ 8);
10608 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[5], loc
+ 10);
10609 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[6], loc
+ 12);
10610 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, got_address_low
, loc
+ 14);
10614 const bfd_vma
*plt_entry
= micromips_o32_exec_plt_entry
;
10615 bfd_signed_vma gotpc_offset
;
10616 bfd_vma loc_address
;
10618 BFD_ASSERT (got_address
% 4 == 0);
10620 loc_address
= (htab
->splt
->output_section
->vma
10621 + htab
->splt
->output_offset
+ plt_offset
);
10622 gotpc_offset
= got_address
- ((loc_address
| 3) ^ 3);
10624 /* ADDIUPC has a span of +/-16MB, check we're in range. */
10625 if (gotpc_offset
+ 0x1000000 >= 0x2000000)
10627 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
10628 (_("%B: `%A' offset of %ld from `%A' "
10629 "beyond the range of ADDIUPC"),
10631 htab
->sgotplt
->output_section
,
10632 htab
->splt
->output_section
,
10633 (long) gotpc_offset
);
10634 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_error
);
10637 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
,
10638 plt_entry
[0] | ((gotpc_offset
>> 18) & 0x7f), loc
);
10639 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, (gotpc_offset
>> 2) & 0xffff, loc
+ 2);
10640 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2], loc
+ 4);
10641 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3], loc
+ 6);
10642 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[4], loc
+ 8);
10643 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[5], loc
+ 10);
10647 /* Emit an R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT relocation against the .got.plt entry. */
10648 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation (output_bfd
, htab
->srelplt
,
10649 got_index
- 2, h
->dynindx
,
10650 R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT
, got_address
);
10652 /* We distinguish between PLT entries and lazy-binding stubs by
10653 giving the former an st_other value of STO_MIPS_PLT. Set the
10654 flag and leave the value if there are any relocations in the
10655 binary where pointer equality matters. */
10656 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
10657 if (h
->pointer_equality_needed
)
10658 sym
->st_other
= ELF_ST_SET_MIPS_PLT (sym
->st_other
);
10666 if (h
->plt
.plist
!= NULL
&& h
->plt
.plist
->stub_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
)
10668 /* We've decided to create a lazy-binding stub. */
10669 bfd_boolean micromips_p
= MICROMIPS_P (output_bfd
);
10670 unsigned int other
= micromips_p
? STO_MICROMIPS
: 0;
10671 bfd_vma stub_size
= htab
->function_stub_size
;
10672 bfd_byte stub
[MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
];
10673 bfd_vma isa_bit
= micromips_p
;
10674 bfd_vma stub_big_size
;
10677 stub_big_size
= MIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
;
10678 else if (htab
->insn32
)
10679 stub_big_size
= MICROMIPS_INSN32_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
;
10681 stub_big_size
= MICROMIPS_FUNCTION_STUB_BIG_SIZE
;
10683 /* This symbol has a stub. Set it up. */
10685 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1);
10687 BFD_ASSERT (stub_size
== stub_big_size
|| h
->dynindx
<= 0xffff);
10689 /* Values up to 2^31 - 1 are allowed. Larger values would cause
10690 sign extension at runtime in the stub, resulting in a negative
10692 if (h
->dynindx
& ~0x7fffffff)
10695 /* Fill the stub. */
10699 bfd_put_micromips_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_LW_MICROMIPS (output_bfd
),
10704 bfd_put_micromips_32 (output_bfd
,
10705 STUB_MOVE32_MICROMIPS (output_bfd
),
10711 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, STUB_MOVE_MICROMIPS
, stub
+ idx
);
10714 if (stub_size
== stub_big_size
)
10716 long dynindx_hi
= (h
->dynindx
>> 16) & 0x7fff;
10718 bfd_put_micromips_32 (output_bfd
,
10719 STUB_LUI_MICROMIPS (dynindx_hi
),
10725 bfd_put_micromips_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_JALR32_MICROMIPS
,
10731 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, STUB_JALR_MICROMIPS
, stub
+ idx
);
10735 /* If a large stub is not required and sign extension is not a
10736 problem, then use legacy code in the stub. */
10737 if (stub_size
== stub_big_size
)
10738 bfd_put_micromips_32 (output_bfd
,
10739 STUB_ORI_MICROMIPS (h
->dynindx
& 0xffff),
10741 else if (h
->dynindx
& ~0x7fff)
10742 bfd_put_micromips_32 (output_bfd
,
10743 STUB_LI16U_MICROMIPS (h
->dynindx
& 0xffff),
10746 bfd_put_micromips_32 (output_bfd
,
10747 STUB_LI16S_MICROMIPS (output_bfd
,
10754 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_LW (output_bfd
), stub
+ idx
);
10756 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_MOVE (output_bfd
), stub
+ idx
);
10758 if (stub_size
== stub_big_size
)
10760 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_LUI ((h
->dynindx
>> 16) & 0x7fff),
10764 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_JALR
, stub
+ idx
);
10767 /* If a large stub is not required and sign extension is not a
10768 problem, then use legacy code in the stub. */
10769 if (stub_size
== stub_big_size
)
10770 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_ORI (h
->dynindx
& 0xffff),
10772 else if (h
->dynindx
& ~0x7fff)
10773 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_LI16U (h
->dynindx
& 0xffff),
10776 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, STUB_LI16S (output_bfd
, h
->dynindx
),
10780 BFD_ASSERT (h
->plt
.plist
->stub_offset
<= htab
->sstubs
->size
);
10781 memcpy (htab
->sstubs
->contents
+ h
->plt
.plist
->stub_offset
,
10784 /* Mark the symbol as undefined. stub_offset != -1 occurs
10785 only for the referenced symbol. */
10786 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
10788 /* The run-time linker uses the st_value field of the symbol
10789 to reset the global offset table entry for this external
10790 to its stub address when unlinking a shared object. */
10791 sym
->st_value
= (htab
->sstubs
->output_section
->vma
10792 + htab
->sstubs
->output_offset
10793 + h
->plt
.plist
->stub_offset
10795 sym
->st_other
= other
;
10798 /* If we have a MIPS16 function with a stub, the dynamic symbol must
10799 refer to the stub, since only the stub uses the standard calling
10801 if (h
->dynindx
!= -1 && hmips
->fn_stub
!= NULL
)
10803 BFD_ASSERT (hmips
->need_fn_stub
);
10804 sym
->st_value
= (hmips
->fn_stub
->output_section
->vma
10805 + hmips
->fn_stub
->output_offset
);
10806 sym
->st_size
= hmips
->fn_stub
->size
;
10807 sym
->st_other
= ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (sym
->st_other
);
10810 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1
10811 || h
->forced_local
);
10814 g
= htab
->got_info
;
10815 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
10817 /* Run through the global symbol table, creating GOT entries for all
10818 the symbols that need them. */
10819 if (hmips
->global_got_area
!= GGA_NONE
)
10824 value
= sym
->st_value
;
10825 offset
= mips_elf_primary_global_got_index (output_bfd
, info
, h
);
10826 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, value
, sgot
->contents
+ offset
);
10829 if (hmips
->global_got_area
!= GGA_NONE
&& g
->next
)
10831 struct mips_got_entry e
, *p
;
10837 e
.abfd
= output_bfd
;
10840 e
.tls_type
= GOT_TLS_NONE
;
10842 for (g
= g
->next
; g
->next
!= gg
; g
= g
->next
)
10845 && (p
= (struct mips_got_entry
*) htab_find (g
->got_entries
,
10848 offset
= p
->gotidx
;
10849 BFD_ASSERT (offset
> 0 && offset
< htab
->sgot
->size
);
10851 || (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
10853 && p
->d
.h
->root
.def_dynamic
10854 && !p
->d
.h
->root
.def_regular
))
10856 /* Create an R_MIPS_REL32 relocation for this entry. Due to
10857 the various compatibility problems, it's easier to mock
10858 up an R_MIPS_32 or R_MIPS_64 relocation and leave
10859 mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation to calculate the
10860 appropriate addend. */
10861 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
[3];
10863 memset (rel
, 0, sizeof (rel
));
10864 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
10865 rel
[0].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, 0, R_MIPS_64
);
10867 rel
[0].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, 0, R_MIPS_32
);
10868 rel
[0].r_offset
= rel
[1].r_offset
= rel
[2].r_offset
= offset
;
10871 if (! (mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation
10872 (output_bfd
, info
, rel
,
10873 e
.d
.h
, NULL
, sym
->st_value
, &entry
, sgot
)))
10877 entry
= sym
->st_value
;
10878 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, entry
, sgot
->contents
+ offset
);
10883 /* Mark _DYNAMIC and _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_ as absolute. */
10884 name
= h
->root
.root
.string
;
10885 if (h
== elf_hash_table (info
)->hdynamic
10886 || h
== elf_hash_table (info
)->hgot
)
10887 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
10888 else if (strcmp (name
, "_DYNAMIC_LINK") == 0
10889 || strcmp (name
, "_DYNAMIC_LINKING") == 0)
10891 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
10892 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
10895 else if (strcmp (name
, "_gp_disp") == 0 && ! NEWABI_P (output_bfd
))
10897 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
10898 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
10899 sym
->st_value
= elf_gp (output_bfd
);
10901 else if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
10903 if (strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[0]) == 0
10904 || strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[1]) == 0)
10906 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
10907 sym
->st_other
= STO_PROTECTED
;
10909 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_DATA
;
10911 else if (strcmp (name
, mips_elf_dynsym_rtproc_names
[2]) == 0)
10913 sym
->st_info
= ELF_ST_INFO (STB_GLOBAL
, STT_SECTION
);
10914 sym
->st_other
= STO_PROTECTED
;
10915 sym
->st_value
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->procedure_count
;
10916 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_ABS
;
10918 else if (sym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_UNDEF
&& sym
->st_shndx
!= SHN_ABS
)
10920 if (h
->type
== STT_FUNC
)
10921 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_TEXT
;
10922 else if (h
->type
== STT_OBJECT
)
10923 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_MIPS_DATA
;
10927 /* Emit a copy reloc, if needed. */
10933 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1);
10934 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
);
10936 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
10937 symval
= (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
10938 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
10939 + h
->root
.u
.def
.value
);
10940 mips_elf_output_dynamic_relocation (output_bfd
, s
, s
->reloc_count
++,
10941 h
->dynindx
, R_MIPS_COPY
, symval
);
10944 /* Handle the IRIX6-specific symbols. */
10945 if (IRIX_COMPAT (output_bfd
) == ict_irix6
)
10946 mips_elf_irix6_finish_dynamic_symbol (output_bfd
, name
, sym
);
10948 /* Keep dynamic compressed symbols odd. This allows the dynamic linker
10949 to treat compressed symbols like any other. */
10950 if (ELF_ST_IS_MIPS16 (sym
->st_other
))
10952 BFD_ASSERT (sym
->st_value
& 1);
10953 sym
->st_other
-= STO_MIPS16
;
10955 else if (ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (sym
->st_other
))
10957 BFD_ASSERT (sym
->st_value
& 1);
10958 sym
->st_other
-= STO_MICROMIPS
;
10964 /* Likewise, for VxWorks. */
10967 _bfd_mips_vxworks_finish_dynamic_symbol (bfd
*output_bfd
,
10968 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
10969 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
10970 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
10974 struct mips_got_info
*g
;
10975 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
10976 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*hmips
;
10978 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
10979 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
10980 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
10981 hmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
10983 if (h
->plt
.plist
!= NULL
&& h
->plt
.plist
->mips_offset
!= MINUS_ONE
)
10986 bfd_vma plt_address
, got_address
, got_offset
, branch_offset
;
10987 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
;
10988 static const bfd_vma
*plt_entry
;
10989 bfd_vma gotplt_index
;
10990 bfd_vma plt_offset
;
10992 plt_offset
= htab
->plt_header_size
+ h
->plt
.plist
->mips_offset
;
10993 gotplt_index
= h
->plt
.plist
->gotplt_index
;
10995 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1);
10996 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->splt
!= NULL
);
10997 BFD_ASSERT (gotplt_index
!= MINUS_ONE
);
10998 BFD_ASSERT (plt_offset
<= htab
->splt
->size
);
11000 /* Calculate the address of the .plt entry. */
11001 plt_address
= (htab
->splt
->output_section
->vma
11002 + htab
->splt
->output_offset
11005 /* Calculate the address of the .got.plt entry. */
11006 got_address
= (htab
->sgotplt
->output_section
->vma
11007 + htab
->sgotplt
->output_offset
11008 + gotplt_index
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
11010 /* Calculate the offset of the .got.plt entry from
11011 _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
11012 got_offset
= mips_elf_gotplt_index (info
, h
);
11014 /* Calculate the offset for the branch at the start of the PLT
11015 entry. The branch jumps to the beginning of .plt. */
11016 branch_offset
= -(plt_offset
/ 4 + 1) & 0xffff;
11018 /* Fill in the initial value of the .got.plt entry. */
11019 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_address
,
11020 (htab
->sgotplt
->contents
11021 + gotplt_index
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
)));
11023 /* Find out where the .plt entry should go. */
11024 loc
= htab
->splt
->contents
+ plt_offset
;
11028 plt_entry
= mips_vxworks_shared_plt_entry
;
11029 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0] | branch_offset
, loc
);
11030 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[1] | gotplt_index
, loc
+ 4);
11034 bfd_vma got_address_high
, got_address_low
;
11036 plt_entry
= mips_vxworks_exec_plt_entry
;
11037 got_address_high
= ((got_address
+ 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
11038 got_address_low
= got_address
& 0xffff;
11040 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0] | branch_offset
, loc
);
11041 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[1] | gotplt_index
, loc
+ 4);
11042 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2] | got_address_high
, loc
+ 8);
11043 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3] | got_address_low
, loc
+ 12);
11044 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[4], loc
+ 16);
11045 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[5], loc
+ 20);
11046 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[6], loc
+ 24);
11047 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[7], loc
+ 28);
11049 loc
= (htab
->srelplt2
->contents
11050 + (gotplt_index
* 3 + 2) * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
11052 /* Emit a relocation for the .got.plt entry. */
11053 rel
.r_offset
= got_address
;
11054 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hplt
->indx
, R_MIPS_32
);
11055 rel
.r_addend
= plt_offset
;
11056 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
11058 /* Emit a relocation for the lui of %hi(<.got.plt slot>). */
11059 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
11060 rel
.r_offset
= plt_address
+ 8;
11061 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hgot
->indx
, R_MIPS_HI16
);
11062 rel
.r_addend
= got_offset
;
11063 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
11065 /* Emit a relocation for the addiu of %lo(<.got.plt slot>). */
11066 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
11068 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hgot
->indx
, R_MIPS_LO16
);
11069 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
11072 /* Emit an R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT relocation against the .got.plt entry. */
11073 loc
= (htab
->srelplt
->contents
11074 + gotplt_index
* sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
11075 rel
.r_offset
= got_address
;
11076 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (h
->dynindx
, R_MIPS_JUMP_SLOT
);
11078 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
11080 if (!h
->def_regular
)
11081 sym
->st_shndx
= SHN_UNDEF
;
11084 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1 || h
->forced_local
);
11087 g
= htab
->got_info
;
11088 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
11090 /* See if this symbol has an entry in the GOT. */
11091 if (hmips
->global_got_area
!= GGA_NONE
)
11094 Elf_Internal_Rela outrel
;
11098 /* Install the symbol value in the GOT. */
11099 offset
= mips_elf_primary_global_got_index (output_bfd
, info
, h
);
11100 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, sym
->st_value
, sgot
->contents
+ offset
);
11102 /* Add a dynamic relocation for it. */
11103 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
11104 loc
= s
->contents
+ (s
->reloc_count
++ * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
));
11105 outrel
.r_offset
= (sgot
->output_section
->vma
11106 + sgot
->output_offset
11108 outrel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (h
->dynindx
, R_MIPS_32
);
11109 outrel
.r_addend
= 0;
11110 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (dynobj
, &outrel
, loc
);
11113 /* Emit a copy reloc, if needed. */
11116 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
;
11118 BFD_ASSERT (h
->dynindx
!= -1);
11120 rel
.r_offset
= (h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
11121 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
11122 + h
->root
.u
.def
.value
);
11123 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (h
->dynindx
, R_MIPS_COPY
);
11125 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
,
11126 htab
->srelbss
->contents
11127 + (htab
->srelbss
->reloc_count
11128 * sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
)));
11129 ++htab
->srelbss
->reloc_count
;
11132 /* If this is a mips16/microMIPS symbol, force the value to be even. */
11133 if (ELF_ST_IS_COMPRESSED (sym
->st_other
))
11134 sym
->st_value
&= ~1;
11139 /* Write out a plt0 entry to the beginning of .plt. */
11142 mips_finish_exec_plt (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
11145 bfd_vma gotplt_value
, gotplt_value_high
, gotplt_value_low
;
11146 static const bfd_vma
*plt_entry
;
11147 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
11149 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
11150 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
11152 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
11153 plt_entry
= mips_n64_exec_plt0_entry
;
11154 else if (ABI_N32_P (output_bfd
))
11155 plt_entry
= mips_n32_exec_plt0_entry
;
11156 else if (!htab
->plt_header_is_comp
)
11157 plt_entry
= mips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
;
11158 else if (htab
->insn32
)
11159 plt_entry
= micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt0_entry
;
11161 plt_entry
= micromips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
;
11163 /* Calculate the value of .got.plt. */
11164 gotplt_value
= (htab
->sgotplt
->output_section
->vma
11165 + htab
->sgotplt
->output_offset
);
11166 gotplt_value_high
= ((gotplt_value
+ 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
11167 gotplt_value_low
= gotplt_value
& 0xffff;
11169 /* The PLT sequence is not safe for N64 if .got.plt's address can
11170 not be loaded in two instructions. */
11171 BFD_ASSERT ((gotplt_value
& ~(bfd_vma
) 0x7fffffff) == 0
11172 || ~(gotplt_value
| 0x7fffffff) == 0);
11174 /* Install the PLT header. */
11175 loc
= htab
->splt
->contents
;
11176 if (plt_entry
== micromips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
)
11178 bfd_vma gotpc_offset
;
11179 bfd_vma loc_address
;
11182 BFD_ASSERT (gotplt_value
% 4 == 0);
11184 loc_address
= (htab
->splt
->output_section
->vma
11185 + htab
->splt
->output_offset
);
11186 gotpc_offset
= gotplt_value
- ((loc_address
| 3) ^ 3);
11188 /* ADDIUPC has a span of +/-16MB, check we're in range. */
11189 if (gotpc_offset
+ 0x1000000 >= 0x2000000)
11191 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
11192 (_("%B: `%A' offset of %ld from `%A' beyond the range of ADDIUPC"),
11194 htab
->sgotplt
->output_section
,
11195 htab
->splt
->output_section
,
11196 (long) gotpc_offset
);
11197 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_no_error
);
11200 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
,
11201 plt_entry
[0] | ((gotpc_offset
>> 18) & 0x7f), loc
);
11202 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, (gotpc_offset
>> 2) & 0xffff, loc
+ 2);
11203 for (i
= 2; i
< ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
); i
++)
11204 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[i
], loc
+ (i
* 2));
11206 else if (plt_entry
== micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt0_entry
)
11210 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0], loc
);
11211 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, gotplt_value_high
, loc
+ 2);
11212 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2], loc
+ 4);
11213 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, gotplt_value_low
, loc
+ 6);
11214 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[4], loc
+ 8);
11215 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, gotplt_value_low
, loc
+ 10);
11216 for (i
= 6; i
< ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt0_entry
); i
++)
11217 bfd_put_16 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[i
], loc
+ (i
* 2));
11221 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0] | gotplt_value_high
, loc
);
11222 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[1] | gotplt_value_low
, loc
+ 4);
11223 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2] | gotplt_value_low
, loc
+ 8);
11224 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3], loc
+ 12);
11225 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[4], loc
+ 16);
11226 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[5], loc
+ 20);
11227 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[6], loc
+ 24);
11228 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[7], loc
+ 28);
11234 /* Install the PLT header for a VxWorks executable and finalize the
11235 contents of .rela.plt.unloaded. */
11238 mips_vxworks_finish_exec_plt (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
11240 Elf_Internal_Rela rela
;
11242 bfd_vma got_value
, got_value_high
, got_value_low
, plt_address
;
11243 static const bfd_vma
*plt_entry
;
11244 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
11246 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
11247 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
11249 plt_entry
= mips_vxworks_exec_plt0_entry
;
11251 /* Calculate the value of _GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_. */
11252 got_value
= (htab
->root
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
11253 + htab
->root
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
11254 + htab
->root
.hgot
->root
.u
.def
.value
);
11256 got_value_high
= ((got_value
+ 0x8000) >> 16) & 0xffff;
11257 got_value_low
= got_value
& 0xffff;
11259 /* Calculate the address of the PLT header. */
11260 plt_address
= htab
->splt
->output_section
->vma
+ htab
->splt
->output_offset
;
11262 /* Install the PLT header. */
11263 loc
= htab
->splt
->contents
;
11264 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[0] | got_value_high
, loc
);
11265 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[1] | got_value_low
, loc
+ 4);
11266 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[2], loc
+ 8);
11267 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[3], loc
+ 12);
11268 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[4], loc
+ 16);
11269 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, plt_entry
[5], loc
+ 20);
11271 /* Output the relocation for the lui of %hi(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_). */
11272 loc
= htab
->srelplt2
->contents
;
11273 rela
.r_offset
= plt_address
;
11274 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hgot
->indx
, R_MIPS_HI16
);
11276 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
11277 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
11279 /* Output the relocation for the following addiu of
11280 %lo(_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_). */
11281 rela
.r_offset
+= 4;
11282 rela
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hgot
->indx
, R_MIPS_LO16
);
11283 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rela
, loc
);
11284 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
11286 /* Fix up the remaining relocations. They may have the wrong
11287 symbol index for _G_O_T_ or _P_L_T_ depending on the order
11288 in which symbols were output. */
11289 while (loc
< htab
->srelplt2
->contents
+ htab
->srelplt2
->size
)
11291 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
;
11293 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_in (output_bfd
, loc
, &rel
);
11294 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hplt
->indx
, R_MIPS_32
);
11295 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
11296 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
11298 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_in (output_bfd
, loc
, &rel
);
11299 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hgot
->indx
, R_MIPS_HI16
);
11300 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
11301 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
11303 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_in (output_bfd
, loc
, &rel
);
11304 rel
.r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (htab
->root
.hgot
->indx
, R_MIPS_LO16
);
11305 bfd_elf32_swap_reloca_out (output_bfd
, &rel
, loc
);
11306 loc
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_Rela
);
11310 /* Install the PLT header for a VxWorks shared library. */
11313 mips_vxworks_finish_shared_plt (bfd
*output_bfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
11316 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
11318 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
11319 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
11321 /* We just need to copy the entry byte-by-byte. */
11322 for (i
= 0; i
< ARRAY_SIZE (mips_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry
); i
++)
11323 bfd_put_32 (output_bfd
, mips_vxworks_shared_plt0_entry
[i
],
11324 htab
->splt
->contents
+ i
* 4);
11327 /* Finish up the dynamic sections. */
11330 _bfd_mips_elf_finish_dynamic_sections (bfd
*output_bfd
,
11331 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
11336 struct mips_got_info
*gg
, *g
;
11337 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
11339 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
11340 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
11342 dynobj
= elf_hash_table (info
)->dynobj
;
11344 sdyn
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".dynamic");
11347 gg
= htab
->got_info
;
11349 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
11352 int dyn_to_skip
= 0, dyn_skipped
= 0;
11354 BFD_ASSERT (sdyn
!= NULL
);
11355 BFD_ASSERT (gg
!= NULL
);
11357 g
= mips_elf_bfd_got (output_bfd
, FALSE
);
11358 BFD_ASSERT (g
!= NULL
);
11360 for (b
= sdyn
->contents
;
11361 b
< sdyn
->contents
+ sdyn
->size
;
11362 b
+= MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj
))
11364 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
11368 bfd_boolean swap_out_p
;
11370 /* Read in the current dynamic entry. */
11371 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->s
->swap_dyn_in
) (dynobj
, b
, &dyn
);
11373 /* Assume that we're going to modify it and write it out. */
11379 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (dynobj
);
11383 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->is_vxworks
);
11384 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= MIPS_ELF_RELA_SIZE (dynobj
);
11388 /* Rewrite DT_STRSZ. */
11390 _bfd_elf_strtab_size (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynstr
);
11395 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
;
11398 case DT_MIPS_PLTGOT
:
11400 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
;
11403 case DT_MIPS_RLD_VERSION
:
11404 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= 1; /* XXX */
11407 case DT_MIPS_FLAGS
:
11408 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= RHF_NOTPOT
; /* XXX */
11411 case DT_MIPS_TIME_STAMP
:
11415 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= t
;
11419 case DT_MIPS_ICHECKSUM
:
11421 swap_out_p
= FALSE
;
11424 case DT_MIPS_IVERSION
:
11426 swap_out_p
= FALSE
;
11429 case DT_MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS
:
11430 s
= output_bfd
->sections
;
11431 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
11432 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->vma
& ~(bfd_vma
) 0xffff;
11435 case DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO
:
11436 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= g
->local_gotno
;
11439 case DT_MIPS_UNREFEXTNO
:
11440 /* The index into the dynamic symbol table which is the
11441 entry of the first external symbol that is not
11442 referenced within the same object. */
11443 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= bfd_count_sections (output_bfd
) + 1;
11446 case DT_MIPS_GOTSYM
:
11447 if (htab
->global_gotsym
)
11449 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= htab
->global_gotsym
->dynindx
;
11452 /* In case if we don't have global got symbols we default
11453 to setting DT_MIPS_GOTSYM to the same value as
11454 DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO, so we just fall through. */
11456 case DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO
:
11458 elemsize
= MIPS_ELF_SYM_SIZE (output_bfd
);
11459 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (output_bfd
, name
);
11460 BFD_ASSERT (s
!= NULL
);
11462 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= s
->size
/ elemsize
;
11465 case DT_MIPS_HIPAGENO
:
11466 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= g
->local_gotno
- htab
->reserved_gotno
;
11469 case DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP
:
11471 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
11472 h
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->rld_symbol
;
11475 dyn_to_skip
= MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj
);
11476 swap_out_p
= FALSE
;
11479 s
= h
->root
.u
.def
.section
;
11480 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= (s
->output_section
->vma
+ s
->output_offset
11481 + h
->root
.u
.def
.value
);
11485 case DT_MIPS_OPTIONS
:
11486 s
= (bfd_get_section_by_name
11487 (output_bfd
, MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (output_bfd
)));
11488 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= s
->vma
;
11492 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->is_vxworks
);
11493 /* The count does not include the JUMP_SLOT relocations. */
11495 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
-= htab
->srelplt
->size
;
11499 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
);
11500 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
11501 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= DT_RELA
;
11503 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= DT_REL
;
11507 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
);
11508 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= htab
->srelplt
->size
;
11512 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
);
11513 dyn
.d_un
.d_ptr
= (htab
->srelplt
->output_section
->vma
11514 + htab
->srelplt
->output_offset
);
11518 /* If we didn't need any text relocations after all, delete
11519 the dynamic tag. */
11520 if (!(info
->flags
& DF_TEXTREL
))
11522 dyn_to_skip
= MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj
);
11523 swap_out_p
= FALSE
;
11528 /* If we didn't need any text relocations after all, clear
11529 DF_TEXTREL from DT_FLAGS. */
11530 if (!(info
->flags
& DF_TEXTREL
))
11531 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
&= ~DF_TEXTREL
;
11533 swap_out_p
= FALSE
;
11537 swap_out_p
= FALSE
;
11538 if (htab
->is_vxworks
11539 && elf_vxworks_finish_dynamic_entry (output_bfd
, &dyn
))
11544 if (swap_out_p
|| dyn_skipped
)
11545 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->s
->swap_dyn_out
)
11546 (dynobj
, &dyn
, b
- dyn_skipped
);
11550 dyn_skipped
+= dyn_to_skip
;
11555 /* Wipe out any trailing entries if we shifted down a dynamic tag. */
11556 if (dyn_skipped
> 0)
11557 memset (b
- dyn_skipped
, 0, dyn_skipped
);
11560 if (sgot
!= NULL
&& sgot
->size
> 0
11561 && !bfd_is_abs_section (sgot
->output_section
))
11563 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
11565 /* The first entry of the global offset table points to the
11566 ".dynamic" section. The second is initialized by the
11567 loader and contains the shared library identifier.
11568 The third is also initialized by the loader and points
11569 to the lazy resolution stub. */
11570 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
,
11571 sdyn
->output_offset
+ sdyn
->output_section
->vma
,
11573 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, 0,
11574 sgot
->contents
+ MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
11575 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, 0,
11577 + 2 * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
11581 /* The first entry of the global offset table will be filled at
11582 runtime. The second entry will be used by some runtime loaders.
11583 This isn't the case of IRIX rld. */
11584 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, (bfd_vma
) 0, sgot
->contents
);
11585 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, MIPS_ELF_GNU_GOT1_MASK (output_bfd
),
11586 sgot
->contents
+ MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
11589 elf_section_data (sgot
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_entsize
11590 = MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
11593 /* Generate dynamic relocations for the non-primary gots. */
11594 if (gg
!= NULL
&& gg
->next
)
11596 Elf_Internal_Rela rel
[3];
11597 bfd_vma addend
= 0;
11599 memset (rel
, 0, sizeof (rel
));
11600 rel
[0].r_info
= ELF_R_INFO (output_bfd
, 0, R_MIPS_REL32
);
11602 for (g
= gg
->next
; g
->next
!= gg
; g
= g
->next
)
11604 bfd_vma got_index
= g
->next
->local_gotno
+ g
->next
->global_gotno
11605 + g
->next
->tls_gotno
;
11607 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, 0, sgot
->contents
11608 + got_index
++ * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
11609 MIPS_ELF_PUT_WORD (output_bfd
, MIPS_ELF_GNU_GOT1_MASK (output_bfd
),
11611 + got_index
++ * MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
));
11613 if (! info
->shared
)
11616 for (; got_index
< g
->local_gotno
; got_index
++)
11618 if (got_index
>= g
->assigned_low_gotno
11619 && got_index
<= g
->assigned_high_gotno
)
11622 rel
[0].r_offset
= rel
[1].r_offset
= rel
[2].r_offset
11623 = got_index
* MIPS_ELF_GOT_SIZE (output_bfd
);
11624 if (!(mips_elf_create_dynamic_relocation
11625 (output_bfd
, info
, rel
, NULL
,
11626 bfd_abs_section_ptr
,
11627 0, &addend
, sgot
)))
11629 BFD_ASSERT (addend
== 0);
11634 /* The generation of dynamic relocations for the non-primary gots
11635 adds more dynamic relocations. We cannot count them until
11638 if (elf_hash_table (info
)->dynamic_sections_created
)
11641 bfd_boolean swap_out_p
;
11643 BFD_ASSERT (sdyn
!= NULL
);
11645 for (b
= sdyn
->contents
;
11646 b
< sdyn
->contents
+ sdyn
->size
;
11647 b
+= MIPS_ELF_DYN_SIZE (dynobj
))
11649 Elf_Internal_Dyn dyn
;
11652 /* Read in the current dynamic entry. */
11653 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->s
->swap_dyn_in
) (dynobj
, b
, &dyn
);
11655 /* Assume that we're going to modify it and write it out. */
11661 /* Reduce DT_RELSZ to account for any relocations we
11662 decided not to make. This is for the n64 irix rld,
11663 which doesn't seem to apply any relocations if there
11664 are trailing null entries. */
11665 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
11666 dyn
.d_un
.d_val
= (s
->reloc_count
11667 * (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
)
11668 ? sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel
)
11669 : sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel
)));
11670 /* Adjust the section size too. Tools like the prelinker
11671 can reasonably expect the values to the same. */
11672 elf_section_data (s
->output_section
)->this_hdr
.sh_size
11677 swap_out_p
= FALSE
;
11682 (*get_elf_backend_data (dynobj
)->s
->swap_dyn_out
)
11689 Elf32_compact_rel cpt
;
11691 if (SGI_COMPAT (output_bfd
))
11693 /* Write .compact_rel section out. */
11694 s
= bfd_get_linker_section (dynobj
, ".compact_rel");
11698 cpt
.num
= s
->reloc_count
;
11700 cpt
.offset
= (s
->output_section
->filepos
11701 + sizeof (Elf32_External_compact_rel
));
11704 bfd_elf32_swap_compact_rel_out (output_bfd
, &cpt
,
11705 ((Elf32_External_compact_rel
*)
11708 /* Clean up a dummy stub function entry in .text. */
11709 if (htab
->sstubs
!= NULL
)
11711 file_ptr dummy_offset
;
11713 BFD_ASSERT (htab
->sstubs
->size
>= htab
->function_stub_size
);
11714 dummy_offset
= htab
->sstubs
->size
- htab
->function_stub_size
;
11715 memset (htab
->sstubs
->contents
+ dummy_offset
, 0,
11716 htab
->function_stub_size
);
11721 /* The psABI says that the dynamic relocations must be sorted in
11722 increasing order of r_symndx. The VxWorks EABI doesn't require
11723 this, and because the code below handles REL rather than RELA
11724 relocations, using it for VxWorks would be outright harmful. */
11725 if (!htab
->is_vxworks
)
11727 s
= mips_elf_rel_dyn_section (info
, FALSE
);
11729 && s
->size
> (bfd_vma
)2 * MIPS_ELF_REL_SIZE (output_bfd
))
11731 reldyn_sorting_bfd
= output_bfd
;
11733 if (ABI_64_P (output_bfd
))
11734 qsort ((Elf64_External_Rel
*) s
->contents
+ 1,
11735 s
->reloc_count
- 1, sizeof (Elf64_Mips_External_Rel
),
11736 sort_dynamic_relocs_64
);
11738 qsort ((Elf32_External_Rel
*) s
->contents
+ 1,
11739 s
->reloc_count
- 1, sizeof (Elf32_External_Rel
),
11740 sort_dynamic_relocs
);
11745 if (htab
->splt
&& htab
->splt
->size
> 0)
11747 if (htab
->is_vxworks
)
11750 mips_vxworks_finish_shared_plt (output_bfd
, info
);
11752 mips_vxworks_finish_exec_plt (output_bfd
, info
);
11756 BFD_ASSERT (!info
->shared
);
11757 if (!mips_finish_exec_plt (output_bfd
, info
))
11765 /* Set ABFD's EF_MIPS_ARCH and EF_MIPS_MACH flags. */
11768 mips_set_isa_flags (bfd
*abfd
)
11772 switch (bfd_get_mach (abfd
))
11775 case bfd_mach_mips3000
:
11776 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_1
;
11779 case bfd_mach_mips3900
:
11780 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_1
| E_MIPS_MACH_3900
;
11783 case bfd_mach_mips6000
:
11784 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_2
;
11787 case bfd_mach_mips4000
:
11788 case bfd_mach_mips4300
:
11789 case bfd_mach_mips4400
:
11790 case bfd_mach_mips4600
:
11791 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
;
11794 case bfd_mach_mips4010
:
11795 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4010
;
11798 case bfd_mach_mips4100
:
11799 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4100
;
11802 case bfd_mach_mips4111
:
11803 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4111
;
11806 case bfd_mach_mips4120
:
11807 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4120
;
11810 case bfd_mach_mips4650
:
11811 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_4650
;
11814 case bfd_mach_mips5400
:
11815 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_4
| E_MIPS_MACH_5400
;
11818 case bfd_mach_mips5500
:
11819 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_4
| E_MIPS_MACH_5500
;
11822 case bfd_mach_mips5900
:
11823 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_5900
;
11826 case bfd_mach_mips9000
:
11827 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_4
| E_MIPS_MACH_9000
;
11830 case bfd_mach_mips5000
:
11831 case bfd_mach_mips7000
:
11832 case bfd_mach_mips8000
:
11833 case bfd_mach_mips10000
:
11834 case bfd_mach_mips12000
:
11835 case bfd_mach_mips14000
:
11836 case bfd_mach_mips16000
:
11837 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_4
;
11840 case bfd_mach_mips5
:
11841 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_5
;
11844 case bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2e
:
11845 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_LS2E
;
11848 case bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2f
:
11849 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_3
| E_MIPS_MACH_LS2F
;
11852 case bfd_mach_mips_sb1
:
11853 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64
| E_MIPS_MACH_SB1
;
11856 case bfd_mach_mips_loongson_3a
:
11857 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
| E_MIPS_MACH_LS3A
;
11860 case bfd_mach_mips_octeon
:
11861 case bfd_mach_mips_octeonp
:
11862 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
| E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON
;
11865 case bfd_mach_mips_octeon3
:
11866 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
| E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON3
;
11869 case bfd_mach_mips_xlr
:
11870 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64
| E_MIPS_MACH_XLR
;
11873 case bfd_mach_mips_octeon2
:
11874 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
| E_MIPS_MACH_OCTEON2
;
11877 case bfd_mach_mipsisa32
:
11878 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_32
;
11881 case bfd_mach_mipsisa64
:
11882 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64
;
11885 case bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2
:
11886 case bfd_mach_mipsisa32r3
:
11887 case bfd_mach_mipsisa32r5
:
11888 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
;
11891 case bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2
:
11892 case bfd_mach_mipsisa64r3
:
11893 case bfd_mach_mipsisa64r5
:
11894 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
;
11897 case bfd_mach_mipsisa32r6
:
11898 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_32R6
;
11901 case bfd_mach_mipsisa64r6
:
11902 val
= E_MIPS_ARCH_64R6
;
11905 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
&= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
);
11906 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
|= val
;
11911 /* The final processing done just before writing out a MIPS ELF object
11912 file. This gets the MIPS architecture right based on the machine
11913 number. This is used by both the 32-bit and the 64-bit ABI. */
11916 _bfd_mips_elf_final_write_processing (bfd
*abfd
,
11917 bfd_boolean linker ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
11920 Elf_Internal_Shdr
**hdrpp
;
11924 /* Keep the existing EF_MIPS_MACH and EF_MIPS_ARCH flags if the former
11925 is nonzero. This is for compatibility with old objects, which used
11926 a combination of a 32-bit EF_MIPS_ARCH and a 64-bit EF_MIPS_MACH. */
11927 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_MACH
) == 0)
11928 mips_set_isa_flags (abfd
);
11930 /* Set the sh_info field for .gptab sections and other appropriate
11931 info for each special section. */
11932 for (i
= 1, hdrpp
= elf_elfsections (abfd
) + 1;
11933 i
< elf_numsections (abfd
);
11936 switch ((*hdrpp
)->sh_type
)
11938 case SHT_MIPS_MSYM
:
11939 case SHT_MIPS_LIBLIST
:
11940 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynstr");
11942 (*hdrpp
)->sh_link
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
11945 case SHT_MIPS_GPTAB
:
11946 BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
!= NULL
);
11947 name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, (*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
);
11948 BFD_ASSERT (name
!= NULL
11949 && CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".gptab."));
11950 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, name
+ sizeof ".gptab" - 1);
11951 BFD_ASSERT (sec
!= NULL
);
11952 (*hdrpp
)->sh_info
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
11955 case SHT_MIPS_CONTENT
:
11956 BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
!= NULL
);
11957 name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, (*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
);
11958 BFD_ASSERT (name
!= NULL
11959 && CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.content"));
11960 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
11961 name
+ sizeof ".MIPS.content" - 1);
11962 BFD_ASSERT (sec
!= NULL
);
11963 (*hdrpp
)->sh_link
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
11966 case SHT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB
:
11967 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynsym");
11969 (*hdrpp
)->sh_link
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
11970 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".liblist");
11972 (*hdrpp
)->sh_info
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
11975 case SHT_MIPS_EVENTS
:
11976 BFD_ASSERT ((*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
!= NULL
);
11977 name
= bfd_get_section_name (abfd
, (*hdrpp
)->bfd_section
);
11978 BFD_ASSERT (name
!= NULL
);
11979 if (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.events"))
11980 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
11981 name
+ sizeof ".MIPS.events" - 1);
11984 BFD_ASSERT (CONST_STRNEQ (name
, ".MIPS.post_rel"));
11985 sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
11987 + sizeof ".MIPS.post_rel" - 1));
11989 BFD_ASSERT (sec
!= NULL
);
11990 (*hdrpp
)->sh_link
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_idx
;
11997 /* When creating an IRIX5 executable, we need REGINFO and RTPROC
12001 _bfd_mips_elf_additional_program_headers (bfd
*abfd
,
12002 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
12007 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_REGINFO segment. */
12008 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".reginfo");
12009 if (s
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
))
12012 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_ABIFLAGS segment. */
12013 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".MIPS.abiflags"))
12016 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_OPTIONS segment. */
12017 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix6
12018 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
,
12019 MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME (abfd
)))
12022 /* See if we need a PT_MIPS_RTPROC segment. */
12023 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix5
12024 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic")
12025 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".mdebug"))
12028 /* Allocate a PT_NULL header in dynamic objects. See
12029 _bfd_mips_elf_modify_segment_map for details. */
12030 if (!SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
12031 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic"))
12037 /* Modify the segment map for an IRIX5 executable. */
12040 _bfd_mips_elf_modify_segment_map (bfd
*abfd
,
12041 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
12044 struct elf_segment_map
*m
, **pm
;
12047 /* If there is a .reginfo section, we need a PT_MIPS_REGINFO
12049 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".reginfo");
12050 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
12052 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
); m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
12053 if (m
->p_type
== PT_MIPS_REGINFO
)
12058 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
12062 m
->p_type
= PT_MIPS_REGINFO
;
12064 m
->sections
[0] = s
;
12066 /* We want to put it after the PHDR and INTERP segments. */
12067 pm
= &elf_seg_map (abfd
);
12069 && ((*pm
)->p_type
== PT_PHDR
12070 || (*pm
)->p_type
== PT_INTERP
))
12078 /* If there is a .MIPS.abiflags section, we need a PT_MIPS_ABIFLAGS
12080 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".MIPS.abiflags");
12081 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
12083 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
); m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
12084 if (m
->p_type
== PT_MIPS_ABIFLAGS
)
12089 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
12093 m
->p_type
= PT_MIPS_ABIFLAGS
;
12095 m
->sections
[0] = s
;
12097 /* We want to put it after the PHDR and INTERP segments. */
12098 pm
= &elf_seg_map (abfd
);
12100 && ((*pm
)->p_type
== PT_PHDR
12101 || (*pm
)->p_type
== PT_INTERP
))
12109 /* For IRIX 6, we don't have .mdebug sections, nor does anything but
12110 .dynamic end up in PT_DYNAMIC. However, we do have to insert a
12111 PT_MIPS_OPTIONS segment immediately following the program header
12113 if (NEWABI_P (abfd
)
12114 /* On non-IRIX6 new abi, we'll have already created a segment
12115 for this section, so don't create another. I'm not sure this
12116 is not also the case for IRIX 6, but I can't test it right
12118 && IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix6
)
12120 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
; s
= s
->next
)
12121 if (elf_section_data (s
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
== SHT_MIPS_OPTIONS
)
12126 struct elf_segment_map
*options_segment
;
12128 pm
= &elf_seg_map (abfd
);
12130 && ((*pm
)->p_type
== PT_PHDR
12131 || (*pm
)->p_type
== PT_INTERP
))
12134 if (*pm
== NULL
|| (*pm
)->p_type
!= PT_MIPS_OPTIONS
)
12136 amt
= sizeof (struct elf_segment_map
);
12137 options_segment
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
12138 options_segment
->next
= *pm
;
12139 options_segment
->p_type
= PT_MIPS_OPTIONS
;
12140 options_segment
->p_flags
= PF_R
;
12141 options_segment
->p_flags_valid
= TRUE
;
12142 options_segment
->count
= 1;
12143 options_segment
->sections
[0] = s
;
12144 *pm
= options_segment
;
12150 if (IRIX_COMPAT (abfd
) == ict_irix5
)
12152 /* If there are .dynamic and .mdebug sections, we make a room
12153 for the RTPROC header. FIXME: Rewrite without section names. */
12154 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".interp") == NULL
12155 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic") != NULL
12156 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".mdebug") != NULL
)
12158 for (m
= elf_seg_map (abfd
); m
!= NULL
; m
= m
->next
)
12159 if (m
->p_type
== PT_MIPS_RTPROC
)
12164 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
12168 m
->p_type
= PT_MIPS_RTPROC
;
12170 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rtproc");
12175 m
->p_flags_valid
= 1;
12180 m
->sections
[0] = s
;
12183 /* We want to put it after the DYNAMIC segment. */
12184 pm
= &elf_seg_map (abfd
);
12185 while (*pm
!= NULL
&& (*pm
)->p_type
!= PT_DYNAMIC
)
12195 /* On IRIX5, the PT_DYNAMIC segment includes the .dynamic,
12196 .dynstr, .dynsym, and .hash sections, and everything in
12198 for (pm
= &elf_seg_map (abfd
); *pm
!= NULL
;
12200 if ((*pm
)->p_type
== PT_DYNAMIC
)
12203 /* GNU/Linux binaries do not need the extended PT_DYNAMIC section.
12204 glibc's dynamic linker has traditionally derived the number of
12205 tags from the p_filesz field, and sometimes allocates stack
12206 arrays of that size. An overly-big PT_DYNAMIC segment can
12207 be actively harmful in such cases. Making PT_DYNAMIC contain
12208 other sections can also make life hard for the prelinker,
12209 which might move one of the other sections to a different
12210 PT_LOAD segment. */
12211 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
12214 && strcmp (m
->sections
[0]->name
, ".dynamic") == 0)
12216 static const char *sec_names
[] =
12218 ".dynamic", ".dynstr", ".dynsym", ".hash"
12222 struct elf_segment_map
*n
;
12224 low
= ~(bfd_vma
) 0;
12226 for (i
= 0; i
< sizeof sec_names
/ sizeof sec_names
[0]; i
++)
12228 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, sec_names
[i
]);
12229 if (s
!= NULL
&& (s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0)
12236 if (high
< s
->vma
+ sz
)
12237 high
= s
->vma
+ sz
;
12242 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
12243 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
12245 && s
->vma
+ s
->size
<= high
)
12248 amt
= sizeof *n
+ (bfd_size_type
) (c
- 1) * sizeof (asection
*);
12249 n
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
12256 for (s
= abfd
->sections
; s
!= NULL
; s
= s
->next
)
12258 if ((s
->flags
& SEC_LOAD
) != 0
12260 && s
->vma
+ s
->size
<= high
)
12262 n
->sections
[i
] = s
;
12271 /* Allocate a spare program header in dynamic objects so that tools
12272 like the prelinker can add an extra PT_LOAD entry.
12274 If the prelinker needs to make room for a new PT_LOAD entry, its
12275 standard procedure is to move the first (read-only) sections into
12276 the new (writable) segment. However, the MIPS ABI requires
12277 .dynamic to be in a read-only segment, and the section will often
12278 start within sizeof (ElfNN_Phdr) bytes of the last program header.
12280 Although the prelinker could in principle move .dynamic to a
12281 writable segment, it seems better to allocate a spare program
12282 header instead, and avoid the need to move any sections.
12283 There is a long tradition of allocating spare dynamic tags,
12284 so allocating a spare program header seems like a natural
12287 If INFO is NULL, we may be copying an already prelinked binary
12288 with objcopy or strip, so do not add this header. */
12290 && !SGI_COMPAT (abfd
)
12291 && bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".dynamic"))
12293 for (pm
= &elf_seg_map (abfd
); *pm
!= NULL
; pm
= &(*pm
)->next
)
12294 if ((*pm
)->p_type
== PT_NULL
)
12298 m
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, sizeof (*m
));
12302 m
->p_type
= PT_NULL
;
12310 /* Return the section that should be marked against GC for a given
12314 _bfd_mips_elf_gc_mark_hook (asection
*sec
,
12315 struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
12316 Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
,
12317 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
12318 Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
12320 /* ??? Do mips16 stub sections need to be handled special? */
12323 switch (ELF_R_TYPE (sec
->owner
, rel
->r_info
))
12325 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTINHERIT
:
12326 case R_MIPS_GNU_VTENTRY
:
12330 return _bfd_elf_gc_mark_hook (sec
, info
, rel
, h
, sym
);
12333 /* Update the got entry reference counts for the section being removed. */
12336 _bfd_mips_elf_gc_sweep_hook (bfd
*abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12337 struct bfd_link_info
*info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12338 asection
*sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12339 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*relocs ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
12342 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
12343 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
12344 bfd_signed_vma
*local_got_refcounts
;
12345 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*rel
, *relend
;
12346 unsigned long r_symndx
;
12347 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
12349 if (info
->relocatable
)
12352 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
12353 sym_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
12354 local_got_refcounts
= elf_local_got_refcounts (abfd
);
12356 relend
= relocs
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
12357 for (rel
= relocs
; rel
< relend
; rel
++)
12358 switch (ELF_R_TYPE (abfd
, rel
->r_info
))
12360 case R_MIPS16_GOT16
:
12361 case R_MIPS16_CALL16
:
12363 case R_MIPS_CALL16
:
12364 case R_MIPS_CALL_HI16
:
12365 case R_MIPS_CALL_LO16
:
12366 case R_MIPS_GOT_HI16
:
12367 case R_MIPS_GOT_LO16
:
12368 case R_MIPS_GOT_DISP
:
12369 case R_MIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
12370 case R_MIPS_GOT_OFST
:
12371 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT16
:
12372 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL16
:
12373 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_HI16
:
12374 case R_MICROMIPS_CALL_LO16
:
12375 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_HI16
:
12376 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_LO16
:
12377 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_DISP
:
12378 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_PAGE
:
12379 case R_MICROMIPS_GOT_OFST
:
12380 /* ??? It would seem that the existing MIPS code does no sort
12381 of reference counting or whatnot on its GOT and PLT entries,
12382 so it is not possible to garbage collect them at this time. */
12393 /* Prevent .MIPS.abiflags from being discarded with --gc-sections. */
12396 _bfd_mips_elf_gc_mark_extra_sections (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
12397 elf_gc_mark_hook_fn gc_mark_hook
)
12401 _bfd_elf_gc_mark_extra_sections (info
, gc_mark_hook
);
12403 for (sub
= info
->input_bfds
; sub
!= NULL
; sub
= sub
->link
.next
)
12407 if (! is_mips_elf (sub
))
12410 for (o
= sub
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
12412 && MIPS_ELF_ABIFLAGS_SECTION_NAME_P
12413 (bfd_get_section_name (sub
, o
)))
12415 if (!_bfd_elf_gc_mark (info
, o
, gc_mark_hook
))
12423 /* Copy data from a MIPS ELF indirect symbol to its direct symbol,
12424 hiding the old indirect symbol. Process additional relocation
12425 information. Also called for weakdefs, in which case we just let
12426 _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect copy the flags for us. */
12429 _bfd_mips_elf_copy_indirect_symbol (struct bfd_link_info
*info
,
12430 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*dir
,
12431 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*ind
)
12433 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*dirmips
, *indmips
;
12435 _bfd_elf_link_hash_copy_indirect (info
, dir
, ind
);
12437 dirmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) dir
;
12438 indmips
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*) ind
;
12439 /* Any absolute non-dynamic relocations against an indirect or weak
12440 definition will be against the target symbol. */
12441 if (indmips
->has_static_relocs
)
12442 dirmips
->has_static_relocs
= TRUE
;
12444 if (ind
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_indirect
)
12447 dirmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
+= indmips
->possibly_dynamic_relocs
;
12448 if (indmips
->readonly_reloc
)
12449 dirmips
->readonly_reloc
= TRUE
;
12450 if (indmips
->no_fn_stub
)
12451 dirmips
->no_fn_stub
= TRUE
;
12452 if (indmips
->fn_stub
)
12454 dirmips
->fn_stub
= indmips
->fn_stub
;
12455 indmips
->fn_stub
= NULL
;
12457 if (indmips
->need_fn_stub
)
12459 dirmips
->need_fn_stub
= TRUE
;
12460 indmips
->need_fn_stub
= FALSE
;
12462 if (indmips
->call_stub
)
12464 dirmips
->call_stub
= indmips
->call_stub
;
12465 indmips
->call_stub
= NULL
;
12467 if (indmips
->call_fp_stub
)
12469 dirmips
->call_fp_stub
= indmips
->call_fp_stub
;
12470 indmips
->call_fp_stub
= NULL
;
12472 if (indmips
->global_got_area
< dirmips
->global_got_area
)
12473 dirmips
->global_got_area
= indmips
->global_got_area
;
12474 if (indmips
->global_got_area
< GGA_NONE
)
12475 indmips
->global_got_area
= GGA_NONE
;
12476 if (indmips
->has_nonpic_branches
)
12477 dirmips
->has_nonpic_branches
= TRUE
;
12480 #define PDR_SIZE 32
12483 _bfd_mips_elf_discard_info (bfd
*abfd
, struct elf_reloc_cookie
*cookie
,
12484 struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
12487 bfd_boolean ret
= FALSE
;
12488 unsigned char *tdata
;
12491 o
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".pdr");
12496 if (o
->size
% PDR_SIZE
!= 0)
12498 if (o
->output_section
!= NULL
12499 && bfd_is_abs_section (o
->output_section
))
12502 tdata
= bfd_zmalloc (o
->size
/ PDR_SIZE
);
12506 cookie
->rels
= _bfd_elf_link_read_relocs (abfd
, o
, NULL
, NULL
,
12507 info
->keep_memory
);
12514 cookie
->rel
= cookie
->rels
;
12515 cookie
->relend
= cookie
->rels
+ o
->reloc_count
;
12517 for (i
= 0, skip
= 0; i
< o
->size
/ PDR_SIZE
; i
++)
12519 if (bfd_elf_reloc_symbol_deleted_p (i
* PDR_SIZE
, cookie
))
12528 mips_elf_section_data (o
)->u
.tdata
= tdata
;
12529 if (o
->rawsize
== 0)
12530 o
->rawsize
= o
->size
;
12531 o
->size
-= skip
* PDR_SIZE
;
12537 if (! info
->keep_memory
)
12538 free (cookie
->rels
);
12544 _bfd_mips_elf_ignore_discarded_relocs (asection
*sec
)
12546 if (strcmp (sec
->name
, ".pdr") == 0)
12552 _bfd_mips_elf_write_section (bfd
*output_bfd
,
12553 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
12554 asection
*sec
, bfd_byte
*contents
)
12556 bfd_byte
*to
, *from
, *end
;
12559 if (strcmp (sec
->name
, ".pdr") != 0)
12562 if (mips_elf_section_data (sec
)->u
.tdata
== NULL
)
12566 end
= contents
+ sec
->size
;
12567 for (from
= contents
, i
= 0;
12569 from
+= PDR_SIZE
, i
++)
12571 if ((mips_elf_section_data (sec
)->u
.tdata
)[i
] == 1)
12574 memcpy (to
, from
, PDR_SIZE
);
12577 bfd_set_section_contents (output_bfd
, sec
->output_section
, contents
,
12578 sec
->output_offset
, sec
->size
);
12582 /* microMIPS code retains local labels for linker relaxation. Omit them
12583 from output by default for clarity. */
12586 _bfd_mips_elf_is_target_special_symbol (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
*sym
)
12588 return _bfd_elf_is_local_label_name (abfd
, sym
->name
);
12591 /* MIPS ELF uses a special find_nearest_line routine in order the
12592 handle the ECOFF debugging information. */
12594 struct mips_elf_find_line
12596 struct ecoff_debug_info d
;
12597 struct ecoff_find_line i
;
12601 _bfd_mips_elf_find_nearest_line (bfd
*abfd
, asymbol
**symbols
,
12602 asection
*section
, bfd_vma offset
,
12603 const char **filename_ptr
,
12604 const char **functionname_ptr
,
12605 unsigned int *line_ptr
,
12606 unsigned int *discriminator_ptr
)
12610 if (_bfd_dwarf2_find_nearest_line (abfd
, symbols
, NULL
, section
, offset
,
12611 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
12612 line_ptr
, discriminator_ptr
,
12613 dwarf_debug_sections
,
12614 ABI_64_P (abfd
) ? 8 : 0,
12615 &elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
))
12618 if (_bfd_dwarf1_find_nearest_line (abfd
, symbols
, section
, offset
,
12619 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
12623 msec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".mdebug");
12626 flagword origflags
;
12627 struct mips_elf_find_line
*fi
;
12628 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
* const swap
=
12629 get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
;
12631 /* If we are called during a link, mips_elf_final_link may have
12632 cleared the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS field. We force it back on here
12633 if appropriate (which it normally will be). */
12634 origflags
= msec
->flags
;
12635 if (elf_section_data (msec
)->this_hdr
.sh_type
!= SHT_NOBITS
)
12636 msec
->flags
|= SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
12638 fi
= mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->find_line_info
;
12641 bfd_size_type external_fdr_size
;
12644 struct fdr
*fdr_ptr
;
12645 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (struct mips_elf_find_line
);
12647 fi
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
12650 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
12654 if (! _bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (abfd
, msec
, &fi
->d
))
12656 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
12660 /* Swap in the FDR information. */
12661 amt
= fi
->d
.symbolic_header
.ifdMax
* sizeof (struct fdr
);
12662 fi
->d
.fdr
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
12663 if (fi
->d
.fdr
== NULL
)
12665 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
12668 external_fdr_size
= swap
->external_fdr_size
;
12669 fdr_ptr
= fi
->d
.fdr
;
12670 fraw_src
= (char *) fi
->d
.external_fdr
;
12671 fraw_end
= (fraw_src
12672 + fi
->d
.symbolic_header
.ifdMax
* external_fdr_size
);
12673 for (; fraw_src
< fraw_end
; fraw_src
+= external_fdr_size
, fdr_ptr
++)
12674 (*swap
->swap_fdr_in
) (abfd
, fraw_src
, fdr_ptr
);
12676 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->find_line_info
= fi
;
12678 /* Note that we don't bother to ever free this information.
12679 find_nearest_line is either called all the time, as in
12680 objdump -l, so the information should be saved, or it is
12681 rarely called, as in ld error messages, so the memory
12682 wasted is unimportant. Still, it would probably be a
12683 good idea for free_cached_info to throw it away. */
12686 if (_bfd_ecoff_locate_line (abfd
, section
, offset
, &fi
->d
, swap
,
12687 &fi
->i
, filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
12690 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
12694 msec
->flags
= origflags
;
12697 /* Fall back on the generic ELF find_nearest_line routine. */
12699 return _bfd_elf_find_nearest_line (abfd
, symbols
, section
, offset
,
12700 filename_ptr
, functionname_ptr
,
12701 line_ptr
, discriminator_ptr
);
12705 _bfd_mips_elf_find_inliner_info (bfd
*abfd
,
12706 const char **filename_ptr
,
12707 const char **functionname_ptr
,
12708 unsigned int *line_ptr
)
12711 found
= _bfd_dwarf2_find_inliner_info (abfd
, filename_ptr
,
12712 functionname_ptr
, line_ptr
,
12713 & elf_tdata (abfd
)->dwarf2_find_line_info
);
12718 /* When are writing out the .options or .MIPS.options section,
12719 remember the bytes we are writing out, so that we can install the
12720 GP value in the section_processing routine. */
12723 _bfd_mips_elf_set_section_contents (bfd
*abfd
, sec_ptr section
,
12724 const void *location
,
12725 file_ptr offset
, bfd_size_type count
)
12727 if (MIPS_ELF_OPTIONS_SECTION_NAME_P (section
->name
))
12731 if (elf_section_data (section
) == NULL
)
12733 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (struct bfd_elf_section_data
);
12734 section
->used_by_bfd
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, amt
);
12735 if (elf_section_data (section
) == NULL
)
12738 c
= mips_elf_section_data (section
)->u
.tdata
;
12741 c
= bfd_zalloc (abfd
, section
->size
);
12744 mips_elf_section_data (section
)->u
.tdata
= c
;
12747 memcpy (c
+ offset
, location
, count
);
12750 return _bfd_elf_set_section_contents (abfd
, section
, location
, offset
,
12754 /* This is almost identical to bfd_generic_get_... except that some
12755 MIPS relocations need to be handled specially. Sigh. */
12758 _bfd_elf_mips_get_relocated_section_contents
12760 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
,
12761 struct bfd_link_order
*link_order
,
12763 bfd_boolean relocatable
,
12766 /* Get enough memory to hold the stuff */
12767 bfd
*input_bfd
= link_order
->u
.indirect
.section
->owner
;
12768 asection
*input_section
= link_order
->u
.indirect
.section
;
12771 long reloc_size
= bfd_get_reloc_upper_bound (input_bfd
, input_section
);
12772 arelent
**reloc_vector
= NULL
;
12775 if (reloc_size
< 0)
12778 reloc_vector
= bfd_malloc (reloc_size
);
12779 if (reloc_vector
== NULL
&& reloc_size
!= 0)
12782 /* read in the section */
12783 sz
= input_section
->rawsize
? input_section
->rawsize
: input_section
->size
;
12784 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (input_bfd
, input_section
, data
, 0, sz
))
12787 reloc_count
= bfd_canonicalize_reloc (input_bfd
,
12791 if (reloc_count
< 0)
12794 if (reloc_count
> 0)
12799 bfd_vma gp
= 0x12345678; /* initialize just to shut gcc up */
12802 struct bfd_hash_entry
*h
;
12803 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*lh
;
12804 /* Skip all this stuff if we aren't mixing formats. */
12805 if (abfd
&& input_bfd
12806 && abfd
->xvec
== input_bfd
->xvec
)
12810 h
= bfd_hash_lookup (&link_info
->hash
->table
, "_gp", FALSE
, FALSE
);
12811 lh
= (struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*) h
;
12818 case bfd_link_hash_undefined
:
12819 case bfd_link_hash_undefweak
:
12820 case bfd_link_hash_common
:
12823 case bfd_link_hash_defined
:
12824 case bfd_link_hash_defweak
:
12826 gp
= lh
->u
.def
.value
;
12828 case bfd_link_hash_indirect
:
12829 case bfd_link_hash_warning
:
12831 /* @@FIXME ignoring warning for now */
12833 case bfd_link_hash_new
:
12842 for (parent
= reloc_vector
; *parent
!= NULL
; parent
++)
12844 char *error_message
= NULL
;
12845 bfd_reloc_status_type r
;
12847 /* Specific to MIPS: Deal with relocation types that require
12848 knowing the gp of the output bfd. */
12849 asymbol
*sym
= *(*parent
)->sym_ptr_ptr
;
12851 /* If we've managed to find the gp and have a special
12852 function for the relocation then go ahead, else default
12853 to the generic handling. */
12855 && (*parent
)->howto
->special_function
12856 == _bfd_mips_elf32_gprel16_reloc
)
12857 r
= _bfd_mips_elf_gprel16_with_gp (input_bfd
, sym
, *parent
,
12858 input_section
, relocatable
,
12861 r
= bfd_perform_relocation (input_bfd
, *parent
, data
,
12863 relocatable
? abfd
: NULL
,
12868 asection
*os
= input_section
->output_section
;
12870 /* A partial link, so keep the relocs */
12871 os
->orelocation
[os
->reloc_count
] = *parent
;
12875 if (r
!= bfd_reloc_ok
)
12879 case bfd_reloc_undefined
:
12880 if (!((*link_info
->callbacks
->undefined_symbol
)
12881 (link_info
, bfd_asymbol_name (*(*parent
)->sym_ptr_ptr
),
12882 input_bfd
, input_section
, (*parent
)->address
, TRUE
)))
12885 case bfd_reloc_dangerous
:
12886 BFD_ASSERT (error_message
!= NULL
);
12887 if (!((*link_info
->callbacks
->reloc_dangerous
)
12888 (link_info
, error_message
, input_bfd
, input_section
,
12889 (*parent
)->address
)))
12892 case bfd_reloc_overflow
:
12893 if (!((*link_info
->callbacks
->reloc_overflow
)
12895 bfd_asymbol_name (*(*parent
)->sym_ptr_ptr
),
12896 (*parent
)->howto
->name
, (*parent
)->addend
,
12897 input_bfd
, input_section
, (*parent
)->address
)))
12900 case bfd_reloc_outofrange
:
12909 if (reloc_vector
!= NULL
)
12910 free (reloc_vector
);
12914 if (reloc_vector
!= NULL
)
12915 free (reloc_vector
);
12920 mips_elf_relax_delete_bytes (bfd
*abfd
,
12921 asection
*sec
, bfd_vma addr
, int count
)
12923 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
12924 unsigned int sec_shndx
;
12925 bfd_byte
*contents
;
12926 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irel
, *irelend
;
12927 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
12928 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymend
;
12929 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**sym_hashes
;
12930 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**end_hashes
;
12931 struct elf_link_hash_entry
**start_hashes
;
12932 unsigned int symcount
;
12934 sec_shndx
= _bfd_elf_section_from_bfd_section (abfd
, sec
);
12935 contents
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
;
12937 irel
= elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
;
12938 irelend
= irel
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
12940 /* Actually delete the bytes. */
12941 memmove (contents
+ addr
, contents
+ addr
+ count
,
12942 (size_t) (sec
->size
- addr
- count
));
12943 sec
->size
-= count
;
12945 /* Adjust all the relocs. */
12946 for (irel
= elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
; irel
< irelend
; irel
++)
12948 /* Get the new reloc address. */
12949 if (irel
->r_offset
> addr
)
12950 irel
->r_offset
-= count
;
12953 BFD_ASSERT (addr
% 2 == 0);
12954 BFD_ASSERT (count
% 2 == 0);
12956 /* Adjust the local symbols defined in this section. */
12957 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
12958 isym
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) symtab_hdr
->contents
;
12959 for (isymend
= isym
+ symtab_hdr
->sh_info
; isym
< isymend
; isym
++)
12960 if (isym
->st_shndx
== sec_shndx
&& isym
->st_value
> addr
)
12961 isym
->st_value
-= count
;
12963 /* Now adjust the global symbols defined in this section. */
12964 symcount
= (symtab_hdr
->sh_size
/ sizeof (Elf32_External_Sym
)
12965 - symtab_hdr
->sh_info
);
12966 sym_hashes
= start_hashes
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
);
12967 end_hashes
= sym_hashes
+ symcount
;
12969 for (; sym_hashes
< end_hashes
; sym_hashes
++)
12971 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*sym_hash
= *sym_hashes
;
12973 if ((sym_hash
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
12974 || sym_hash
->root
.type
== bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
12975 && sym_hash
->root
.u
.def
.section
== sec
)
12977 bfd_vma value
= sym_hash
->root
.u
.def
.value
;
12979 if (ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (sym_hash
->other
))
12980 value
&= MINUS_TWO
;
12982 sym_hash
->root
.u
.def
.value
-= count
;
12990 /* Opcodes needed for microMIPS relaxation as found in
12991 opcodes/micromips-opc.c. */
12993 struct opcode_descriptor
{
12994 unsigned long match
;
12995 unsigned long mask
;
12998 /* The $ra register aka $31. */
13002 /* 32-bit instruction format register fields. */
13004 #define OP32_SREG(opcode) (((opcode) >> 16) & 0x1f)
13005 #define OP32_TREG(opcode) (((opcode) >> 21) & 0x1f)
13007 /* Check if a 5-bit register index can be abbreviated to 3 bits. */
13009 #define OP16_VALID_REG(r) \
13010 ((2 <= (r) && (r) <= 7) || (16 <= (r) && (r) <= 17))
13013 /* 32-bit and 16-bit branches. */
13015 static const struct opcode_descriptor b_insns_32
[] = {
13016 { /* "b", "p", */ 0x40400000, 0xffff0000 }, /* bgez 0 */
13017 { /* "b", "p", */ 0x94000000, 0xffff0000 }, /* beq 0, 0 */
13018 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
13021 static const struct opcode_descriptor bc_insn_32
=
13022 { /* "bc(1|2)(ft)", "N,p", */ 0x42800000, 0xfec30000 };
13024 static const struct opcode_descriptor bz_insn_32
=
13025 { /* "b(g|l)(e|t)z", "s,p", */ 0x40000000, 0xff200000 };
13027 static const struct opcode_descriptor bzal_insn_32
=
13028 { /* "b(ge|lt)zal", "s,p", */ 0x40200000, 0xffa00000 };
13030 static const struct opcode_descriptor beq_insn_32
=
13031 { /* "b(eq|ne)", "s,t,p", */ 0x94000000, 0xdc000000 };
13033 static const struct opcode_descriptor b_insn_16
=
13034 { /* "b", "mD", */ 0xcc00, 0xfc00 };
13036 static const struct opcode_descriptor bz_insn_16
=
13037 { /* "b(eq|ne)z", "md,mE", */ 0x8c00, 0xdc00 };
13040 /* 32-bit and 16-bit branch EQ and NE zero. */
13042 /* NOTE: All opcode tables have BEQ/BNE in the same order: first the
13043 eq and second the ne. This convention is used when replacing a
13044 32-bit BEQ/BNE with the 16-bit version. */
13046 #define BZC32_REG_FIELD(r) (((r) & 0x1f) << 16)
13048 static const struct opcode_descriptor bz_rs_insns_32
[] = {
13049 { /* "beqz", "s,p", */ 0x94000000, 0xffe00000 },
13050 { /* "bnez", "s,p", */ 0xb4000000, 0xffe00000 },
13051 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
13054 static const struct opcode_descriptor bz_rt_insns_32
[] = {
13055 { /* "beqz", "t,p", */ 0x94000000, 0xfc01f000 },
13056 { /* "bnez", "t,p", */ 0xb4000000, 0xfc01f000 },
13057 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
13060 static const struct opcode_descriptor bzc_insns_32
[] = {
13061 { /* "beqzc", "s,p", */ 0x40e00000, 0xffe00000 },
13062 { /* "bnezc", "s,p", */ 0x40a00000, 0xffe00000 },
13063 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
13066 static const struct opcode_descriptor bz_insns_16
[] = {
13067 { /* "beqz", "md,mE", */ 0x8c00, 0xfc00 },
13068 { /* "bnez", "md,mE", */ 0xac00, 0xfc00 },
13069 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
13072 /* Switch between a 5-bit register index and its 3-bit shorthand. */
13074 #define BZ16_REG(opcode) ((((((opcode) >> 7) & 7) + 0x1e) & 0x17) + 2)
13075 #define BZ16_REG_FIELD(r) \
13076 (((2 <= (r) && (r) <= 7) ? (r) : ((r) - 16)) << 7)
13079 /* 32-bit instructions with a delay slot. */
13081 static const struct opcode_descriptor jal_insn_32_bd16
=
13082 { /* "jals", "a", */ 0x74000000, 0xfc000000 };
13084 static const struct opcode_descriptor jal_insn_32_bd32
=
13085 { /* "jal", "a", */ 0xf4000000, 0xfc000000 };
13087 static const struct opcode_descriptor jal_x_insn_32_bd32
=
13088 { /* "jal[x]", "a", */ 0xf0000000, 0xf8000000 };
13090 static const struct opcode_descriptor j_insn_32
=
13091 { /* "j", "a", */ 0xd4000000, 0xfc000000 };
13093 static const struct opcode_descriptor jalr_insn_32
=
13094 { /* "jalr[.hb]", "t,s", */ 0x00000f3c, 0xfc00efff };
13096 /* This table can be compacted, because no opcode replacement is made. */
13098 static const struct opcode_descriptor ds_insns_32_bd16
[] = {
13099 { /* "jals", "a", */ 0x74000000, 0xfc000000 },
13101 { /* "jalrs[.hb]", "t,s", */ 0x00004f3c, 0xfc00efff },
13102 { /* "b(ge|lt)zals", "s,p", */ 0x42200000, 0xffa00000 },
13104 { /* "b(g|l)(e|t)z", "s,p", */ 0x40000000, 0xff200000 },
13105 { /* "b(eq|ne)", "s,t,p", */ 0x94000000, 0xdc000000 },
13106 { /* "j", "a", */ 0xd4000000, 0xfc000000 },
13107 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
13110 /* This table can be compacted, because no opcode replacement is made. */
13112 static const struct opcode_descriptor ds_insns_32_bd32
[] = {
13113 { /* "jal[x]", "a", */ 0xf0000000, 0xf8000000 },
13115 { /* "jalr[.hb]", "t,s", */ 0x00000f3c, 0xfc00efff },
13116 { /* "b(ge|lt)zal", "s,p", */ 0x40200000, 0xffa00000 },
13117 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
13121 /* 16-bit instructions with a delay slot. */
13123 static const struct opcode_descriptor jalr_insn_16_bd16
=
13124 { /* "jalrs", "my,mj", */ 0x45e0, 0xffe0 };
13126 static const struct opcode_descriptor jalr_insn_16_bd32
=
13127 { /* "jalr", "my,mj", */ 0x45c0, 0xffe0 };
13129 static const struct opcode_descriptor jr_insn_16
=
13130 { /* "jr", "mj", */ 0x4580, 0xffe0 };
13132 #define JR16_REG(opcode) ((opcode) & 0x1f)
13134 /* This table can be compacted, because no opcode replacement is made. */
13136 static const struct opcode_descriptor ds_insns_16_bd16
[] = {
13137 { /* "jalrs", "my,mj", */ 0x45e0, 0xffe0 },
13139 { /* "b", "mD", */ 0xcc00, 0xfc00 },
13140 { /* "b(eq|ne)z", "md,mE", */ 0x8c00, 0xdc00 },
13141 { /* "jr", "mj", */ 0x4580, 0xffe0 },
13142 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
13146 /* LUI instruction. */
13148 static const struct opcode_descriptor lui_insn
=
13149 { /* "lui", "s,u", */ 0x41a00000, 0xffe00000 };
13152 /* ADDIU instruction. */
13154 static const struct opcode_descriptor addiu_insn
=
13155 { /* "addiu", "t,r,j", */ 0x30000000, 0xfc000000 };
13157 static const struct opcode_descriptor addiupc_insn
=
13158 { /* "addiu", "mb,$pc,mQ", */ 0x78000000, 0xfc000000 };
13160 #define ADDIUPC_REG_FIELD(r) \
13161 (((2 <= (r) && (r) <= 7) ? (r) : ((r) - 16)) << 23)
13164 /* Relaxable instructions in a JAL delay slot: MOVE. */
13166 /* The 16-bit move has rd in 9:5 and rs in 4:0. The 32-bit moves
13167 (ADDU, OR) have rd in 15:11 and rs in 10:16. */
13168 #define MOVE32_RD(opcode) (((opcode) >> 11) & 0x1f)
13169 #define MOVE32_RS(opcode) (((opcode) >> 16) & 0x1f)
13171 #define MOVE16_RD_FIELD(r) (((r) & 0x1f) << 5)
13172 #define MOVE16_RS_FIELD(r) (((r) & 0x1f) )
13174 static const struct opcode_descriptor move_insns_32
[] = {
13175 { /* "move", "d,s", */ 0x00000150, 0xffe007ff }, /* addu d,s,$0 */
13176 { /* "move", "d,s", */ 0x00000290, 0xffe007ff }, /* or d,s,$0 */
13177 { 0, 0 } /* End marker for find_match(). */
13180 static const struct opcode_descriptor move_insn_16
=
13181 { /* "move", "mp,mj", */ 0x0c00, 0xfc00 };
13184 /* NOP instructions. */
13186 static const struct opcode_descriptor nop_insn_32
=
13187 { /* "nop", "", */ 0x00000000, 0xffffffff };
13189 static const struct opcode_descriptor nop_insn_16
=
13190 { /* "nop", "", */ 0x0c00, 0xffff };
13193 /* Instruction match support. */
13195 #define MATCH(opcode, insn) ((opcode & insn.mask) == insn.match)
13198 find_match (unsigned long opcode
, const struct opcode_descriptor insn
[])
13200 unsigned long indx
;
13202 for (indx
= 0; insn
[indx
].mask
!= 0; indx
++)
13203 if (MATCH (opcode
, insn
[indx
]))
13210 /* Branch and delay slot decoding support. */
13212 /* If PTR points to what *might* be a 16-bit branch or jump, then
13213 return the minimum length of its delay slot, otherwise return 0.
13214 Non-zero results are not definitive as we might be checking against
13215 the second half of another instruction. */
13218 check_br16_dslot (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*ptr
)
13220 unsigned long opcode
;
13223 opcode
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, ptr
);
13224 if (MATCH (opcode
, jalr_insn_16_bd32
) != 0)
13225 /* 16-bit branch/jump with a 32-bit delay slot. */
13227 else if (MATCH (opcode
, jalr_insn_16_bd16
) != 0
13228 || find_match (opcode
, ds_insns_16_bd16
) >= 0)
13229 /* 16-bit branch/jump with a 16-bit delay slot. */
13232 /* No delay slot. */
13238 /* If PTR points to what *might* be a 32-bit branch or jump, then
13239 return the minimum length of its delay slot, otherwise return 0.
13240 Non-zero results are not definitive as we might be checking against
13241 the second half of another instruction. */
13244 check_br32_dslot (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*ptr
)
13246 unsigned long opcode
;
13249 opcode
= bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd
, ptr
);
13250 if (find_match (opcode
, ds_insns_32_bd32
) >= 0)
13251 /* 32-bit branch/jump with a 32-bit delay slot. */
13253 else if (find_match (opcode
, ds_insns_32_bd16
) >= 0)
13254 /* 32-bit branch/jump with a 16-bit delay slot. */
13257 /* No delay slot. */
13263 /* If PTR points to a 16-bit branch or jump with a 32-bit delay slot
13264 that doesn't fiddle with REG, then return TRUE, otherwise FALSE. */
13267 check_br16 (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*ptr
, unsigned long reg
)
13269 unsigned long opcode
;
13271 opcode
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, ptr
);
13272 if (MATCH (opcode
, b_insn_16
)
13274 || (MATCH (opcode
, jr_insn_16
) && reg
!= JR16_REG (opcode
))
13276 || (MATCH (opcode
, bz_insn_16
) && reg
!= BZ16_REG (opcode
))
13277 /* BEQZ16, BNEZ16 */
13278 || (MATCH (opcode
, jalr_insn_16_bd32
)
13280 && reg
!= JR16_REG (opcode
) && reg
!= RA
))
13286 /* If PTR points to a 32-bit branch or jump that doesn't fiddle with REG,
13287 then return TRUE, otherwise FALSE. */
13290 check_br32 (bfd
*abfd
, bfd_byte
*ptr
, unsigned long reg
)
13292 unsigned long opcode
;
13294 opcode
= bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd
, ptr
);
13295 if (MATCH (opcode
, j_insn_32
)
13297 || MATCH (opcode
, bc_insn_32
)
13298 /* BC1F, BC1T, BC2F, BC2T */
13299 || (MATCH (opcode
, jal_x_insn_32_bd32
) && reg
!= RA
)
13301 || (MATCH (opcode
, bz_insn_32
) && reg
!= OP32_SREG (opcode
))
13302 /* BGEZ, BGTZ, BLEZ, BLTZ */
13303 || (MATCH (opcode
, bzal_insn_32
)
13304 /* BGEZAL, BLTZAL */
13305 && reg
!= OP32_SREG (opcode
) && reg
!= RA
)
13306 || ((MATCH (opcode
, jalr_insn_32
) || MATCH (opcode
, beq_insn_32
))
13307 /* JALR, JALR.HB, BEQ, BNE */
13308 && reg
!= OP32_SREG (opcode
) && reg
!= OP32_TREG (opcode
)))
13314 /* If the instruction encoding at PTR and relocations [INTERNAL_RELOCS,
13315 IRELEND) at OFFSET indicate that there must be a compact branch there,
13316 then return TRUE, otherwise FALSE. */
13319 check_relocated_bzc (bfd
*abfd
, const bfd_byte
*ptr
, bfd_vma offset
,
13320 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
,
13321 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*irelend
)
13323 const Elf_Internal_Rela
*irel
;
13324 unsigned long opcode
;
13326 opcode
= bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd
, ptr
);
13327 if (find_match (opcode
, bzc_insns_32
) < 0)
13330 for (irel
= internal_relocs
; irel
< irelend
; irel
++)
13331 if (irel
->r_offset
== offset
13332 && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
->r_info
) == R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
)
13338 /* Bitsize checking. */
13339 #define IS_BITSIZE(val, N) \
13340 (((((val) & ((1ULL << (N)) - 1)) ^ (1ULL << ((N) - 1))) \
13341 - (1ULL << ((N) - 1))) == (val))
13345 _bfd_mips_elf_relax_section (bfd
*abfd
, asection
*sec
,
13346 struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
,
13347 bfd_boolean
*again
)
13349 bfd_boolean insn32
= mips_elf_hash_table (link_info
)->insn32
;
13350 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*symtab_hdr
;
13351 Elf_Internal_Rela
*internal_relocs
;
13352 Elf_Internal_Rela
*irel
, *irelend
;
13353 bfd_byte
*contents
= NULL
;
13354 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isymbuf
= NULL
;
13356 /* Assume nothing changes. */
13359 /* We don't have to do anything for a relocatable link, if
13360 this section does not have relocs, or if this is not a
13363 if (link_info
->relocatable
13364 || (sec
->flags
& SEC_RELOC
) == 0
13365 || sec
->reloc_count
== 0
13366 || (sec
->flags
& SEC_CODE
) == 0)
13369 symtab_hdr
= &elf_tdata (abfd
)->symtab_hdr
;
13371 /* Get a copy of the native relocations. */
13372 internal_relocs
= (_bfd_elf_link_read_relocs
13373 (abfd
, sec
, NULL
, (Elf_Internal_Rela
*) NULL
,
13374 link_info
->keep_memory
));
13375 if (internal_relocs
== NULL
)
13378 /* Walk through them looking for relaxing opportunities. */
13379 irelend
= internal_relocs
+ sec
->reloc_count
;
13380 for (irel
= internal_relocs
; irel
< irelend
; irel
++)
13382 unsigned long r_symndx
= ELF32_R_SYM (irel
->r_info
);
13383 unsigned int r_type
= ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
->r_info
);
13384 bfd_boolean target_is_micromips_code_p
;
13385 unsigned long opcode
;
13391 /* The number of bytes to delete for relaxation and from where
13392 to delete these bytes starting at irel->r_offset. */
13396 /* If this isn't something that can be relaxed, then ignore
13398 if (r_type
!= R_MICROMIPS_HI16
13399 && r_type
!= R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
13400 && r_type
!= R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
)
13403 /* Get the section contents if we haven't done so already. */
13404 if (contents
== NULL
)
13406 /* Get cached copy if it exists. */
13407 if (elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= NULL
)
13408 contents
= elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
;
13409 /* Go get them off disk. */
13410 else if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, sec
, &contents
))
13413 ptr
= contents
+ irel
->r_offset
;
13415 /* Read this BFD's local symbols if we haven't done so already. */
13416 if (isymbuf
== NULL
&& symtab_hdr
->sh_info
!= 0)
13418 isymbuf
= (Elf_Internal_Sym
*) symtab_hdr
->contents
;
13419 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
13420 isymbuf
= bfd_elf_get_elf_syms (abfd
, symtab_hdr
,
13421 symtab_hdr
->sh_info
, 0,
13423 if (isymbuf
== NULL
)
13427 /* Get the value of the symbol referred to by the reloc. */
13428 if (r_symndx
< symtab_hdr
->sh_info
)
13430 /* A local symbol. */
13431 Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
;
13434 isym
= isymbuf
+ r_symndx
;
13435 if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_UNDEF
)
13436 sym_sec
= bfd_und_section_ptr
;
13437 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_ABS
)
13438 sym_sec
= bfd_abs_section_ptr
;
13439 else if (isym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
)
13440 sym_sec
= bfd_com_section_ptr
;
13442 sym_sec
= bfd_section_from_elf_index (abfd
, isym
->st_shndx
);
13443 symval
= (isym
->st_value
13444 + sym_sec
->output_section
->vma
13445 + sym_sec
->output_offset
);
13446 target_is_micromips_code_p
= ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (isym
->st_other
);
13450 unsigned long indx
;
13451 struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
13453 /* An external symbol. */
13454 indx
= r_symndx
- symtab_hdr
->sh_info
;
13455 h
= elf_sym_hashes (abfd
)[indx
];
13456 BFD_ASSERT (h
!= NULL
);
13458 if (h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defined
13459 && h
->root
.type
!= bfd_link_hash_defweak
)
13460 /* This appears to be a reference to an undefined
13461 symbol. Just ignore it -- it will be caught by the
13462 regular reloc processing. */
13465 symval
= (h
->root
.u
.def
.value
13466 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
13467 + h
->root
.u
.def
.section
->output_offset
);
13468 target_is_micromips_code_p
= (!h
->needs_plt
13469 && ELF_ST_IS_MICROMIPS (h
->other
));
13473 /* For simplicity of coding, we are going to modify the
13474 section contents, the section relocs, and the BFD symbol
13475 table. We must tell the rest of the code not to free up this
13476 information. It would be possible to instead create a table
13477 of changes which have to be made, as is done in coff-mips.c;
13478 that would be more work, but would require less memory when
13479 the linker is run. */
13481 /* Only 32-bit instructions relaxed. */
13482 if (irel
->r_offset
+ 4 > sec
->size
)
13485 opcode
= bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd
, ptr
);
13487 /* This is the pc-relative distance from the instruction the
13488 relocation is applied to, to the symbol referred. */
13490 - (sec
->output_section
->vma
+ sec
->output_offset
)
13493 /* R_MICROMIPS_HI16 / LUI relaxation to nil, performing relaxation
13494 of corresponding R_MICROMIPS_LO16 to R_MICROMIPS_HI0_LO16 or
13495 R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2. The R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2 condition is
13497 (symval % 4 == 0 && IS_BITSIZE (pcrval, 25))
13499 where pcrval has first to be adjusted to apply against the LO16
13500 location (we make the adjustment later on, when we have figured
13501 out the offset). */
13502 if (r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_HI16
&& MATCH (opcode
, lui_insn
))
13504 bfd_boolean bzc
= FALSE
;
13505 unsigned long nextopc
;
13509 /* Give up if the previous reloc was a HI16 against this symbol
13511 if (irel
> internal_relocs
13512 && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
[-1].r_info
) == R_MICROMIPS_HI16
13513 && ELF32_R_SYM (irel
[-1].r_info
) == r_symndx
)
13516 /* Or if the next reloc is not a LO16 against this symbol. */
13517 if (irel
+ 1 >= irelend
13518 || ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
[1].r_info
) != R_MICROMIPS_LO16
13519 || ELF32_R_SYM (irel
[1].r_info
) != r_symndx
)
13522 /* Or if the second next reloc is a LO16 against this symbol too. */
13523 if (irel
+ 2 >= irelend
13524 && ELF32_R_TYPE (irel
[2].r_info
) == R_MICROMIPS_LO16
13525 && ELF32_R_SYM (irel
[2].r_info
) == r_symndx
)
13528 /* See if the LUI instruction *might* be in a branch delay slot.
13529 We check whether what looks like a 16-bit branch or jump is
13530 actually an immediate argument to a compact branch, and let
13531 it through if so. */
13532 if (irel
->r_offset
>= 2
13533 && check_br16_dslot (abfd
, ptr
- 2)
13534 && !(irel
->r_offset
>= 4
13535 && (bzc
= check_relocated_bzc (abfd
,
13536 ptr
- 4, irel
->r_offset
- 4,
13537 internal_relocs
, irelend
))))
13539 if (irel
->r_offset
>= 4
13541 && check_br32_dslot (abfd
, ptr
- 4))
13544 reg
= OP32_SREG (opcode
);
13546 /* We only relax adjacent instructions or ones separated with
13547 a branch or jump that has a delay slot. The branch or jump
13548 must not fiddle with the register used to hold the address.
13549 Subtract 4 for the LUI itself. */
13550 offset
= irel
[1].r_offset
- irel
[0].r_offset
;
13551 switch (offset
- 4)
13556 if (check_br16 (abfd
, ptr
+ 4, reg
))
13560 if (check_br32 (abfd
, ptr
+ 4, reg
))
13567 nextopc
= bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd
, contents
+ irel
[1].r_offset
);
13569 /* Give up unless the same register is used with both
13571 if (OP32_SREG (nextopc
) != reg
)
13574 /* Now adjust pcrval, subtracting the offset to the LO16 reloc
13575 and rounding up to take masking of the two LSBs into account. */
13576 pcrval
= ((pcrval
- offset
+ 3) | 3) ^ 3;
13578 /* R_MICROMIPS_LO16 relaxation to R_MICROMIPS_HI0_LO16. */
13579 if (IS_BITSIZE (symval
, 16))
13581 /* Fix the relocation's type. */
13582 irel
[1].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_MICROMIPS_HI0_LO16
);
13584 /* Instructions using R_MICROMIPS_LO16 have the base or
13585 source register in bits 20:16. This register becomes $0
13586 (zero) as the result of the R_MICROMIPS_HI16 being 0. */
13587 nextopc
&= ~0x001f0000;
13588 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, (nextopc
>> 16) & 0xffff,
13589 contents
+ irel
[1].r_offset
);
13592 /* R_MICROMIPS_LO16 / ADDIU relaxation to R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2.
13593 We add 4 to take LUI deletion into account while checking
13594 the PC-relative distance. */
13595 else if (symval
% 4 == 0
13596 && IS_BITSIZE (pcrval
+ 4, 25)
13597 && MATCH (nextopc
, addiu_insn
)
13598 && OP32_TREG (nextopc
) == OP32_SREG (nextopc
)
13599 && OP16_VALID_REG (OP32_TREG (nextopc
)))
13601 /* Fix the relocation's type. */
13602 irel
[1].r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_MICROMIPS_PC23_S2
);
13604 /* Replace ADDIU with the ADDIUPC version. */
13605 nextopc
= (addiupc_insn
.match
13606 | ADDIUPC_REG_FIELD (OP32_TREG (nextopc
)));
13608 bfd_put_micromips_32 (abfd
, nextopc
,
13609 contents
+ irel
[1].r_offset
);
13612 /* Can't do anything, give up, sigh... */
13616 /* Fix the relocation's type. */
13617 irel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_MIPS_NONE
);
13619 /* Delete the LUI instruction: 4 bytes at irel->r_offset. */
13624 /* Compact branch relaxation -- due to the multitude of macros
13625 employed by the compiler/assembler, compact branches are not
13626 always generated. Obviously, this can/will be fixed elsewhere,
13627 but there is no drawback in double checking it here. */
13628 else if (r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
13629 && irel
->r_offset
+ 5 < sec
->size
13630 && ((fndopc
= find_match (opcode
, bz_rs_insns_32
)) >= 0
13631 || (fndopc
= find_match (opcode
, bz_rt_insns_32
)) >= 0)
13633 && (delcnt
= MATCH (bfd_get_16 (abfd
, ptr
+ 4),
13634 nop_insn_16
) ? 2 : 0))
13635 || (irel
->r_offset
+ 7 < sec
->size
13636 && (delcnt
= MATCH (bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd
,
13638 nop_insn_32
) ? 4 : 0))))
13642 reg
= OP32_SREG (opcode
) ? OP32_SREG (opcode
) : OP32_TREG (opcode
);
13644 /* Replace BEQZ/BNEZ with the compact version. */
13645 opcode
= (bzc_insns_32
[fndopc
].match
13646 | BZC32_REG_FIELD (reg
)
13647 | (opcode
& 0xffff)); /* Addend value. */
13649 bfd_put_micromips_32 (abfd
, opcode
, ptr
);
13651 /* Delete the delay slot NOP: two or four bytes from
13652 irel->offset + 4; delcnt has already been set above. */
13656 /* R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1 relaxation to R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1. We need
13657 to check the distance from the next instruction, so subtract 2. */
13659 && r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
13660 && IS_BITSIZE (pcrval
- 2, 11)
13661 && find_match (opcode
, b_insns_32
) >= 0)
13663 /* Fix the relocation's type. */
13664 irel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_MICROMIPS_PC10_S1
);
13666 /* Replace the 32-bit opcode with a 16-bit opcode. */
13669 | (opcode
& 0x3ff)), /* Addend value. */
13672 /* Delete 2 bytes from irel->r_offset + 2. */
13677 /* R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1 relaxation to R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1. We need
13678 to check the distance from the next instruction, so subtract 2. */
13680 && r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_PC16_S1
13681 && IS_BITSIZE (pcrval
- 2, 8)
13682 && (((fndopc
= find_match (opcode
, bz_rs_insns_32
)) >= 0
13683 && OP16_VALID_REG (OP32_SREG (opcode
)))
13684 || ((fndopc
= find_match (opcode
, bz_rt_insns_32
)) >= 0
13685 && OP16_VALID_REG (OP32_TREG (opcode
)))))
13689 reg
= OP32_SREG (opcode
) ? OP32_SREG (opcode
) : OP32_TREG (opcode
);
13691 /* Fix the relocation's type. */
13692 irel
->r_info
= ELF32_R_INFO (r_symndx
, R_MICROMIPS_PC7_S1
);
13694 /* Replace the 32-bit opcode with a 16-bit opcode. */
13696 (bz_insns_16
[fndopc
].match
13697 | BZ16_REG_FIELD (reg
)
13698 | (opcode
& 0x7f)), /* Addend value. */
13701 /* Delete 2 bytes from irel->r_offset + 2. */
13706 /* R_MICROMIPS_26_S1 -- JAL to JALS relaxation for microMIPS targets. */
13708 && r_type
== R_MICROMIPS_26_S1
13709 && target_is_micromips_code_p
13710 && irel
->r_offset
+ 7 < sec
->size
13711 && MATCH (opcode
, jal_insn_32_bd32
))
13713 unsigned long n32opc
;
13714 bfd_boolean relaxed
= FALSE
;
13716 n32opc
= bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd
, ptr
+ 4);
13718 if (MATCH (n32opc
, nop_insn_32
))
13720 /* Replace delay slot 32-bit NOP with a 16-bit NOP. */
13721 bfd_put_16 (abfd
, nop_insn_16
.match
, ptr
+ 4);
13725 else if (find_match (n32opc
, move_insns_32
) >= 0)
13727 /* Replace delay slot 32-bit MOVE with 16-bit MOVE. */
13729 (move_insn_16
.match
13730 | MOVE16_RD_FIELD (MOVE32_RD (n32opc
))
13731 | MOVE16_RS_FIELD (MOVE32_RS (n32opc
))),
13736 /* Other 32-bit instructions relaxable to 16-bit
13737 instructions will be handled here later. */
13741 /* JAL with 32-bit delay slot that is changed to a JALS
13742 with 16-bit delay slot. */
13743 bfd_put_micromips_32 (abfd
, jal_insn_32_bd16
.match
, ptr
);
13745 /* Delete 2 bytes from irel->r_offset + 6. */
13753 /* Note that we've changed the relocs, section contents, etc. */
13754 elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
= internal_relocs
;
13755 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
= contents
;
13756 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) isymbuf
;
13758 /* Delete bytes depending on the delcnt and deloff. */
13759 if (!mips_elf_relax_delete_bytes (abfd
, sec
,
13760 irel
->r_offset
+ deloff
, delcnt
))
13763 /* That will change things, so we should relax again.
13764 Note that this is not required, and it may be slow. */
13769 if (isymbuf
!= NULL
13770 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) isymbuf
)
13772 if (! link_info
->keep_memory
)
13776 /* Cache the symbols for elf_link_input_bfd. */
13777 symtab_hdr
->contents
= (unsigned char *) isymbuf
;
13781 if (contents
!= NULL
13782 && elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= contents
)
13784 if (! link_info
->keep_memory
)
13788 /* Cache the section contents for elf_link_input_bfd. */
13789 elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
= contents
;
13793 if (internal_relocs
!= NULL
13794 && elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= internal_relocs
)
13795 free (internal_relocs
);
13800 if (isymbuf
!= NULL
13801 && symtab_hdr
->contents
!= (unsigned char *) isymbuf
)
13803 if (contents
!= NULL
13804 && elf_section_data (sec
)->this_hdr
.contents
!= contents
)
13806 if (internal_relocs
!= NULL
13807 && elf_section_data (sec
)->relocs
!= internal_relocs
)
13808 free (internal_relocs
);
13813 /* Create a MIPS ELF linker hash table. */
13815 struct bfd_link_hash_table
*
13816 _bfd_mips_elf_link_hash_table_create (bfd
*abfd
)
13818 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*ret
;
13819 bfd_size_type amt
= sizeof (struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
);
13821 ret
= bfd_zmalloc (amt
);
13825 if (!_bfd_elf_link_hash_table_init (&ret
->root
, abfd
,
13826 mips_elf_link_hash_newfunc
,
13827 sizeof (struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
),
13833 ret
->root
.init_plt_refcount
.plist
= NULL
;
13834 ret
->root
.init_plt_offset
.plist
= NULL
;
13836 return &ret
->root
.root
;
13839 /* Likewise, but indicate that the target is VxWorks. */
13841 struct bfd_link_hash_table
*
13842 _bfd_mips_vxworks_link_hash_table_create (bfd
*abfd
)
13844 struct bfd_link_hash_table
*ret
;
13846 ret
= _bfd_mips_elf_link_hash_table_create (abfd
);
13849 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
13851 htab
= (struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*) ret
;
13852 htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
= TRUE
;
13853 htab
->is_vxworks
= TRUE
;
13858 /* A function that the linker calls if we are allowed to use PLTs
13859 and copy relocs. */
13862 _bfd_mips_elf_use_plts_and_copy_relocs (struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
13864 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
= TRUE
;
13867 /* A function that the linker calls to select between all or only
13868 32-bit microMIPS instructions. */
13871 _bfd_mips_elf_insn32 (struct bfd_link_info
*info
, bfd_boolean on
)
13873 mips_elf_hash_table (info
)->insn32
= on
;
13876 /* Return the .MIPS.abiflags value representing each ISA Extension. */
13879 bfd_mips_isa_ext (bfd
*abfd
)
13881 switch (bfd_get_mach (abfd
))
13883 case bfd_mach_mips3900
:
13884 return AFL_EXT_3900
;
13885 case bfd_mach_mips4010
:
13886 return AFL_EXT_4010
;
13887 case bfd_mach_mips4100
:
13888 return AFL_EXT_4100
;
13889 case bfd_mach_mips4111
:
13890 return AFL_EXT_4111
;
13891 case bfd_mach_mips4120
:
13892 return AFL_EXT_4120
;
13893 case bfd_mach_mips4650
:
13894 return AFL_EXT_4650
;
13895 case bfd_mach_mips5400
:
13896 return AFL_EXT_5400
;
13897 case bfd_mach_mips5500
:
13898 return AFL_EXT_5500
;
13899 case bfd_mach_mips5900
:
13900 return AFL_EXT_5900
;
13901 case bfd_mach_mips10000
:
13902 return AFL_EXT_10000
;
13903 case bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2e
:
13904 return AFL_EXT_LOONGSON_2E
;
13905 case bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2f
:
13906 return AFL_EXT_LOONGSON_2F
;
13907 case bfd_mach_mips_loongson_3a
:
13908 return AFL_EXT_LOONGSON_3A
;
13909 case bfd_mach_mips_sb1
:
13910 return AFL_EXT_SB1
;
13911 case bfd_mach_mips_octeon
:
13912 return AFL_EXT_OCTEON
;
13913 case bfd_mach_mips_octeonp
:
13914 return AFL_EXT_OCTEONP
;
13915 case bfd_mach_mips_octeon3
:
13916 return AFL_EXT_OCTEON3
;
13917 case bfd_mach_mips_octeon2
:
13918 return AFL_EXT_OCTEON2
;
13919 case bfd_mach_mips_xlr
:
13920 return AFL_EXT_XLR
;
13925 /* Update the isa_level, isa_rev, isa_ext fields of abiflags. */
13928 update_mips_abiflags_isa (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0
*abiflags
)
13930 switch (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
)
13932 case E_MIPS_ARCH_1
:
13933 abiflags
->isa_level
= 1;
13934 abiflags
->isa_rev
= 0;
13936 case E_MIPS_ARCH_2
:
13937 abiflags
->isa_level
= 2;
13938 abiflags
->isa_rev
= 0;
13940 case E_MIPS_ARCH_3
:
13941 abiflags
->isa_level
= 3;
13942 abiflags
->isa_rev
= 0;
13944 case E_MIPS_ARCH_4
:
13945 abiflags
->isa_level
= 4;
13946 abiflags
->isa_rev
= 0;
13948 case E_MIPS_ARCH_5
:
13949 abiflags
->isa_level
= 5;
13950 abiflags
->isa_rev
= 0;
13952 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32
:
13953 abiflags
->isa_level
= 32;
13954 abiflags
->isa_rev
= 1;
13956 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
:
13957 abiflags
->isa_level
= 32;
13958 /* Handle MIPS32r3 and MIPS32r5 which do not have a header flag. */
13959 if (abiflags
->isa_rev
< 2)
13960 abiflags
->isa_rev
= 2;
13962 case E_MIPS_ARCH_32R6
:
13963 abiflags
->isa_level
= 32;
13964 abiflags
->isa_rev
= 6;
13966 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64
:
13967 abiflags
->isa_level
= 64;
13968 abiflags
->isa_rev
= 1;
13970 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
:
13971 /* Handle MIPS64r3 and MIPS64r5 which do not have a header flag. */
13972 abiflags
->isa_level
= 64;
13973 if (abiflags
->isa_rev
< 2)
13974 abiflags
->isa_rev
= 2;
13976 case E_MIPS_ARCH_64R6
:
13977 abiflags
->isa_level
= 64;
13978 abiflags
->isa_rev
= 6;
13981 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
13982 (_("%B: Unknown architecture %s"),
13983 abfd
, bfd_printable_name (abfd
));
13986 abiflags
->isa_ext
= bfd_mips_isa_ext (abfd
);
13989 /* Return true if the given ELF header flags describe a 32-bit binary. */
13992 mips_32bit_flags_p (flagword flags
)
13994 return ((flags
& EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
) != 0
13995 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_O32
13996 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32
13997 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_1
13998 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_2
13999 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32
14000 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
14001 || (flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R6
);
14004 /* Infer the content of the ABI flags based on the elf header. */
14007 infer_mips_abiflags (bfd
*abfd
, Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0
* abiflags
)
14009 obj_attribute
*in_attr
;
14011 memset (abiflags
, 0, sizeof (Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0
));
14012 update_mips_abiflags_isa (abfd
, abiflags
);
14014 if (mips_32bit_flags_p (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
))
14015 abiflags
->gpr_size
= AFL_REG_32
;
14017 abiflags
->gpr_size
= AFL_REG_64
;
14019 abiflags
->cpr1_size
= AFL_REG_NONE
;
14021 in_attr
= elf_known_obj_attributes (abfd
)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU
];
14022 abiflags
->fp_abi
= in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
;
14024 if (abiflags
->fp_abi
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_SINGLE
14025 || abiflags
->fp_abi
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_XX
14026 || (abiflags
->fp_abi
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_DOUBLE
14027 && abiflags
->gpr_size
== AFL_REG_32
))
14028 abiflags
->cpr1_size
= AFL_REG_32
;
14029 else if (abiflags
->fp_abi
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_DOUBLE
14030 || abiflags
->fp_abi
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64
14031 || abiflags
->fp_abi
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A
)
14032 abiflags
->cpr1_size
= AFL_REG_64
;
14034 abiflags
->cpr2_size
= AFL_REG_NONE
;
14036 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MDMX
)
14037 abiflags
->ases
|= AFL_ASE_MDMX
;
14038 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_M16
)
14039 abiflags
->ases
|= AFL_ASE_MIPS16
;
14040 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MICROMIPS
)
14041 abiflags
->ases
|= AFL_ASE_MICROMIPS
;
14043 if (abiflags
->fp_abi
!= Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_ANY
14044 && abiflags
->fp_abi
!= Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_SOFT
14045 && abiflags
->fp_abi
!= Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A
14046 && abiflags
->isa_level
>= 32
14047 && abiflags
->isa_ext
!= AFL_EXT_LOONGSON_3A
)
14048 abiflags
->flags1
|= AFL_FLAGS1_ODDSPREG
;
14051 /* We need to use a special link routine to handle the .reginfo and
14052 the .mdebug sections. We need to merge all instances of these
14053 sections together, not write them all out sequentially. */
14056 _bfd_mips_elf_final_link (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*info
)
14059 struct bfd_link_order
*p
;
14060 asection
*reginfo_sec
, *mdebug_sec
, *gptab_data_sec
, *gptab_bss_sec
;
14061 asection
*rtproc_sec
, *abiflags_sec
;
14062 Elf32_RegInfo reginfo
;
14063 struct ecoff_debug_info debug
;
14064 struct mips_htab_traverse_info hti
;
14065 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
14066 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*swap
= bed
->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
;
14067 HDRR
*symhdr
= &debug
.symbolic_header
;
14068 void *mdebug_handle
= NULL
;
14073 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
14075 static const char * const secname
[] =
14077 ".text", ".init", ".fini", ".data",
14078 ".rodata", ".sdata", ".sbss", ".bss"
14080 static const int sc
[] =
14082 scText
, scInit
, scFini
, scData
,
14083 scRData
, scSData
, scSBss
, scBss
14086 /* Sort the dynamic symbols so that those with GOT entries come after
14088 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (info
);
14089 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
14091 if (!mips_elf_sort_hash_table (abfd
, info
))
14094 /* Create any scheduled LA25 stubs. */
14096 hti
.output_bfd
= abfd
;
14098 htab_traverse (htab
->la25_stubs
, mips_elf_create_la25_stub
, &hti
);
14102 /* Get a value for the GP register. */
14103 if (elf_gp (abfd
) == 0)
14105 struct bfd_link_hash_entry
*h
;
14107 h
= bfd_link_hash_lookup (info
->hash
, "_gp", FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
14108 if (h
!= NULL
&& h
->type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
)
14109 elf_gp (abfd
) = (h
->u
.def
.value
14110 + h
->u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
14111 + h
->u
.def
.section
->output_offset
);
14112 else if (htab
->is_vxworks
14113 && (h
= bfd_link_hash_lookup (info
->hash
,
14114 "_GLOBAL_OFFSET_TABLE_",
14115 FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
))
14116 && h
->type
== bfd_link_hash_defined
)
14117 elf_gp (abfd
) = (h
->u
.def
.section
->output_section
->vma
14118 + h
->u
.def
.section
->output_offset
14120 else if (info
->relocatable
)
14122 bfd_vma lo
= MINUS_ONE
;
14124 /* Find the GP-relative section with the lowest offset. */
14125 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
14127 && (elf_section_data (o
)->this_hdr
.sh_flags
& SHF_MIPS_GPREL
))
14130 /* And calculate GP relative to that. */
14131 elf_gp (abfd
) = lo
+ ELF_MIPS_GP_OFFSET (info
);
14135 /* If the relocate_section function needs to do a reloc
14136 involving the GP value, it should make a reloc_dangerous
14137 callback to warn that GP is not defined. */
14141 /* Go through the sections and collect the .reginfo and .mdebug
14143 abiflags_sec
= NULL
;
14144 reginfo_sec
= NULL
;
14146 gptab_data_sec
= NULL
;
14147 gptab_bss_sec
= NULL
;
14148 for (o
= abfd
->sections
; o
!= NULL
; o
= o
->next
)
14150 if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".MIPS.abiflags") == 0)
14152 /* We have found the .MIPS.abiflags section in the output file.
14153 Look through all the link_orders comprising it and remove them.
14154 The data is merged in _bfd_mips_elf_merge_private_bfd_data. */
14155 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
14157 asection
*input_section
;
14159 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
14161 if (p
->type
== bfd_data_link_order
)
14166 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
14168 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
14169 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
14170 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
14173 /* Size has been set in _bfd_mips_elf_always_size_sections. */
14174 BFD_ASSERT(o
->size
== sizeof (Elf_External_ABIFlags_v0
));
14176 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
14177 matters, but someday it might). */
14178 o
->map_head
.link_order
= NULL
;
14183 if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".reginfo") == 0)
14185 memset (®info
, 0, sizeof reginfo
);
14187 /* We have found the .reginfo section in the output file.
14188 Look through all the link_orders comprising it and merge
14189 the information together. */
14190 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
14192 asection
*input_section
;
14194 Elf32_External_RegInfo ext
;
14197 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
14199 if (p
->type
== bfd_data_link_order
)
14204 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
14205 input_bfd
= input_section
->owner
;
14207 if (! bfd_get_section_contents (input_bfd
, input_section
,
14208 &ext
, 0, sizeof ext
))
14211 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_in (input_bfd
, &ext
, &sub
);
14213 reginfo
.ri_gprmask
|= sub
.ri_gprmask
;
14214 reginfo
.ri_cprmask
[0] |= sub
.ri_cprmask
[0];
14215 reginfo
.ri_cprmask
[1] |= sub
.ri_cprmask
[1];
14216 reginfo
.ri_cprmask
[2] |= sub
.ri_cprmask
[2];
14217 reginfo
.ri_cprmask
[3] |= sub
.ri_cprmask
[3];
14219 /* ri_gp_value is set by the function
14220 mips_elf32_section_processing when the section is
14221 finally written out. */
14223 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
14224 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
14225 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
14228 /* Size has been set in _bfd_mips_elf_always_size_sections. */
14229 BFD_ASSERT(o
->size
== sizeof (Elf32_External_RegInfo
));
14231 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
14232 matters, but someday it might). */
14233 o
->map_head
.link_order
= NULL
;
14238 if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".mdebug") == 0)
14240 struct extsym_info einfo
;
14243 /* We have found the .mdebug section in the output file.
14244 Look through all the link_orders comprising it and merge
14245 the information together. */
14246 symhdr
->magic
= swap
->sym_magic
;
14247 /* FIXME: What should the version stamp be? */
14248 symhdr
->vstamp
= 0;
14249 symhdr
->ilineMax
= 0;
14250 symhdr
->cbLine
= 0;
14251 symhdr
->idnMax
= 0;
14252 symhdr
->ipdMax
= 0;
14253 symhdr
->isymMax
= 0;
14254 symhdr
->ioptMax
= 0;
14255 symhdr
->iauxMax
= 0;
14256 symhdr
->issMax
= 0;
14257 symhdr
->issExtMax
= 0;
14258 symhdr
->ifdMax
= 0;
14260 symhdr
->iextMax
= 0;
14262 /* We accumulate the debugging information itself in the
14263 debug_info structure. */
14265 debug
.external_dnr
= NULL
;
14266 debug
.external_pdr
= NULL
;
14267 debug
.external_sym
= NULL
;
14268 debug
.external_opt
= NULL
;
14269 debug
.external_aux
= NULL
;
14271 debug
.ssext
= debug
.ssext_end
= NULL
;
14272 debug
.external_fdr
= NULL
;
14273 debug
.external_rfd
= NULL
;
14274 debug
.external_ext
= debug
.external_ext_end
= NULL
;
14276 mdebug_handle
= bfd_ecoff_debug_init (abfd
, &debug
, swap
, info
);
14277 if (mdebug_handle
== NULL
)
14281 esym
.cobol_main
= 0;
14285 esym
.asym
.iss
= issNil
;
14286 esym
.asym
.st
= stLocal
;
14287 esym
.asym
.reserved
= 0;
14288 esym
.asym
.index
= indexNil
;
14290 for (i
= 0; i
< sizeof (secname
) / sizeof (secname
[0]); i
++)
14292 esym
.asym
.sc
= sc
[i
];
14293 s
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, secname
[i
]);
14296 esym
.asym
.value
= s
->vma
;
14297 last
= s
->vma
+ s
->size
;
14300 esym
.asym
.value
= last
;
14301 if (!bfd_ecoff_debug_one_external (abfd
, &debug
, swap
,
14302 secname
[i
], &esym
))
14306 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
14308 asection
*input_section
;
14310 const struct ecoff_debug_swap
*input_swap
;
14311 struct ecoff_debug_info input_debug
;
14315 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
14317 if (p
->type
== bfd_data_link_order
)
14322 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
14323 input_bfd
= input_section
->owner
;
14325 if (!is_mips_elf (input_bfd
))
14327 /* I don't know what a non MIPS ELF bfd would be
14328 doing with a .mdebug section, but I don't really
14329 want to deal with it. */
14333 input_swap
= (get_elf_backend_data (input_bfd
)
14334 ->elf_backend_ecoff_debug_swap
);
14336 BFD_ASSERT (p
->size
== input_section
->size
);
14338 /* The ECOFF linking code expects that we have already
14339 read in the debugging information and set up an
14340 ecoff_debug_info structure, so we do that now. */
14341 if (! _bfd_mips_elf_read_ecoff_info (input_bfd
, input_section
,
14345 if (! (bfd_ecoff_debug_accumulate
14346 (mdebug_handle
, abfd
, &debug
, swap
, input_bfd
,
14347 &input_debug
, input_swap
, info
)))
14350 /* Loop through the external symbols. For each one with
14351 interesting information, try to find the symbol in
14352 the linker global hash table and save the information
14353 for the output external symbols. */
14354 eraw_src
= input_debug
.external_ext
;
14355 eraw_end
= (eraw_src
14356 + (input_debug
.symbolic_header
.iextMax
14357 * input_swap
->external_ext_size
));
14359 eraw_src
< eraw_end
;
14360 eraw_src
+= input_swap
->external_ext_size
)
14364 struct mips_elf_link_hash_entry
*h
;
14366 (*input_swap
->swap_ext_in
) (input_bfd
, eraw_src
, &ext
);
14367 if (ext
.asym
.sc
== scNil
14368 || ext
.asym
.sc
== scUndefined
14369 || ext
.asym
.sc
== scSUndefined
)
14372 name
= input_debug
.ssext
+ ext
.asym
.iss
;
14373 h
= mips_elf_link_hash_lookup (mips_elf_hash_table (info
),
14374 name
, FALSE
, FALSE
, TRUE
);
14375 if (h
== NULL
|| h
->esym
.ifd
!= -2)
14380 BFD_ASSERT (ext
.ifd
14381 < input_debug
.symbolic_header
.ifdMax
);
14382 ext
.ifd
= input_debug
.ifdmap
[ext
.ifd
];
14388 /* Free up the information we just read. */
14389 free (input_debug
.line
);
14390 free (input_debug
.external_dnr
);
14391 free (input_debug
.external_pdr
);
14392 free (input_debug
.external_sym
);
14393 free (input_debug
.external_opt
);
14394 free (input_debug
.external_aux
);
14395 free (input_debug
.ss
);
14396 free (input_debug
.ssext
);
14397 free (input_debug
.external_fdr
);
14398 free (input_debug
.external_rfd
);
14399 free (input_debug
.external_ext
);
14401 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
14402 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
14403 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
14406 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
) && info
->shared
)
14408 /* Create .rtproc section. */
14409 rtproc_sec
= bfd_get_linker_section (abfd
, ".rtproc");
14410 if (rtproc_sec
== NULL
)
14412 flagword flags
= (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
| SEC_IN_MEMORY
14413 | SEC_LINKER_CREATED
| SEC_READONLY
);
14415 rtproc_sec
= bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (abfd
,
14418 if (rtproc_sec
== NULL
14419 || ! bfd_set_section_alignment (abfd
, rtproc_sec
, 4))
14423 if (! mips_elf_create_procedure_table (mdebug_handle
, abfd
,
14429 /* Build the external symbol information. */
14432 einfo
.debug
= &debug
;
14434 einfo
.failed
= FALSE
;
14435 mips_elf_link_hash_traverse (mips_elf_hash_table (info
),
14436 mips_elf_output_extsym
, &einfo
);
14440 /* Set the size of the .mdebug section. */
14441 o
->size
= bfd_ecoff_debug_size (abfd
, &debug
, swap
);
14443 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
14444 matters, but someday it might). */
14445 o
->map_head
.link_order
= NULL
;
14450 if (CONST_STRNEQ (o
->name
, ".gptab."))
14452 const char *subname
;
14455 Elf32_External_gptab
*ext_tab
;
14458 /* The .gptab.sdata and .gptab.sbss sections hold
14459 information describing how the small data area would
14460 change depending upon the -G switch. These sections
14461 not used in executables files. */
14462 if (! info
->relocatable
)
14464 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
14466 asection
*input_section
;
14468 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
14470 if (p
->type
== bfd_data_link_order
)
14475 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
14477 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
14478 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
14479 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
14482 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this
14483 currently matters, but someday it might). */
14484 o
->map_head
.link_order
= NULL
;
14486 /* Really remove the section. */
14487 bfd_section_list_remove (abfd
, o
);
14488 --abfd
->section_count
;
14493 /* There is one gptab for initialized data, and one for
14494 uninitialized data. */
14495 if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".gptab.sdata") == 0)
14496 gptab_data_sec
= o
;
14497 else if (strcmp (o
->name
, ".gptab.sbss") == 0)
14501 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
14502 (_("%s: illegal section name `%s'"),
14503 bfd_get_filename (abfd
), o
->name
);
14504 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_nonrepresentable_section
);
14508 /* The linker script always combines .gptab.data and
14509 .gptab.sdata into .gptab.sdata, and likewise for
14510 .gptab.bss and .gptab.sbss. It is possible that there is
14511 no .sdata or .sbss section in the output file, in which
14512 case we must change the name of the output section. */
14513 subname
= o
->name
+ sizeof ".gptab" - 1;
14514 if (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, subname
) == NULL
)
14516 if (o
== gptab_data_sec
)
14517 o
->name
= ".gptab.data";
14519 o
->name
= ".gptab.bss";
14520 subname
= o
->name
+ sizeof ".gptab" - 1;
14521 BFD_ASSERT (bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, subname
) != NULL
);
14524 /* Set up the first entry. */
14526 amt
= c
* sizeof (Elf32_gptab
);
14527 tab
= bfd_malloc (amt
);
14530 tab
[0].gt_header
.gt_current_g_value
= elf_gp_size (abfd
);
14531 tab
[0].gt_header
.gt_unused
= 0;
14533 /* Combine the input sections. */
14534 for (p
= o
->map_head
.link_order
; p
!= NULL
; p
= p
->next
)
14536 asection
*input_section
;
14538 bfd_size_type size
;
14539 unsigned long last
;
14540 bfd_size_type gpentry
;
14542 if (p
->type
!= bfd_indirect_link_order
)
14544 if (p
->type
== bfd_data_link_order
)
14549 input_section
= p
->u
.indirect
.section
;
14550 input_bfd
= input_section
->owner
;
14552 /* Combine the gptab entries for this input section one
14553 by one. We know that the input gptab entries are
14554 sorted by ascending -G value. */
14555 size
= input_section
->size
;
14557 for (gpentry
= sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
);
14559 gpentry
+= sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
))
14561 Elf32_External_gptab ext_gptab
;
14562 Elf32_gptab int_gptab
;
14568 if (! (bfd_get_section_contents
14569 (input_bfd
, input_section
, &ext_gptab
, gpentry
,
14570 sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
))))
14576 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_in (input_bfd
, &ext_gptab
,
14578 val
= int_gptab
.gt_entry
.gt_g_value
;
14579 add
= int_gptab
.gt_entry
.gt_bytes
- last
;
14582 for (look
= 1; look
< c
; look
++)
14584 if (tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
>= val
)
14585 tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_bytes
+= add
;
14587 if (tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
== val
)
14593 Elf32_gptab
*new_tab
;
14596 /* We need a new table entry. */
14597 amt
= (bfd_size_type
) (c
+ 1) * sizeof (Elf32_gptab
);
14598 new_tab
= bfd_realloc (tab
, amt
);
14599 if (new_tab
== NULL
)
14605 tab
[c
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
= val
;
14606 tab
[c
].gt_entry
.gt_bytes
= add
;
14608 /* Merge in the size for the next smallest -G
14609 value, since that will be implied by this new
14612 for (look
= 1; look
< c
; look
++)
14614 if (tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
< val
14616 || (tab
[look
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
14617 > tab
[max
].gt_entry
.gt_g_value
)))
14621 tab
[c
].gt_entry
.gt_bytes
+=
14622 tab
[max
].gt_entry
.gt_bytes
;
14627 last
= int_gptab
.gt_entry
.gt_bytes
;
14630 /* Hack: reset the SEC_HAS_CONTENTS flag so that
14631 elf_link_input_bfd ignores this section. */
14632 input_section
->flags
&= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS
;
14635 /* The table must be sorted by -G value. */
14637 qsort (tab
+ 1, c
- 1, sizeof (tab
[0]), gptab_compare
);
14639 /* Swap out the table. */
14640 amt
= (bfd_size_type
) c
* sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
);
14641 ext_tab
= bfd_alloc (abfd
, amt
);
14642 if (ext_tab
== NULL
)
14648 for (j
= 0; j
< c
; j
++)
14649 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_gptab_out (abfd
, tab
+ j
, ext_tab
+ j
);
14652 o
->size
= c
* sizeof (Elf32_External_gptab
);
14653 o
->contents
= (bfd_byte
*) ext_tab
;
14655 /* Skip this section later on (I don't think this currently
14656 matters, but someday it might). */
14657 o
->map_head
.link_order
= NULL
;
14661 /* Invoke the regular ELF backend linker to do all the work. */
14662 if (!bfd_elf_final_link (abfd
, info
))
14665 /* Now write out the computed sections. */
14667 if (abiflags_sec
!= NULL
)
14669 Elf_External_ABIFlags_v0 ext
;
14670 Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0
*abiflags
;
14672 abiflags
= &mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->abiflags
;
14674 /* Set up the abiflags if no valid input sections were found. */
14675 if (!mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->abiflags_valid
)
14677 infer_mips_abiflags (abfd
, abiflags
);
14678 mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->abiflags_valid
= TRUE
;
14680 bfd_mips_elf_swap_abiflags_v0_out (abfd
, abiflags
, &ext
);
14681 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, abiflags_sec
, &ext
, 0, sizeof ext
))
14685 if (reginfo_sec
!= NULL
)
14687 Elf32_External_RegInfo ext
;
14689 bfd_mips_elf32_swap_reginfo_out (abfd
, ®info
, &ext
);
14690 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, reginfo_sec
, &ext
, 0, sizeof ext
))
14694 if (mdebug_sec
!= NULL
)
14696 BFD_ASSERT (abfd
->output_has_begun
);
14697 if (! bfd_ecoff_write_accumulated_debug (mdebug_handle
, abfd
, &debug
,
14699 mdebug_sec
->filepos
))
14702 bfd_ecoff_debug_free (mdebug_handle
, abfd
, &debug
, swap
, info
);
14705 if (gptab_data_sec
!= NULL
)
14707 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, gptab_data_sec
,
14708 gptab_data_sec
->contents
,
14709 0, gptab_data_sec
->size
))
14713 if (gptab_bss_sec
!= NULL
)
14715 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, gptab_bss_sec
,
14716 gptab_bss_sec
->contents
,
14717 0, gptab_bss_sec
->size
))
14721 if (SGI_COMPAT (abfd
))
14723 rtproc_sec
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rtproc");
14724 if (rtproc_sec
!= NULL
)
14726 if (! bfd_set_section_contents (abfd
, rtproc_sec
,
14727 rtproc_sec
->contents
,
14728 0, rtproc_sec
->size
))
14736 /* Structure for saying that BFD machine EXTENSION extends BASE. */
14738 struct mips_mach_extension
14740 unsigned long extension
, base
;
14744 /* An array describing how BFD machines relate to one another. The entries
14745 are ordered topologically with MIPS I extensions listed last. */
14747 static const struct mips_mach_extension mips_mach_extensions
[] =
14749 /* MIPS64r2 extensions. */
14750 { bfd_mach_mips_octeon3
, bfd_mach_mips_octeon2
},
14751 { bfd_mach_mips_octeon2
, bfd_mach_mips_octeonp
},
14752 { bfd_mach_mips_octeonp
, bfd_mach_mips_octeon
},
14753 { bfd_mach_mips_octeon
, bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2
},
14754 { bfd_mach_mips_loongson_3a
, bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2
},
14756 /* MIPS64 extensions. */
14757 { bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2
, bfd_mach_mipsisa64
},
14758 { bfd_mach_mips_sb1
, bfd_mach_mipsisa64
},
14759 { bfd_mach_mips_xlr
, bfd_mach_mipsisa64
},
14761 /* MIPS V extensions. */
14762 { bfd_mach_mipsisa64
, bfd_mach_mips5
},
14764 /* R10000 extensions. */
14765 { bfd_mach_mips12000
, bfd_mach_mips10000
},
14766 { bfd_mach_mips14000
, bfd_mach_mips10000
},
14767 { bfd_mach_mips16000
, bfd_mach_mips10000
},
14769 /* R5000 extensions. Note: the vr5500 ISA is an extension of the core
14770 vr5400 ISA, but doesn't include the multimedia stuff. It seems
14771 better to allow vr5400 and vr5500 code to be merged anyway, since
14772 many libraries will just use the core ISA. Perhaps we could add
14773 some sort of ASE flag if this ever proves a problem. */
14774 { bfd_mach_mips5500
, bfd_mach_mips5400
},
14775 { bfd_mach_mips5400
, bfd_mach_mips5000
},
14777 /* MIPS IV extensions. */
14778 { bfd_mach_mips5
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
14779 { bfd_mach_mips10000
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
14780 { bfd_mach_mips5000
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
14781 { bfd_mach_mips7000
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
14782 { bfd_mach_mips9000
, bfd_mach_mips8000
},
14784 /* VR4100 extensions. */
14785 { bfd_mach_mips4120
, bfd_mach_mips4100
},
14786 { bfd_mach_mips4111
, bfd_mach_mips4100
},
14788 /* MIPS III extensions. */
14789 { bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2e
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
14790 { bfd_mach_mips_loongson_2f
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
14791 { bfd_mach_mips8000
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
14792 { bfd_mach_mips4650
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
14793 { bfd_mach_mips4600
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
14794 { bfd_mach_mips4400
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
14795 { bfd_mach_mips4300
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
14796 { bfd_mach_mips4100
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
14797 { bfd_mach_mips4010
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
14798 { bfd_mach_mips5900
, bfd_mach_mips4000
},
14800 /* MIPS32 extensions. */
14801 { bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2
, bfd_mach_mipsisa32
},
14803 /* MIPS II extensions. */
14804 { bfd_mach_mips4000
, bfd_mach_mips6000
},
14805 { bfd_mach_mipsisa32
, bfd_mach_mips6000
},
14807 /* MIPS I extensions. */
14808 { bfd_mach_mips6000
, bfd_mach_mips3000
},
14809 { bfd_mach_mips3900
, bfd_mach_mips3000
}
14813 /* Return true if bfd machine EXTENSION is an extension of machine BASE. */
14816 mips_mach_extends_p (unsigned long base
, unsigned long extension
)
14820 if (extension
== base
)
14823 if (base
== bfd_mach_mipsisa32
14824 && mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_mach_mipsisa64
, extension
))
14827 if (base
== bfd_mach_mipsisa32r2
14828 && mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_mach_mipsisa64r2
, extension
))
14831 for (i
= 0; i
< ARRAY_SIZE (mips_mach_extensions
); i
++)
14832 if (extension
== mips_mach_extensions
[i
].extension
)
14834 extension
= mips_mach_extensions
[i
].base
;
14835 if (extension
== base
)
14843 /* Merge object attributes from IBFD into OBFD. Raise an error if
14844 there are conflicting attributes. */
14846 mips_elf_merge_obj_attributes (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
14848 obj_attribute
*in_attr
;
14849 obj_attribute
*out_attr
;
14853 abi_fp_bfd
= mips_elf_tdata (obfd
)->abi_fp_bfd
;
14854 in_attr
= elf_known_obj_attributes (ibfd
)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU
];
14855 if (!abi_fp_bfd
&& in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
!= Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_ANY
)
14856 mips_elf_tdata (obfd
)->abi_fp_bfd
= ibfd
;
14858 abi_msa_bfd
= mips_elf_tdata (obfd
)->abi_msa_bfd
;
14860 && in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
!= Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA_ANY
)
14861 mips_elf_tdata (obfd
)->abi_msa_bfd
= ibfd
;
14863 if (!elf_known_obj_attributes_proc (obfd
)[0].i
)
14865 /* This is the first object. Copy the attributes. */
14866 _bfd_elf_copy_obj_attributes (ibfd
, obfd
);
14868 /* Use the Tag_null value to indicate the attributes have been
14870 elf_known_obj_attributes_proc (obfd
)[0].i
= 1;
14875 /* Check for conflicting Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP attributes and merge
14876 non-conflicting ones. */
14877 out_attr
= elf_known_obj_attributes (obfd
)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU
];
14878 if (in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
!= out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
)
14882 out_fp
= out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
;
14883 in_fp
= in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
;
14884 out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].type
= 1;
14885 if (out_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_ANY
)
14886 out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
= in_fp
;
14887 else if (out_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_XX
14888 && (in_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_DOUBLE
14889 || in_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64
14890 || in_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A
))
14892 mips_elf_tdata (obfd
)->abi_fp_bfd
= ibfd
;
14893 out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
= in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
;
14895 else if (in_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_XX
14896 && (out_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_DOUBLE
14897 || out_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64
14898 || out_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A
))
14899 /* Keep the current setting. */;
14900 else if (out_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A
14901 && in_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64
)
14903 mips_elf_tdata (obfd
)->abi_fp_bfd
= ibfd
;
14904 out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
= in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
;
14906 else if (in_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A
14907 && out_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64
)
14908 /* Keep the current setting. */;
14909 else if (in_fp
!= Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_ANY
)
14911 const char *out_string
, *in_string
;
14913 out_string
= _bfd_mips_fp_abi_string (out_fp
);
14914 in_string
= _bfd_mips_fp_abi_string (in_fp
);
14915 /* First warn about cases involving unrecognised ABIs. */
14916 if (!out_string
&& !in_string
)
14918 (_("Warning: %B uses unknown floating point ABI %d "
14919 "(set by %B), %B uses unknown floating point ABI %d"),
14920 obfd
, abi_fp_bfd
, ibfd
, out_fp
, in_fp
);
14921 else if (!out_string
)
14923 (_("Warning: %B uses unknown floating point ABI %d "
14924 "(set by %B), %B uses %s"),
14925 obfd
, abi_fp_bfd
, ibfd
, out_fp
, in_string
);
14926 else if (!in_string
)
14928 (_("Warning: %B uses %s (set by %B), "
14929 "%B uses unknown floating point ABI %d"),
14930 obfd
, abi_fp_bfd
, ibfd
, out_string
, in_fp
);
14933 /* If one of the bfds is soft-float, the other must be
14934 hard-float. The exact choice of hard-float ABI isn't
14935 really relevant to the error message. */
14936 if (in_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_SOFT
)
14937 out_string
= "-mhard-float";
14938 else if (out_fp
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_SOFT
)
14939 in_string
= "-mhard-float";
14941 (_("Warning: %B uses %s (set by %B), %B uses %s"),
14942 obfd
, abi_fp_bfd
, ibfd
, out_string
, in_string
);
14947 /* Check for conflicting Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA attributes and merge
14948 non-conflicting ones. */
14949 if (in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
!= out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
)
14951 out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].type
= 1;
14952 if (out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA_ANY
)
14953 out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
= in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
;
14954 else if (in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
!= Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA_ANY
)
14955 switch (out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
)
14957 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA_128
:
14959 (_("Warning: %B uses %s (set by %B), "
14960 "%B uses unknown MSA ABI %d"),
14961 obfd
, abi_msa_bfd
, ibfd
,
14962 "-mmsa", in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
);
14966 switch (in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
)
14968 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA_128
:
14970 (_("Warning: %B uses unknown MSA ABI %d "
14971 "(set by %B), %B uses %s"),
14972 obfd
, abi_msa_bfd
, ibfd
,
14973 out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
, "-mmsa");
14978 (_("Warning: %B uses unknown MSA ABI %d "
14979 "(set by %B), %B uses unknown MSA ABI %d"),
14980 obfd
, abi_msa_bfd
, ibfd
,
14981 out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
,
14982 in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_MSA
].i
);
14988 /* Merge Tag_compatibility attributes and any common GNU ones. */
14989 _bfd_elf_merge_object_attributes (ibfd
, obfd
);
14994 /* Merge backend specific data from an object file to the output
14995 object file when linking. */
14998 _bfd_mips_elf_merge_private_bfd_data (bfd
*ibfd
, bfd
*obfd
)
15000 flagword old_flags
;
15001 flagword new_flags
;
15003 bfd_boolean null_input_bfd
= TRUE
;
15005 obj_attribute
*out_attr
;
15007 /* Check if we have the same endianness. */
15008 if (! _bfd_generic_verify_endian_match (ibfd
, obfd
))
15010 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
15011 (_("%B: endianness incompatible with that of the selected emulation"),
15016 if (!is_mips_elf (ibfd
) || !is_mips_elf (obfd
))
15019 if (strcmp (bfd_get_target (ibfd
), bfd_get_target (obfd
)) != 0)
15021 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
15022 (_("%B: ABI is incompatible with that of the selected emulation"),
15027 /* Set up the FP ABI attribute from the abiflags if it is not already
15029 if (mips_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->abiflags_valid
)
15031 obj_attribute
*in_attr
= elf_known_obj_attributes (ibfd
)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU
];
15032 if (in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_ANY
)
15033 in_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
=
15034 mips_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->abiflags
.fp_abi
;
15037 if (!mips_elf_merge_obj_attributes (ibfd
, obfd
))
15040 /* Check to see if the input BFD actually contains any sections.
15041 If not, its flags may not have been initialised either, but it cannot
15042 actually cause any incompatibility. */
15043 for (sec
= ibfd
->sections
; sec
!= NULL
; sec
= sec
->next
)
15045 /* Ignore synthetic sections and empty .text, .data and .bss sections
15046 which are automatically generated by gas. Also ignore fake
15047 (s)common sections, since merely defining a common symbol does
15048 not affect compatibility. */
15049 if ((sec
->flags
& SEC_IS_COMMON
) == 0
15050 && strcmp (sec
->name
, ".reginfo")
15051 && strcmp (sec
->name
, ".mdebug")
15053 || (strcmp (sec
->name
, ".text")
15054 && strcmp (sec
->name
, ".data")
15055 && strcmp (sec
->name
, ".bss"))))
15057 null_input_bfd
= FALSE
;
15061 if (null_input_bfd
)
15064 /* Populate abiflags using existing information. */
15065 if (!mips_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->abiflags_valid
)
15067 infer_mips_abiflags (ibfd
, &mips_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->abiflags
);
15068 mips_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->abiflags_valid
= TRUE
;
15072 Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0 abiflags
;
15073 Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0 in_abiflags
;
15074 infer_mips_abiflags (ibfd
, &abiflags
);
15075 in_abiflags
= mips_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->abiflags
;
15077 /* It is not possible to infer the correct ISA revision
15078 for R3 or R5 so drop down to R2 for the checks. */
15079 if (in_abiflags
.isa_rev
== 3 || in_abiflags
.isa_rev
== 5)
15080 in_abiflags
.isa_rev
= 2;
15082 if (in_abiflags
.isa_level
!= abiflags
.isa_level
15083 || in_abiflags
.isa_rev
!= abiflags
.isa_rev
15084 || in_abiflags
.isa_ext
!= abiflags
.isa_ext
)
15085 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
15086 (_("%B: warning: Inconsistent ISA between e_flags and "
15087 ".MIPS.abiflags"), ibfd
);
15088 if (abiflags
.fp_abi
!= Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_ANY
15089 && in_abiflags
.fp_abi
!= abiflags
.fp_abi
)
15090 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
15091 (_("%B: warning: Inconsistent FP ABI between e_flags and "
15092 ".MIPS.abiflags"), ibfd
);
15093 if ((in_abiflags
.ases
& abiflags
.ases
) != abiflags
.ases
)
15094 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
15095 (_("%B: warning: Inconsistent ASEs between e_flags and "
15096 ".MIPS.abiflags"), ibfd
);
15097 if (in_abiflags
.isa_ext
!= abiflags
.isa_ext
)
15098 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
15099 (_("%B: warning: Inconsistent ISA extensions between e_flags and "
15100 ".MIPS.abiflags"), ibfd
);
15101 if (in_abiflags
.flags2
!= 0)
15102 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
15103 (_("%B: warning: Unexpected flag in the flags2 field of "
15104 ".MIPS.abiflags (0x%lx)"), ibfd
,
15105 (unsigned long) in_abiflags
.flags2
);
15108 if (!mips_elf_tdata (obfd
)->abiflags_valid
)
15110 /* Copy input abiflags if output abiflags are not already valid. */
15111 mips_elf_tdata (obfd
)->abiflags
= mips_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->abiflags
;
15112 mips_elf_tdata (obfd
)->abiflags_valid
= TRUE
;
15115 if (! elf_flags_init (obfd
))
15117 elf_flags_init (obfd
) = TRUE
;
15118 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_flags
;
15119 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]
15120 = elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
];
15122 if (bfd_get_arch (obfd
) == bfd_get_arch (ibfd
)
15123 && (bfd_get_arch_info (obfd
)->the_default
15124 || mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_get_mach (obfd
),
15125 bfd_get_mach (ibfd
))))
15127 if (! bfd_set_arch_mach (obfd
, bfd_get_arch (ibfd
),
15128 bfd_get_mach (ibfd
)))
15131 /* Update the ABI flags isa_level, isa_rev and isa_ext fields. */
15132 update_mips_abiflags_isa (obfd
, &mips_elf_tdata (obfd
)->abiflags
);
15138 /* Update the output abiflags fp_abi using the computed fp_abi. */
15139 out_attr
= elf_known_obj_attributes (obfd
)[OBJ_ATTR_GNU
];
15140 mips_elf_tdata (obfd
)->abiflags
.fp_abi
= out_attr
[Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP
].i
;
15142 #define max(a,b) ((a) > (b) ? (a) : (b))
15143 /* Merge abiflags. */
15144 mips_elf_tdata (obfd
)->abiflags
.isa_rev
15145 = max (mips_elf_tdata (obfd
)->abiflags
.isa_rev
,
15146 mips_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->abiflags
.isa_rev
);
15147 mips_elf_tdata (obfd
)->abiflags
.gpr_size
15148 = max (mips_elf_tdata (obfd
)->abiflags
.gpr_size
,
15149 mips_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->abiflags
.gpr_size
);
15150 mips_elf_tdata (obfd
)->abiflags
.cpr1_size
15151 = max (mips_elf_tdata (obfd
)->abiflags
.cpr1_size
,
15152 mips_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->abiflags
.cpr1_size
);
15153 mips_elf_tdata (obfd
)->abiflags
.cpr2_size
15154 = max (mips_elf_tdata (obfd
)->abiflags
.cpr2_size
,
15155 mips_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->abiflags
.cpr2_size
);
15157 mips_elf_tdata (obfd
)->abiflags
.ases
15158 |= mips_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->abiflags
.ases
;
15159 mips_elf_tdata (obfd
)->abiflags
.flags1
15160 |= mips_elf_tdata (ibfd
)->abiflags
.flags1
;
15162 new_flags
= elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_flags
;
15163 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
|= new_flags
& EF_MIPS_NOREORDER
;
15164 old_flags
= elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
;
15166 /* Check flag compatibility. */
15168 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_NOREORDER
;
15169 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_NOREORDER
;
15171 /* Some IRIX 6 BSD-compatibility objects have this bit set. It
15172 doesn't seem to matter. */
15173 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_XGOT
;
15174 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_XGOT
;
15176 /* MIPSpro generates ucode info in n64 objects. Again, we should
15177 just be able to ignore this. */
15178 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_UCODE
;
15179 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_UCODE
;
15181 /* DSOs should only be linked with CPIC code. */
15182 if ((ibfd
->flags
& DYNAMIC
) != 0)
15183 new_flags
|= EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
;
15185 if (new_flags
== old_flags
)
15190 if (((new_flags
& (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
)) != 0)
15191 != ((old_flags
& (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
)) != 0))
15193 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
15194 (_("%B: warning: linking abicalls files with non-abicalls files"),
15199 if (new_flags
& (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
))
15200 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
|= EF_MIPS_CPIC
;
15201 if (! (new_flags
& EF_MIPS_PIC
))
15202 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_PIC
;
15204 new_flags
&= ~ (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
);
15205 old_flags
&= ~ (EF_MIPS_PIC
| EF_MIPS_CPIC
);
15207 /* Compare the ISAs. */
15208 if (mips_32bit_flags_p (old_flags
) != mips_32bit_flags_p (new_flags
))
15210 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
15211 (_("%B: linking 32-bit code with 64-bit code"),
15215 else if (!mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_get_mach (ibfd
), bfd_get_mach (obfd
)))
15217 /* OBFD's ISA isn't the same as, or an extension of, IBFD's. */
15218 if (mips_mach_extends_p (bfd_get_mach (obfd
), bfd_get_mach (ibfd
)))
15220 /* Copy the architecture info from IBFD to OBFD. Also copy
15221 the 32-bit flag (if set) so that we continue to recognise
15222 OBFD as a 32-bit binary. */
15223 bfd_set_arch_info (obfd
, bfd_get_arch_info (ibfd
));
15224 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
&= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
);
15225 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
15226 |= new_flags
& (EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
| EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
);
15228 /* Update the ABI flags isa_level, isa_rev, isa_ext fields. */
15229 update_mips_abiflags_isa (obfd
, &mips_elf_tdata (obfd
)->abiflags
);
15231 /* Copy across the ABI flags if OBFD doesn't use them
15232 and if that was what caused us to treat IBFD as 32-bit. */
15233 if ((old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == 0
15234 && mips_32bit_flags_p (new_flags
)
15235 && !mips_32bit_flags_p (new_flags
& ~EF_MIPS_ABI
))
15236 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
|= new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
;
15240 /* The ISAs aren't compatible. */
15241 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
15242 (_("%B: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
15244 bfd_printable_name (ibfd
),
15245 bfd_printable_name (obfd
));
15250 new_flags
&= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
| EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
);
15251 old_flags
&= ~(EF_MIPS_ARCH
| EF_MIPS_MACH
| EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
);
15253 /* Compare ABIs. The 64-bit ABI does not use EF_MIPS_ABI. But, it
15254 does set EI_CLASS differently from any 32-bit ABI. */
15255 if ((new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) != (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
)
15256 || (elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]
15257 != elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]))
15259 /* Only error if both are set (to different values). */
15260 if (((new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) && (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
))
15261 || (elf_elfheader (ibfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]
15262 != elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_ident
[EI_CLASS
]))
15264 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
15265 (_("%B: ABI mismatch: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
15267 elf_mips_abi_name (ibfd
),
15268 elf_mips_abi_name (obfd
));
15271 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_ABI
;
15272 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_ABI
;
15275 /* Compare ASEs. Forbid linking MIPS16 and microMIPS ASE modules together
15276 and allow arbitrary mixing of the remaining ASEs (retain the union). */
15277 if ((new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
) != (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
))
15279 int old_micro
= old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MICROMIPS
;
15280 int new_micro
= new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MICROMIPS
;
15281 int old_m16
= old_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_M16
;
15282 int new_m16
= new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_M16
;
15283 int micro_mis
= old_m16
&& new_micro
;
15284 int m16_mis
= old_micro
&& new_m16
;
15286 if (m16_mis
|| micro_mis
)
15288 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
15289 (_("%B: ASE mismatch: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
15291 m16_mis
? "MIPS16" : "microMIPS",
15292 m16_mis
? "microMIPS" : "MIPS16");
15296 elf_elfheader (obfd
)->e_flags
|= new_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
;
15298 new_flags
&= ~ EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
;
15299 old_flags
&= ~ EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE
;
15302 /* Compare NaN encodings. */
15303 if ((new_flags
& EF_MIPS_NAN2008
) != (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_NAN2008
))
15305 _bfd_error_handler (_("%B: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
15307 (new_flags
& EF_MIPS_NAN2008
15308 ? "-mnan=2008" : "-mnan=legacy"),
15309 (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_NAN2008
15310 ? "-mnan=2008" : "-mnan=legacy"));
15312 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_NAN2008
;
15313 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_NAN2008
;
15316 /* Compare FP64 state. */
15317 if ((new_flags
& EF_MIPS_FP64
) != (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_FP64
))
15319 _bfd_error_handler (_("%B: linking %s module with previous %s modules"),
15321 (new_flags
& EF_MIPS_FP64
15322 ? "-mfp64" : "-mfp32"),
15323 (old_flags
& EF_MIPS_FP64
15324 ? "-mfp64" : "-mfp32"));
15326 new_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_FP64
;
15327 old_flags
&= ~EF_MIPS_FP64
;
15330 /* Warn about any other mismatches */
15331 if (new_flags
!= old_flags
)
15333 (*_bfd_error_handler
)
15334 (_("%B: uses different e_flags (0x%lx) fields than previous modules (0x%lx)"),
15335 ibfd
, (unsigned long) new_flags
,
15336 (unsigned long) old_flags
);
15342 bfd_set_error (bfd_error_bad_value
);
15349 /* Function to keep MIPS specific file flags like as EF_MIPS_PIC. */
15352 _bfd_mips_elf_set_private_flags (bfd
*abfd
, flagword flags
)
15354 BFD_ASSERT (!elf_flags_init (abfd
)
15355 || elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
== flags
);
15357 elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
= flags
;
15358 elf_flags_init (abfd
) = TRUE
;
15363 _bfd_mips_elf_get_target_dtag (bfd_vma dtag
)
15367 default: return "";
15368 case DT_MIPS_RLD_VERSION
:
15369 return "MIPS_RLD_VERSION";
15370 case DT_MIPS_TIME_STAMP
:
15371 return "MIPS_TIME_STAMP";
15372 case DT_MIPS_ICHECKSUM
:
15373 return "MIPS_ICHECKSUM";
15374 case DT_MIPS_IVERSION
:
15375 return "MIPS_IVERSION";
15376 case DT_MIPS_FLAGS
:
15377 return "MIPS_FLAGS";
15378 case DT_MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS
:
15379 return "MIPS_BASE_ADDRESS";
15381 return "MIPS_MSYM";
15382 case DT_MIPS_CONFLICT
:
15383 return "MIPS_CONFLICT";
15384 case DT_MIPS_LIBLIST
:
15385 return "MIPS_LIBLIST";
15386 case DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO
:
15387 return "MIPS_LOCAL_GOTNO";
15388 case DT_MIPS_CONFLICTNO
:
15389 return "MIPS_CONFLICTNO";
15390 case DT_MIPS_LIBLISTNO
:
15391 return "MIPS_LIBLISTNO";
15392 case DT_MIPS_SYMTABNO
:
15393 return "MIPS_SYMTABNO";
15394 case DT_MIPS_UNREFEXTNO
:
15395 return "MIPS_UNREFEXTNO";
15396 case DT_MIPS_GOTSYM
:
15397 return "MIPS_GOTSYM";
15398 case DT_MIPS_HIPAGENO
:
15399 return "MIPS_HIPAGENO";
15400 case DT_MIPS_RLD_MAP
:
15401 return "MIPS_RLD_MAP";
15402 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_CLASS
:
15403 return "MIPS_DELTA_CLASS";
15404 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_CLASS_NO
:
15405 return "MIPS_DELTA_CLASS_NO";
15406 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_INSTANCE
:
15407 return "MIPS_DELTA_INSTANCE";
15408 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_INSTANCE_NO
:
15409 return "MIPS_DELTA_INSTANCE_NO";
15410 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_RELOC
:
15411 return "MIPS_DELTA_RELOC";
15412 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_RELOC_NO
:
15413 return "MIPS_DELTA_RELOC_NO";
15414 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_SYM
:
15415 return "MIPS_DELTA_SYM";
15416 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_SYM_NO
:
15417 return "MIPS_DELTA_SYM_NO";
15418 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_CLASSSYM
:
15419 return "MIPS_DELTA_CLASSSYM";
15420 case DT_MIPS_DELTA_CLASSSYM_NO
:
15421 return "MIPS_DELTA_CLASSSYM_NO";
15422 case DT_MIPS_CXX_FLAGS
:
15423 return "MIPS_CXX_FLAGS";
15424 case DT_MIPS_PIXIE_INIT
:
15425 return "MIPS_PIXIE_INIT";
15426 case DT_MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB
:
15427 return "MIPS_SYMBOL_LIB";
15428 case DT_MIPS_LOCALPAGE_GOTIDX
:
15429 return "MIPS_LOCALPAGE_GOTIDX";
15430 case DT_MIPS_LOCAL_GOTIDX
:
15431 return "MIPS_LOCAL_GOTIDX";
15432 case DT_MIPS_HIDDEN_GOTIDX
:
15433 return "MIPS_HIDDEN_GOTIDX";
15434 case DT_MIPS_PROTECTED_GOTIDX
:
15435 return "MIPS_PROTECTED_GOT_IDX";
15436 case DT_MIPS_OPTIONS
:
15437 return "MIPS_OPTIONS";
15438 case DT_MIPS_INTERFACE
:
15439 return "MIPS_INTERFACE";
15440 case DT_MIPS_DYNSTR_ALIGN
:
15441 return "DT_MIPS_DYNSTR_ALIGN";
15442 case DT_MIPS_INTERFACE_SIZE
:
15443 return "DT_MIPS_INTERFACE_SIZE";
15444 case DT_MIPS_RLD_TEXT_RESOLVE_ADDR
:
15445 return "DT_MIPS_RLD_TEXT_RESOLVE_ADDR";
15446 case DT_MIPS_PERF_SUFFIX
:
15447 return "DT_MIPS_PERF_SUFFIX";
15448 case DT_MIPS_COMPACT_SIZE
:
15449 return "DT_MIPS_COMPACT_SIZE";
15450 case DT_MIPS_GP_VALUE
:
15451 return "DT_MIPS_GP_VALUE";
15452 case DT_MIPS_AUX_DYNAMIC
:
15453 return "DT_MIPS_AUX_DYNAMIC";
15454 case DT_MIPS_PLTGOT
:
15455 return "DT_MIPS_PLTGOT";
15456 case DT_MIPS_RWPLT
:
15457 return "DT_MIPS_RWPLT";
15461 /* Return the meaning of Tag_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP value FP, or null if
15465 _bfd_mips_fp_abi_string (int fp
)
15469 /* These strings aren't translated because they're simply
15471 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_DOUBLE
:
15472 return "-mdouble-float";
15474 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_SINGLE
:
15475 return "-msingle-float";
15477 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_SOFT
:
15478 return "-msoft-float";
15480 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_OLD_64
:
15481 return _("-mips32r2 -mfp64 (12 callee-saved)");
15483 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_XX
:
15486 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64
:
15487 return "-mgp32 -mfp64";
15489 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A
:
15490 return "-mgp32 -mfp64 -mno-odd-spreg";
15498 print_mips_ases (FILE *file
, unsigned int mask
)
15500 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_DSP
)
15501 fputs ("\n\tDSP ASE", file
);
15502 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_DSPR2
)
15503 fputs ("\n\tDSP R2 ASE", file
);
15504 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_EVA
)
15505 fputs ("\n\tEnhanced VA Scheme", file
);
15506 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_MCU
)
15507 fputs ("\n\tMCU (MicroController) ASE", file
);
15508 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_MDMX
)
15509 fputs ("\n\tMDMX ASE", file
);
15510 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_MIPS3D
)
15511 fputs ("\n\tMIPS-3D ASE", file
);
15512 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_MT
)
15513 fputs ("\n\tMT ASE", file
);
15514 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_SMARTMIPS
)
15515 fputs ("\n\tSmartMIPS ASE", file
);
15516 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_VIRT
)
15517 fputs ("\n\tVZ ASE", file
);
15518 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_MSA
)
15519 fputs ("\n\tMSA ASE", file
);
15520 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_MIPS16
)
15521 fputs ("\n\tMIPS16 ASE", file
);
15522 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_MICROMIPS
)
15523 fputs ("\n\tMICROMIPS ASE", file
);
15524 if (mask
& AFL_ASE_XPA
)
15525 fputs ("\n\tXPA ASE", file
);
15527 fprintf (file
, "\n\t%s", _("None"));
15528 else if ((mask
& ~AFL_ASE_MASK
) != 0)
15529 fprintf (stdout
, "\n\t%s (%x)", _("Unknown"), mask
& ~AFL_ASE_MASK
);
15533 print_mips_isa_ext (FILE *file
, unsigned int isa_ext
)
15538 fputs (_("None"), file
);
15541 fputs ("RMI XLR", file
);
15543 case AFL_EXT_OCTEON3
:
15544 fputs ("Cavium Networks Octeon3", file
);
15546 case AFL_EXT_OCTEON2
:
15547 fputs ("Cavium Networks Octeon2", file
);
15549 case AFL_EXT_OCTEONP
:
15550 fputs ("Cavium Networks OcteonP", file
);
15552 case AFL_EXT_LOONGSON_3A
:
15553 fputs ("Loongson 3A", file
);
15555 case AFL_EXT_OCTEON
:
15556 fputs ("Cavium Networks Octeon", file
);
15559 fputs ("Toshiba R5900", file
);
15562 fputs ("MIPS R4650", file
);
15565 fputs ("LSI R4010", file
);
15568 fputs ("NEC VR4100", file
);
15571 fputs ("Toshiba R3900", file
);
15573 case AFL_EXT_10000
:
15574 fputs ("MIPS R10000", file
);
15577 fputs ("Broadcom SB-1", file
);
15580 fputs ("NEC VR4111/VR4181", file
);
15583 fputs ("NEC VR4120", file
);
15586 fputs ("NEC VR5400", file
);
15589 fputs ("NEC VR5500", file
);
15591 case AFL_EXT_LOONGSON_2E
:
15592 fputs ("ST Microelectronics Loongson 2E", file
);
15594 case AFL_EXT_LOONGSON_2F
:
15595 fputs ("ST Microelectronics Loongson 2F", file
);
15598 fprintf (file
, "%s (%d)", _("Unknown"), isa_ext
);
15604 print_mips_fp_abi_value (FILE *file
, int val
)
15608 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_ANY
:
15609 fprintf (file
, _("Hard or soft float\n"));
15611 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_DOUBLE
:
15612 fprintf (file
, _("Hard float (double precision)\n"));
15614 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_SINGLE
:
15615 fprintf (file
, _("Hard float (single precision)\n"));
15617 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_SOFT
:
15618 fprintf (file
, _("Soft float\n"));
15620 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_OLD_64
:
15621 fprintf (file
, _("Hard float (MIPS32r2 64-bit FPU 12 callee-saved)\n"));
15623 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_XX
:
15624 fprintf (file
, _("Hard float (32-bit CPU, Any FPU)\n"));
15626 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64
:
15627 fprintf (file
, _("Hard float (32-bit CPU, 64-bit FPU)\n"));
15629 case Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A
:
15630 fprintf (file
, _("Hard float compat (32-bit CPU, 64-bit FPU)\n"));
15633 fprintf (file
, "??? (%d)\n", val
);
15639 get_mips_reg_size (int reg_size
)
15641 return (reg_size
== AFL_REG_NONE
) ? 0
15642 : (reg_size
== AFL_REG_32
) ? 32
15643 : (reg_size
== AFL_REG_64
) ? 64
15644 : (reg_size
== AFL_REG_128
) ? 128
15649 _bfd_mips_elf_print_private_bfd_data (bfd
*abfd
, void *ptr
)
15653 BFD_ASSERT (abfd
!= NULL
&& ptr
!= NULL
);
15655 /* Print normal ELF private data. */
15656 _bfd_elf_print_private_bfd_data (abfd
, ptr
);
15658 /* xgettext:c-format */
15659 fprintf (file
, _("private flags = %lx:"), elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
);
15661 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_O32
)
15662 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=O32]"));
15663 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_O64
)
15664 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=O64]"));
15665 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI32
)
15666 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=EABI32]"));
15667 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
) == E_MIPS_ABI_EABI64
)
15668 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=EABI64]"));
15669 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ABI
))
15670 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi unknown]"));
15671 else if (ABI_N32_P (abfd
))
15672 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=N32]"));
15673 else if (ABI_64_P (abfd
))
15674 fprintf (file
, _(" [abi=64]"));
15676 fprintf (file
, _(" [no abi set]"));
15678 if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_1
)
15679 fprintf (file
, " [mips1]");
15680 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_2
)
15681 fprintf (file
, " [mips2]");
15682 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_3
)
15683 fprintf (file
, " [mips3]");
15684 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_4
)
15685 fprintf (file
, " [mips4]");
15686 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_5
)
15687 fprintf (file
, " [mips5]");
15688 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32
)
15689 fprintf (file
, " [mips32]");
15690 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_64
)
15691 fprintf (file
, " [mips64]");
15692 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R2
)
15693 fprintf (file
, " [mips32r2]");
15694 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_64R2
)
15695 fprintf (file
, " [mips64r2]");
15696 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_32R6
)
15697 fprintf (file
, " [mips32r6]");
15698 else if ((elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH
) == E_MIPS_ARCH_64R6
)
15699 fprintf (file
, " [mips64r6]");
15701 fprintf (file
, _(" [unknown ISA]"));
15703 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MDMX
)
15704 fprintf (file
, " [mdmx]");
15706 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_M16
)
15707 fprintf (file
, " [mips16]");
15709 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_ARCH_ASE_MICROMIPS
)
15710 fprintf (file
, " [micromips]");
15712 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_NAN2008
)
15713 fprintf (file
, " [nan2008]");
15715 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_FP64
)
15716 fprintf (file
, " [old fp64]");
15718 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_32BITMODE
)
15719 fprintf (file
, " [32bitmode]");
15721 fprintf (file
, _(" [not 32bitmode]"));
15723 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_NOREORDER
)
15724 fprintf (file
, " [noreorder]");
15726 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_PIC
)
15727 fprintf (file
, " [PIC]");
15729 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_CPIC
)
15730 fprintf (file
, " [CPIC]");
15732 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_XGOT
)
15733 fprintf (file
, " [XGOT]");
15735 if (elf_elfheader (abfd
)->e_flags
& EF_MIPS_UCODE
)
15736 fprintf (file
, " [UCODE]");
15738 fputc ('\n', file
);
15740 if (mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->abiflags_valid
)
15742 Elf_Internal_ABIFlags_v0
*abiflags
= &mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->abiflags
;
15743 fprintf (file
, "\nMIPS ABI Flags Version: %d\n", abiflags
->version
);
15744 fprintf (file
, "\nISA: MIPS%d", abiflags
->isa_level
);
15745 if (abiflags
->isa_rev
> 1)
15746 fprintf (file
, "r%d", abiflags
->isa_rev
);
15747 fprintf (file
, "\nGPR size: %d",
15748 get_mips_reg_size (abiflags
->gpr_size
));
15749 fprintf (file
, "\nCPR1 size: %d",
15750 get_mips_reg_size (abiflags
->cpr1_size
));
15751 fprintf (file
, "\nCPR2 size: %d",
15752 get_mips_reg_size (abiflags
->cpr2_size
));
15753 fputs ("\nFP ABI: ", file
);
15754 print_mips_fp_abi_value (file
, abiflags
->fp_abi
);
15755 fputs ("ISA Extension: ", file
);
15756 print_mips_isa_ext (file
, abiflags
->isa_ext
);
15757 fputs ("\nASEs:", file
);
15758 print_mips_ases (file
, abiflags
->ases
);
15759 fprintf (file
, "\nFLAGS 1: %8.8lx", abiflags
->flags1
);
15760 fprintf (file
, "\nFLAGS 2: %8.8lx", abiflags
->flags2
);
15761 fputc ('\n', file
);
15767 const struct bfd_elf_special_section _bfd_mips_elf_special_sections
[] =
15769 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".lit4"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_MIPS_GPREL
},
15770 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".lit8"), 0, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_MIPS_GPREL
},
15771 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".mdebug"), 0, SHT_MIPS_DEBUG
, 0 },
15772 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sbss"), -2, SHT_NOBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_MIPS_GPREL
},
15773 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".sdata"), -2, SHT_PROGBITS
, SHF_ALLOC
+ SHF_WRITE
+ SHF_MIPS_GPREL
},
15774 { STRING_COMMA_LEN (".ucode"), 0, SHT_MIPS_UCODE
, 0 },
15775 { NULL
, 0, 0, 0, 0 }
15778 /* Merge non visibility st_other attributes. Ensure that the
15779 STO_OPTIONAL flag is copied into h->other, even if this is not a
15780 definiton of the symbol. */
15782 _bfd_mips_elf_merge_symbol_attribute (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
,
15783 const Elf_Internal_Sym
*isym
,
15784 bfd_boolean definition
,
15785 bfd_boolean dynamic ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
15787 if ((isym
->st_other
& ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1)) != 0)
15789 unsigned char other
;
15791 other
= (definition
? isym
->st_other
: h
->other
);
15792 other
&= ~ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (-1);
15793 h
->other
= other
| ELF_ST_VISIBILITY (h
->other
);
15797 && ELF_MIPS_IS_OPTIONAL (isym
->st_other
))
15798 h
->other
|= STO_OPTIONAL
;
15801 /* Decide whether an undefined symbol is special and can be ignored.
15802 This is the case for OPTIONAL symbols on IRIX. */
15804 _bfd_mips_elf_ignore_undef_symbol (struct elf_link_hash_entry
*h
)
15806 return ELF_MIPS_IS_OPTIONAL (h
->other
) ? TRUE
: FALSE
;
15810 _bfd_mips_elf_common_definition (Elf_Internal_Sym
*sym
)
15812 return (sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_COMMON
15813 || sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_MIPS_ACOMMON
15814 || sym
->st_shndx
== SHN_MIPS_SCOMMON
);
15817 /* Return address for Ith PLT stub in section PLT, for relocation REL
15818 or (bfd_vma) -1 if it should not be included. */
15821 _bfd_mips_elf_plt_sym_val (bfd_vma i
, const asection
*plt
,
15822 const arelent
*rel ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
)
15825 + 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
)
15826 + i
* 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_exec_plt_entry
));
15829 /* Build a table of synthetic symbols to represent the PLT. As with MIPS16
15830 and microMIPS PLT slots we may have a many-to-one mapping between .plt
15831 and .got.plt and also the slots may be of a different size each we walk
15832 the PLT manually fetching instructions and matching them against known
15833 patterns. To make things easier standard MIPS slots, if any, always come
15834 first. As we don't create proper ELF symbols we use the UDATA.I member
15835 of ASYMBOL to carry ISA annotation. The encoding used is the same as
15836 with the ST_OTHER member of the ELF symbol. */
15839 _bfd_mips_elf_get_synthetic_symtab (bfd
*abfd
,
15840 long symcount ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
15841 asymbol
**syms ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED
,
15842 long dynsymcount
, asymbol
**dynsyms
,
15845 static const char pltname
[] = "_PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_";
15846 static const char microsuffix
[] = "@micromipsplt";
15847 static const char m16suffix
[] = "@mips16plt";
15848 static const char mipssuffix
[] = "@plt";
15850 bfd_boolean (*slurp_relocs
) (bfd
*, asection
*, asymbol
**, bfd_boolean
);
15851 const struct elf_backend_data
*bed
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
);
15852 bfd_boolean micromips_p
= MICROMIPS_P (abfd
);
15853 Elf_Internal_Shdr
*hdr
;
15854 bfd_byte
*plt_data
;
15855 bfd_vma plt_offset
;
15856 unsigned int other
;
15857 bfd_vma entry_size
;
15876 if ((abfd
->flags
& (DYNAMIC
| EXEC_P
)) == 0 || dynsymcount
<= 0)
15879 relplt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".rel.plt");
15880 if (relplt
== NULL
)
15883 hdr
= &elf_section_data (relplt
)->this_hdr
;
15884 if (hdr
->sh_link
!= elf_dynsymtab (abfd
) || hdr
->sh_type
!= SHT_REL
)
15887 plt
= bfd_get_section_by_name (abfd
, ".plt");
15891 slurp_relocs
= get_elf_backend_data (abfd
)->s
->slurp_reloc_table
;
15892 if (!(*slurp_relocs
) (abfd
, relplt
, dynsyms
, TRUE
))
15894 p
= relplt
->relocation
;
15896 /* Calculating the exact amount of space required for symbols would
15897 require two passes over the PLT, so just pessimise assuming two
15898 PLT slots per relocation. */
15899 count
= relplt
->size
/ hdr
->sh_entsize
;
15900 counti
= count
* bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
;
15901 size
= 2 * count
* sizeof (asymbol
);
15902 size
+= count
* (sizeof (mipssuffix
) +
15903 (micromips_p
? sizeof (microsuffix
) : sizeof (m16suffix
)));
15904 for (pi
= 0; pi
< counti
; pi
+= bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
)
15905 size
+= 2 * strlen ((*p
[pi
].sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
);
15907 /* Add the size of "_PROCEDURE_LINKAGE_TABLE_" too. */
15908 size
+= sizeof (asymbol
) + sizeof (pltname
);
15910 if (!bfd_malloc_and_get_section (abfd
, plt
, &plt_data
))
15913 if (plt
->size
< 16)
15916 s
= *ret
= bfd_malloc (size
);
15919 send
= s
+ 2 * count
+ 1;
15921 names
= (char *) send
;
15922 nend
= (char *) s
+ size
;
15925 opcode
= bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd
, plt_data
+ 12);
15926 if (opcode
== 0x3302fffe)
15930 plt0_size
= 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
);
15931 other
= STO_MICROMIPS
;
15933 else if (opcode
== 0x0398c1d0)
15937 plt0_size
= 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt0_entry
);
15938 other
= STO_MICROMIPS
;
15942 plt0_size
= 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_o32_exec_plt0_entry
);
15947 s
->flags
= BSF_SYNTHETIC
| BSF_FUNCTION
| BSF_LOCAL
;
15951 s
->udata
.i
= other
;
15952 memcpy (names
, pltname
, sizeof (pltname
));
15953 names
+= sizeof (pltname
);
15957 for (plt_offset
= plt0_size
;
15958 plt_offset
+ 8 <= plt
->size
&& s
< send
;
15959 plt_offset
+= entry_size
)
15961 bfd_vma gotplt_addr
;
15962 const char *suffix
;
15967 opcode
= bfd_get_micromips_32 (abfd
, plt_data
+ plt_offset
+ 4);
15969 /* Check if the second word matches the expected MIPS16 instruction. */
15970 if (opcode
== 0x651aeb00)
15974 /* Truncated table??? */
15975 if (plt_offset
+ 16 > plt
->size
)
15977 gotplt_addr
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, plt_data
+ plt_offset
+ 12);
15978 entry_size
= 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips16_o32_exec_plt_entry
);
15979 suffixlen
= sizeof (m16suffix
);
15980 suffix
= m16suffix
;
15981 other
= STO_MIPS16
;
15983 /* Likewise the expected microMIPS instruction (no insn32 mode). */
15984 else if (opcode
== 0xff220000)
15988 gotplt_hi
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, plt_data
+ plt_offset
) & 0x7f;
15989 gotplt_lo
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, plt_data
+ plt_offset
+ 2) & 0xffff;
15990 gotplt_hi
= ((gotplt_hi
^ 0x40) - 0x40) << 18;
15992 gotplt_addr
= gotplt_hi
+ gotplt_lo
;
15993 gotplt_addr
+= ((plt
->vma
+ plt_offset
) | 3) ^ 3;
15994 entry_size
= 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_o32_exec_plt_entry
);
15995 suffixlen
= sizeof (microsuffix
);
15996 suffix
= microsuffix
;
15997 other
= STO_MICROMIPS
;
15999 /* Likewise the expected microMIPS instruction (insn32 mode). */
16000 else if ((opcode
& 0xffff0000) == 0xff2f0000)
16002 gotplt_hi
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, plt_data
+ plt_offset
+ 2) & 0xffff;
16003 gotplt_lo
= bfd_get_16 (abfd
, plt_data
+ plt_offset
+ 6) & 0xffff;
16004 gotplt_hi
= ((gotplt_hi
^ 0x8000) - 0x8000) << 16;
16005 gotplt_lo
= (gotplt_lo
^ 0x8000) - 0x8000;
16006 gotplt_addr
= gotplt_hi
+ gotplt_lo
;
16007 entry_size
= 2 * ARRAY_SIZE (micromips_insn32_o32_exec_plt_entry
);
16008 suffixlen
= sizeof (microsuffix
);
16009 suffix
= microsuffix
;
16010 other
= STO_MICROMIPS
;
16012 /* Otherwise assume standard MIPS code. */
16015 gotplt_hi
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, plt_data
+ plt_offset
) & 0xffff;
16016 gotplt_lo
= bfd_get_32 (abfd
, plt_data
+ plt_offset
+ 4) & 0xffff;
16017 gotplt_hi
= ((gotplt_hi
^ 0x8000) - 0x8000) << 16;
16018 gotplt_lo
= (gotplt_lo
^ 0x8000) - 0x8000;
16019 gotplt_addr
= gotplt_hi
+ gotplt_lo
;
16020 entry_size
= 4 * ARRAY_SIZE (mips_exec_plt_entry
);
16021 suffixlen
= sizeof (mipssuffix
);
16022 suffix
= mipssuffix
;
16025 /* Truncated table??? */
16026 if (plt_offset
+ entry_size
> plt
->size
)
16030 i
< count
&& p
[pi
].address
!= gotplt_addr
;
16031 i
++, pi
= (pi
+ bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
) % counti
);
16038 *s
= **p
[pi
].sym_ptr_ptr
;
16039 /* Undefined syms won't have BSF_LOCAL or BSF_GLOBAL set. Since
16040 we are defining a symbol, ensure one of them is set. */
16041 if ((s
->flags
& BSF_LOCAL
) == 0)
16042 s
->flags
|= BSF_GLOBAL
;
16043 s
->flags
|= BSF_SYNTHETIC
;
16045 s
->value
= plt_offset
;
16047 s
->udata
.i
= other
;
16049 len
= strlen ((*p
[pi
].sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
);
16050 namelen
= len
+ suffixlen
;
16051 if (names
+ namelen
> nend
)
16054 memcpy (names
, (*p
[pi
].sym_ptr_ptr
)->name
, len
);
16056 memcpy (names
, suffix
, suffixlen
);
16057 names
+= suffixlen
;
16060 pi
= (pi
+ bed
->s
->int_rels_per_ext_rel
) % counti
;
16070 _bfd_mips_post_process_headers (bfd
*abfd
, struct bfd_link_info
*link_info
)
16072 struct mips_elf_link_hash_table
*htab
;
16073 Elf_Internal_Ehdr
*i_ehdrp
;
16075 i_ehdrp
= elf_elfheader (abfd
);
16078 htab
= mips_elf_hash_table (link_info
);
16079 BFD_ASSERT (htab
!= NULL
);
16081 if (htab
->use_plts_and_copy_relocs
&& !htab
->is_vxworks
)
16082 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_ABIVERSION
] = 1;
16085 _bfd_elf_post_process_headers (abfd
, link_info
);
16087 if (mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->abiflags
.fp_abi
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64
16088 || mips_elf_tdata (abfd
)->abiflags
.fp_abi
== Val_GNU_MIPS_ABI_FP_64A
)
16089 i_ehdrp
->e_ident
[EI_ABIVERSION
] = 3;